QUARTO PUBLISHING
CATALOGUE
S A L E S C O N TAC TS FRENCH Marion Obitz marion.obitz@quarto.com DUTCH Anne de Saint Vincent anne.desaintvincent@quarto.com
BULGARIA, CROATIA, CZECHIA, ESTONIA, LATVIA, LITHUANIA, POLAND, ROMANIA, RUSSIA, SERBIA, SLOVAKIA, SLOVENIA Agata Radkiewicz radkiewicz.agency@gmail.com
GERMAN Babett Markgraf babett.markgraf@rightsagency.de
HUNGARY Anna Kovacs anna.kovacs@quarto.com
DENMARK, FINLAND, ICELAND, NORWAY, SWEDEN Sini Palosaari (on maternity). Covered by Victoria Larsen Stoe victoria.larsenstoe@quarto.com
CHINA, TAIWAN, SOUTHEAST ASIA Meixia Wang meixia.wang@quarto.com
GREEK, ITALIAN, PORTUGUESE, SPANISH, TURKISH, MIDDLE EAST Emma O’Grady emma.ogrady@quarto.com
KOREA Okkyun Choi okkyun.choi@quarto.com JAPAN Marion Serre marion.serre@quarto.com
C R E AT I V E C O N TAC TS Publisher and English Language Rights Director Lorraine Dickey Email: lorraine.dickey@quarto.com
Editorial Director Kate Kirby Associate Publisher Eszter Karpati Commissioning Editor Lily de Gatacre
Project Editors Emma Harverson Anna Galkina Assistant Editor Charlene Fernandes
Art Director Gemma Wilson Deputy Art Director Martina Calvio Senior Art Editor Rachel Cross
Editorial Assistant Ella Whiting
Junior Designer India Minter
Please feel free to contact us—we welcome your feedback. Quarto’s email address paradigm is: [first name].[last name]@quarto.com Example: samantha.warrington@quarto.com
C O N T E N TS
A RT& D E S I G N
NEW TITLES
6
BACKLIST Art instruction Activity Calligraphy & lettering Graphic arts & photography Fantasy art Fashion & textiles
NEEDLECRAFT
G E N E R A LC R A F T
NEW TITLES
NEW TITLES
56
BACKLIST 36 43 44 46 50 54
Knitting & crochet Sewing & quilting D yeing, weaving & embroidery
84
BACKLIST 70 78 82
Ceramics & mosaic Nature craft Jewelry Papercraft Woodwork
100 103 104 110 113
MIND B O DY& S P I R I T
NEW TITLES
116
BACKLIST Health & wellbeing Mind, body & spirit
L I F E ST Y L E
NEW TITLES
R E F E R E N C E &G I F T
164
BACKLIST 158 160
Food & drink Home styling Gardening Training & hobbies
NEW TITLES
182
BACKLIST 172 175 177 179
Popular reference Natural history & animals Music & performing arts Gift
202 206 211 214
SERIES The “encyclopedia” series The “tips, techniques, and trade secrets” series The “music bible” series The “course” series The “square craft” series The “creative careers” series
216 222 224 226 228 232
A RT& D E S I G N
8
ART & DESIGN
NEW SERIES:
SEE PAGES 22 AND 37 FOR MORE INFORMATION
DRAW CUTE
$12.95 U.S. $14.95 CAN.
Hi!
How to Draw Cute
w to Draw
Cute Stuff
How to Draw
te-appeal to any drawing.
what “kawaii” is all about.
Draw Anything and Everything in the Cutest Style Ever!
arker or pen and get drawing.
Put the Awwww!w! into Drawww
Angela Nguyen
ISBN 978-1-4549-2564-4 978-1-4549-2565-1
Cute Stuff
oh so sweet
Cute Stuff
Stuff
er Planet Cute
How to Draw
cheep cheep
Find out how to draw cute people, creatures, and things, including: • • • • • •
Sushi Ninjas Werewolves Jellyfish Pigs Cowgirls
... and much more!
Hi! squeak
5 10 2 9 9 5>
9 781 45 4 925 65 4 14 Manufactured in China
Angela Nguyen
13/02/2017 10:05
ART INSTRUCTION
N EW S
ERIES
9
10
ART & DESIGN
4-Step Watercolor Choose from 150 Projects New for
2019
A carefully curated collection of subjects, stuff that Marina loves to paint and you will too! In four simple steps, a small selection of colors, and a handful of tried-and-tested watercolor techniques, learn the basics of characterful painting. With 150 projects to choose from, there is plenty here to satisfy every beginner artist. 44
PROJECTS * BANANA
COCONUT * FRUITS
98
45
99 On wet Burnt Sienna + Raw Umber Mars Brown + Burnt Umber
Yellowish Green
AUTHOR
Draw
Draw Cadmium Yellow Medium
Cadmium Yellow Medium + Yellowish Green
Marina Bakasova
On wet Repeat previous on dry Leave highlights
On dry Lunar Black
SPECIFICATIONS 9¾ × 6 ⁄2in 1
Repeat previous on dry
• 236 × 164mm • 176pp
Cadmium Yellow Medium + Burnt Sienna
CODE 325424
46 Burnt Sienna
Mars Brown + Burnt Umber
Yellowish Green + Burnt Sienna
Yellowish Green + Mars Brown
On dry
PROJECTS * CHERRY
Raw Umber
FIG PEACH * FRUITS
Cadmium Yellow Medium
100
Yellowish Green
Cadmium Yellow Medium
Yellowish Green
Mars Brown
Burnt Umber
Lunar Black
Cadmium Yellow Medium + Yellowish Green
Cadmium Yellow Medium
Draw
Claret
Cadmium Yellow Medium + English Red
On wet
Draw
On wet
Cadmium Yellow Medium + Yellowish Green
Repeat previous on dry
Leave highlights Repeat previous on dry
Cadmium Yellow Medium + English Red + Burnt Sienna
Leave highlights
Cotton bud to remove color
Shadow
Yellowish Green + Burnt Sienna
Claret + Blue Lake
Blue + Claret On dry
Cadmium Yellow Medium
Yellowish Green
Claret
47
101
Blue Lake
On dry
Cadmium Yellow Medium
Yellowish Green
Burnt Sienna
English Red
Blue
Claret
ART INSTRUCTION
Pocket Paintings The Art of Miniature Watercolor
New for
Is painting a miniature as complicated as it seems? How do you create something beautiful that measures less than an ordinary matchbox? Pocket Paintings shows you how to create extraordinary miniature watercolor paintings—from choosing the materials right down to the finishing touches. With step-by-step guides, as well as templates for independent work, Pocket Paintings will ensure that you have finished paintings to be proud of.
2019
AUTHOR Julia Las
SPECIFICATIONS
Pilea
8 × 62⁄3in
my favorite houseplant
• 203 × 170mm • 160pp CODE 308605
The Pilea is such a fascinating plant to paint—I love its pancake-shaped leaves. You can choose any of your favorite houseplants and immortalize it in a pocket watercolor painting.
color palette
Ochre Light Red Ocher Olive Green Sap Green English Red Raw Sienna Payne’s Gray Raw Umber
1|
Using a pencil and tracing paper, transfer the outline of the Pilea template (see
page 156) onto your watercolor paper. Draw in the missing details.
Gouache Plants and Flowers
23
11
12
ART & DESIGN
New for
2019
Learn to Paint in Acrylics with 50 Small Flower Paintings Pick Up the Skills, Put on the Paint, Hang Up Your Art With quick, easy to digest lessons, this book is perfect for the beginner. Each lesson has clear instructions and is well illustrated in order to show the progression from blank canvas to finished product. Mark Daniel Nelson’s previous book, How to Paint in Acrylics with 50 Small Paintings, garnered almost 150 five-star reviews on Amazon. One reviewer asks “I wish there were more lessons from this author. Maybe he’ll create a follow-up?” The lessons and techniques learned are demonstrated on tiny five-inch (127 mm) square canvasses, which are immediately transferrable to more ambitious large-scale paintings for those looking to expand their work.
AUTHOR Mark Daniel Nelson
SPECIFICATIONS 81⁄2 × 10in
• 254 × 215mm • 144pp
CODE 325423
From the author of Learn to Paint in Acrylics with 50 Small Paintings
ART INSTRUCTION
Watercolor Botanicals 20 Prints to Paint and Frame
Back in the day, a vase of beautifully arranged cut flowers was the perfect subject for the watercolor artist. Now that indoor plants are on trend, palms have replaced peonies as the number one subject to paint. Follow plant-lover, illustrator, and blogger Nikki Strange as she shows you how to recreate the glossy leaves of your favorite cheeseplant or the gray-blue hues of a eucalyptus. Other subjects include vogueish succulents, frothy ferns, and monstrously large monsteras. Starting with projects requiring only a few colors that won’t break the bank, this is a fabulous how-to book just right if you are looking for new subjects to paint. AUTHOR Nikki Strange
SPECIFICATIONS 8 × 10in
• 254 × 203mm • 160pp
Available with a 25-sheet pre-printed painting pad
CODE 304773
13
14
ART & DESIGN
Playing with Paints: Love Acrylics New for
2019
AUTHOR Courtney Burden
SPECIFICATIONS 81⁄2 × 10in
• 229 × 223mm • 160pp
CODE 323329
Over 100 Exercises, Projects, and Prompts for Making Cool Art! Break all the rules and explore acrylic paint in a free and fun way. This book encourages you to get over the fear of the blank canvas and the anxiety over the outcome, and focus on the process of painting and the pure joy of creating. Whether you’re a nervous novice who doesn’t know how to get started or a skilled classical painter looking to try something new, you will benefit from the activities in this book—which range from quick, messy, and expressive exercises to relaxing and meditative paintings. Artist and teacher Courtney Burden shares 100 prompts, projects, and plays that will build your confidence and inspire you to roll your sleeves up and play with acrylic paint in a pressure-free way. There is no right or wrong way to create a painting, so enjoy the journey, relax, unwind, and have fun!.
ART INSTRUCTION
Playing with Paints: Love Watercolor Prompts and Projects for Falling in Love with Paint Painting makes people happy! This book is packed full of 100 ideas, exercises, and projects to help you to experiment with watercolor paint: make mistakes, have fun, and surprise yourself with this fun and meditative medium. Even if you’ve never picked up a paintbrush in your life, this book will help you get over the fear of the blank page and experience the pure joy of creating. And if you’re more experienced, you’ll be inspired to use your watercolor skills in new and exciting ways.
AUTHOR Sara Funduk
SPECIFICATIONS 8 × 9in
• 229 × 203mm • 160pp CODE 326687
15
16
ART & DESIGN
Animal Sketching Journal Learn to Draw All Kinds of Animals New for
2019
ANIMAL • SKETCHING J•O•U•R•N•A•L
L earn to draw all kinds of creatures
David Boys
AUTHOR David Boys
SPECIFICATIONS 86⁄7 × 62⁄3in
• 225 × 170mm • 160pp
CODE 326597
Grab your pencils. Find a comfortable place to sit. Get drawing your favorite animals. This beautiful sketchbook-journal has everything you need to start drawing animals, from pet cats, hamsters, and horses, to monkeys, birds in flight, and more… The pages you need to practice in are right here with plenty of ideas for subjects to draw and detailed instructions on how to draw them. The drawing projects are planned in easy steps, each highlighting a particular aspect of learning something new about drawing animals.
17
ART INSTRUCTION
Welcome to the Sketch Café Chill Out and Start Drawing the World Around You
The
O
DY OU
OU N
OU
T
AN
AR
LL
Sketch Café
·
CHI
INCLUDES INTERACTIVE PAGES
’
COME T
D
ST A
RT
DRAWING THE
R WO
LD
T HO M A S T H O RS P E C K E N
This book allows you to look over the shoulder of several international illustrators and urban sketchers, as they open up their sketchbooks and inspire you to start on your sketching journey. And the interactive pages encourage you to try out what you’re learning right away!
CAFE
All the sketching and drawing techniques you’ll need are also here, including lessons on line, color, texture, and movement— all approached from the setting of your favorite coffee shop.
EL
·W
·W
·
Cafés are the perfect places to sit and sketch as you watch the world go by—with a cup of coffee, a comfortable seat, and a room full of captive subjects. Here, Thomas Thorspecken shows you how to get out of the studio, get used to drawing in public, and capture the world around you in your sketchbook.
THE SKETCH
COME T
O
FORMAT: 8½ x 11 in. (279 x 216 mm) EXTENT: 176 pp PUB DATE: Fall 2018 RRP: $22.95
EL
W E L C O M E TO
Cafés are the perfect places to sit and sketch as you watch the world go by—with a cup of coffee, a comfortable seat, and a room full of captive subjects. Here, Thomas Thorspecken, author of Urban Sketching: A The get Complete Guide shows you how to get out of the studio, Sketch used to drawing in public, and capture the world around you in Café your sketchbook. This book allows you to look over the shoulder of several international illustrators and urban sketchers, as they open up their sketchbooks and inspire you to start on your sketching journey. And the interactive pages encourage you to try out what you’re learning right away! Get sketching! WTSC DUM sketch cafe Cov V5.indd 1
AUTHOR Thomas Thorspecken
SPECIFICATIONS 8½ × 11in
•
279 × 216mm
• 176pp
URBAN SKETCHING
H
This book draws on the styles and approaches of several illustrators, designers and graphic artists and is overseen by Thomas Thorspecken, a contributor to the worldwide Urban Sketchers movement.
H
Learn how to sketch subjects from your daily life and the world around you. A complete guide to the nuts and bolts of sketching and drawing, using predominantly urban subjects that are guaranteed to inspire a new generation of artists at the start of their creative journey.
No vases. No nesting birds. No bowls of fruit!
From the author of Front cover illustration (top) by Ana Rogo Front cover illustration (middle) by Miguel Herranz All other cover illustrations by the author
URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide
THOMAS THORSPECKEN
THOMAS THORSPECKEN
Thomas Thorspecken studied animation and illustration at the School of Visual Arts in New York, and worked for ten years at Walt Disney Feature Animation. In 2009, Thor made a resolution to do one sketch a day and share it with an online community of urban sketchers through his blog, Analog Artist Digital World.
HHH
URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide
3465-03
CODE WTSC
£12.99
www.searchpress.com
Search Press
Urban Sketching Search Press
3rd Proof
Title:
Job No:
DUA-Urban Sketching : 30124 CPJ1113-59/shan Search Press
Fantastic Beasts And How to Draw Them
and hoW to draW them
on n r
ART & DESIGN
Fantastic Beasts
e, to
18
SKETCHBOOK AND JOURNAL
ive ok r
K ev WalKer
n
AUTHOR Kev Walker
SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 9in
• 225 × 170mm • 160pp
CODE FBHD
Discover how to draw a host of fantastical beasts and dragons from folklore, literature, and the darkest reaches of your own imagination. Each amazing illustration comes with exciting ideas, hints, and practical lessons on how to recreate it yourself, as well as practice pages so you can start right away.
19
ART INSTRUCTION
Fantastic Dragons
How to Draw Them antastic And Dragons anD H ow to
Draw tHem
and how to draw them
There's a visual library here of dragon anatomy, from scales to wings, talons to teeth.
and how to draw them
Take lessons from one of the world's leading dragon artists and discover how to draw wonderful dragon art in awesome detail.
Fantastic Dragons
Discover how to draw a host of fantastical beasts and dragons Fantastic Dragons from folklore, literature, and the darkest reaches of your own imagination. Each amazing illustration comes with exciting ideas, hints, and practical lessons on how to recreate it yourself, as well as practice pages so you can start right away.
SKETCHBOOK AND JOURNAL
Start by copying using the pages provided and then let your imagination take flight to create your own fire-breathing beasts.
tom K idd
6¾ x 9 in. (225 x 170 mm) 160 pp Pub date: Fall 2018 RRP: $19.95
AUTHOR Tom Kidd
SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 9in
• 225 × 170mm • 160pp CODE FDAH
ART & DESIGN
Draw Great Characters 75 Awesome Art Exercises New for
2019
In a series of beginner-friendly exercises, Bev Johnson explores how to conceptualize wonderful, convincing characters and shows how to translate ideas into great professional-looking drawings. Learn how to create diverse characters with strong personalities, unique mannerisms, and interests, understand their motivations, find their passions, and make them come alive!
18
Don' t disturb me
ed
Excit
Do you have a pet? If not, a favorite animal? How would you describe their personality? Observe how they move and express themselves. Are they affectionate, shy, energetic? Practice drawing them—you can stylize and exaggerate all you want. My cat makes a great drawing model, even though she runs around a lot. She is very expressive and playful, but has an affectionate side too. I love to capture that in my drawings.
Cozy
Play with
me
AUTHOR
oy
!
Capturing the character of your pet.
C
EXERCISE Coy
P
20
r ou d
Feed m
e!
Conf
used
Curious
Bev Johnson Chilled
Bliss
• 279 × 216mm • 144pp
PERSONALITY THROUGH DESIGN 38
CODE 307128
Fluffy, luxuriously styled curls.
CHAPTER 2: Personality
Design can help convey a character’s personality and temperament.
GET TO THE CORE What’s most important is getting to the core of a character and the impression they give to others. How does the character want to convey themselves—and how does it really come off? Do they purposefully dress intimidatingly, or do they have an intimidating exterior and a soft heart? Do they carry themselves with confidence or always look like they want to hide in a corner? Ponder the vibe you want the character to give off, and brainstorm how you can create that impression.
26
CHAPTER 2: Personality
Space invaders The crocodile CEO character is remorseless, crying “crocodile tears”. I used a threatening silhouette, looming and angular. Nearly everything about him is sharp and uninviting, and his teeth are bared menacingly. In contrast, his luckless bird employee is tiny, with a round head and dainty body.
For intimidating designs, I often use broad shoulders and big, toothy, insincere smiles. Notice also how the crocodile doesn’t respect the bird’s space and is nearly resting his foot on her head. Invasion of personal space is a good way to convey villainous intent through body language.
Insincere eyes—his eyes are condescending, not full of sympathy, as he would want you to believe. Sharp, discomforting hands—clawlike, and wouldn’t give good hugs.
Personality
Shy hands, tentative and tucked in.
Who is she?
Even before writing dialogue or actions for a character, you can convey their personality through design. Upon a first glance, a good design can tell you some crucial information about a character. Are they looming and imposing, a tall shadow over their underlings? Are they sweet and round, like a cookiebaking grandma? These common archetypes and visual cues can be flipped on their head as well— you could create a sugary-sweet looking character who uses a cute exterior to hide bad intentions, or a gruff, surly bruiser with a heart of gold.
e?
Happy
ul
11 × 81⁄2in
Wha
t, m
Playf
SPECIFICATIONS
How would you describe this character? I tried to convey a shy, somewhat melancholy, curious girl. Her clothing suggests some level of sophistication, maybe a wealthy upbringing. Her big curls create a contrast with her reserved personality.
Delicate hand out, evoking a princess or fairy.
Rounded square face, with big, friendly features.
Big, round hands—he is the type to gesture a lot.
Teddy boy
Round, scared face, and tiny body— childlike and frightenedlooking.
This character is a lovable teddy bear of a guy. He is fun-loving and friendly. I used round but solid shapes to show he’s cuddly and dependable. His color palette is warm, like cinnamon or maple brown sugar. His body language is relaxed and inviting.
Hand tucked into pocket to suggest he’s casual and chill.
Personality Through Design
27
39
ART INSTRUCTION
Love Colored Pencils How to Get Awesome at Drawing: An Interactive Draw-in-the-book Journal
A big tin of colored pencils, a sheet of paper... and now what? Meet talented artist Vivian Wong! Vivian and her huge following of happy coloristas are taking colored pencil art to the next level by creating luscious drawings that zing off the page. With her expert guidance, you too can realize the true potential of this wonderful soft, blendable medium. Look over Vivian’s shoulder and copy her methods as she creates subjects in a style that will engage younger artists. Learn how to blend, crosshatch, and gradate colors—and then have a go yourself using the templates provided in the book.
AUTHOR Vivian Wong
SPECIFICATIONS 8½ × 10in
• 254 × 216mm • 128pp Code ECPB
21
22
ART & DESIGN
How to Draw Cute Food Enter Planet Cute! New for
2019
In the world of cute art, there is quite a tradition of characters made of foods (check out Kirimi-Chan the quirky salmon fillet with dots for eyes that will melt the stoniest heart!). In her new collection, artist-author, Angela turns even the most mundane foods into living, breathing, adorable characters that you will want to draw yourself. As well as cute food-creature fusions, in Angela’s captivating world, darling cats loll atop sushi, or curl inside donuts, or peak out from pizza crusts. Hungry for a new drawing challenge? Grab a marker or pen and get drawing!
AUTHOR Angela Nguyen Piz za
SPECIFICATIONS 62⁄3 × 9in
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp
CODE 325421
Choose your animal.
A pizza is easy to draw if you just imagine the base: a triangle. $12.95 U.S. $14.95 CAN.
Hi!
al to any drawing.
awaii” is all about.
Cute Stuff
Draw your pizza box.
Peppers
Draw Anything and Everything in the Cutest Style Ever!
pen and get drawing.
Angela Nguyen
ISBN 978-1-4549-2564-4 978-1-4549-2565-1
Manufactured in China
• • • • • •
Sushi Ninjas Werewolves Jellyfish Pigs Cowgirls
... and much more!
How to Draw
5 10 2 9 9 5>
9 781 45 4 925 65 4 14
so I’m te! cu
! Put the Awwww into Drawwww! Hi!
I’m just hanging around
Find out how to draw cute people, creatures, and things, including:
TWEET
squeak
Angela Nguyen
baa.....
From the author of How To Draw How to Draw Cute
13/02/2017 10:05
CHIRP
hell
o!
Angela Nguyen
Animals
ow ! ZZZ Angela Nguyen
If you don't want to use the crust, the toppings can be animals too. Here are examples of what you can do.
Cute Stuff and
CUTE AN I M A LS
Bo w w
Combine your animal and pizza box!
What's your favorite topping?
oh so sweet
Cute Stuff
Stuff
anet Cute
How to Draw
Create your animal by giving the pizza crust a face and ears!
How to Draw
cheep cheep
How to Draw Cute
Draw
Stuff
Add circles for the toppings.
Give it toppings to make it more pizza-like.
Z
Olives One of my favorite things about pizza is how cheesy and melted you can make it look.
These cute little chicks make the perfect pizza partner!
Pepperoni
Mushrooms 64 Cute entrees
Pizza
65
ART INSTRUCTION
Cute Kawaii Doodles Over 100 Super-cute Doodles to Draw
Bursting with ideas for beginners, Cute Kawaii Doodles teaches you how to draw 100 adorable doodles and super-cute characters. Starting with a simple shape such as a circle or a square, Sarah Alberto—aka Doodles by Sarah—shows you how to transform these into a quirky plant, a cute donut, a characterful face, a dainty cloud, and much, much more. Annotated with super-quick tips and tricks to explain the process, the six visual steps show you how to create a whole host of charming characters, using the ubiquitous ballpoint pen. Why a ballpoint pen? It’s universal, affordable, and versatile—and allows you to create small details and sharp lines.
AUTHOR Sarah Alberto
SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 6½in
• 165 × 134mm • 240pp CODE E KWAI
23
24
ART & DESIGN
Cute Hand Lettering For Journals, Planners, and More New for
2019
Turn regular writing into beautiful hand lettering!
AUTHOR Cindy Guentert-Baldo
Be as good as the experts you see in the planner and journaling communities. Inspirational teacher and sticker designer, Cindy Guentert-Baldo shows you how. Follow Cindy’s tutorials and example pages, with plenty of practice space and prompts to inspire daily drills and experimentation. Connect, overlap, and decorate letters, learn different styles and simple alphabets that build on each other to provide a toolbox of journal lettering ideas.
SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 61⁄2in
• 165 × 134mm • 240pp
CODE 325422
Bubble letters are my favorite! Once you’ve gotten the hang of this style you’ll be able to experiment in all sorts of ways, much like making many different balloon animals from a single balloon!
Your Turn!
How are you going to pamper yourself this week? Letter some of those things - try pairing cursive and print styles together.
24 Alphabets
Bubble letters 25
325422_MOC_CuteHandLettering_US.indd 24-25
26/09/2018 15:14
28 Alphabets 325422_MOC_CuteHandLettering_US.indd 28-29
Bubble letters 29 26/09/2018 15:14
ART INSTRUCTION
Hand Lettering for Special Occasions Includes 50 Alphabets
New for
2019
A collection of 50 specially commissioned alphabets that focus on special occasions. Led by hand-lettering artist Lisa Quine, ten creative collaborators are included in this collection to add a mix of styles and some additional tips and tricks to Lisa’s own wonderfully varied creations. Some alphabets are quirky, others are graphic, some are illustrative, all carry a visual punch for a range of skill levels.
30
DIRECTORY OF ALPHABETS
BARN WEDDING
31
Capital construction
Barn Wedding
1
2
Using a fine-tip pen, start Make a downstroke by drawing a basic sanstoward the back of the serif letterform. bowl shape.
3
Add a decorative curl to the top of the letterform.
4
Use the pen to draw thin parallel lines within the stems.
AUTHOR
This Art Nouveau lettering style has tall, elegant letters with a quirky twist. Perfect for engagement parties, baby showers, and birthday invitations, this font is classy and sophisticated.
Lisa Quine
Tools
Your Turn
Fine-tip pen
SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in 32
DIRECTORY OF ALPHABETS
HALLOWEEN THORNS
Halloween Thorns Halloween Thorns takes inspiration from Gothic architecture, with its elaborate decorations. While it could be used for a horror effect, it is also majestic in its sweeping serifs and diamond inners.
Tools
Fine-tip pen
Capital construction
1
Using a fine-tip pen, draw the basic shape, thicker on the right side.
2
Add serif ends to increase the drama0.
Lowercase construction
3
Add decorative spikes in the center of the stems.
4
Add a diamond to the center of the crossbars or circular letters.
1
Using a fine-tip pen, draw the stem of the letter with tapered ends.
2
Draw in the bowls with ends that taper when approaching the mid and baseline.
3
Add decorative spikes in the center of the stems and diamonds to the center of the crossbars.
33
• 230 × 180mm • 144pp CODE 325420
25
e
Flourish: The Art of the Pointed Pen How to Create Beautiful & Decorative Spencerian & Copperplate Lettering
ointed Pen
dd or ry on.
ART & DESIGN
Flourish he Art of te
or o
26
The
How To Create Beautiful & Decorative Spencerian & Copperplate Lettering
Ar of te
ointed Pen
Veiko Kespersaks
Copperplate and Spencerian handwriting are very different yet both are characterized by an elegant, ornamental style, perfect for wedding invitations, love letters, or to give artistic expression to your deepest thoughts while journaling. The Here, teacher and author, Veiko Kespersaks shows the Calligrapher’s difference between both styles and demonstrates how to master Copybook the beauties and subtleties of each. Step-by-step, you will learn small and large letters and how to add flourishes to them. Veiko has designed special practice exercises for beginners to the pointed pen, and he curates a wonderful directory of alphabets where he invites calligraphers to “get their flourish” on..
This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.
AUTHOR Veiko Kespersaks
SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 934⁄ in
• 246 × 190mm • 160pp
54 •
POINTED PEN WRITING
LOWERCASE (MINUSCULE) COPPERPLATE Variations and Joins to Minuscules
CODE PTPN
COPPERPLATE Variations and Joins to Minuscules
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION
oval, flat-topped letterform
The stroke goes around the bowl to halfway up the downstroke, and then back up to the dot, before continuing down to the baseline. The letter should be made in one stroke.
The pen goes down the letterform, up the stroke to halfway, arches out in the Italic form, then round to form the bowl, and back to the base of the downstroke. The letter should be formed in one stroke.
oval, open-style letterform
oval, open-style letterform
oval, pointed-topped letterform
STROKE WIDTH AND COUNTERSPACE
STROKE WIDTH AND COUNTERSPACE
The first and last sections show the width of the downstroke with pressure, and the remaining six sections show the width of the counterspace inside the letter. The curve at the top of the letter is mirrored by the curve at the bottom and of the tail.
Italic letterform
The loop above the bowl is formed with a second stroke. The height of the Spencerian loop is slightly taller than that of the copperplate loop. The point where the loop crosses the main downstroke is roughly a fifth of the overall height for copperplate and a sixth for Spencerian.
Italic, open-style letterform
SPENCERIAN Variations and Joins to Minuscules
SPENCERIAN Variations and Joins to Minuscules
no pressure
no pressure, open-style
COPPERPLATE “a”
COPPERPLATE “b”
Pressure applied on both downstrokes. Here the loop rejoins the ascender and stops. If the bowl is two units tall, the loop will be five units tall.
An oval bowl, a flat-topped stroke, and pressure on both sides.
pressure applied on the left downward stroke
SPENCERIAN “a”
pressure applied on the left on the bottom half of the stroke, open-style
SPENCERIAN “b“
Written in the more triangular Italic form, with no pressure applied. The curves mirror each other. pressure applied on the right downward stroke
Written without pressure. This open bowl form lends itself to being made in one stroke, other than the additional right side of the top loop. This form can be used for copperplate. If the bowl is two units tall the loop will be six units tall.
pressure applied to left downstroke at the bottom, italic style
•
55
ART INSTRUCTION
Drawing on Nature Using Nature as Inspiration for Your Art
New for
is an artist and illustrator known for her evocative landscapes, nature paintings, and painted stones. Photographs and found objects from her daily nature walks are brought back to her studio where the practice of translating inspiration into a completed work of art fully begins.
N ATAS H A N E W TO N
Drawing on Nature U S I N G NAT U RE A S I N S P I R AT I O N F O R YO U R A RT
Natasha Newton
In Drawing on Nature, Natasha reveals her complete artistic process and guides you through how nature can inspire and influence your own artwork. Through beautifully presented, step-by-step projects that incorporate a combination of photography, curated nature finds, paint swatches, drawings, paintings, and more, you will be encouraged to explore your own ideas and style, and find subjects that resonate with you personally. With useful, practical information on the materials used, and a behind-the-scenes look at the life of a working artist, this book is a fascinating and inspiring resource for any nature-loving artist or nature enthusiast.
2019 D R AW I NG O N N AT U R E
In Drawing on Nature, Natasha reveals her complete artistic process and guides you through how nature can inspire and influence your own artwork. Through beautifully presented, step-by-step projects that incorporate a combination of photography, curated nature finds, paint swatches, drawings, paintings, and more, you will be encouraged to explore your own ideas and style, and find subjects that resonate with you personally. With useful, practical information on the materials used, and a behind-the-scenes look at the life of a working artist, this book is a fascinating and inspiring resource for any nature-loving artist or nature enthusiast.
Natasha Newton
Format: 9 x 7 in (232 x 182 mm) | Extent: 144pp | Pub date: Autumn 2019 | RRP: $24.99
AUTHOR Natasha Newton
SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in
• 232 × 182mm • 144pp CODE 307383
27
28
ART & DESIGN
The Embroidered image Thread Art from Contemporary Makers New for
2019
SPECIFICATIONS 103⁄5 × 814⁄ in
• 270 × 210mm • 224pp
CODE 325446
With the world turning ultra-digital and Instagram-obsessed, a new wave of mixed-media artists have reclaimed the medium of the photographic print through combining it with handmade embroidery. From found vintage portraits to specially taken images, black and white photographs are being reinvented and given an entirely new look—and narrative through colorful threads and various traditional needlepoint techniques. The result is a surreal, often futuristic collection of collage-like works that address current themes, from body image to gender fluidity. The Embroidered Image is an inspiring compilation of over 200 works by 40 international artists working within this enchanting new genre today, with insights into their inspirations, processes, and the occasional challenges they face.
ART INSTRUCTION
29
30
ART & DESIGN
The Comic Book Artist’s Workbook: Perspective A Guided Log for Beginners THECOMICBOOK
arTIST’S WOrKBOOK
Dan Cooney
a guided logbook for beginners GNGP_Comic book artists guide to perspective BLAD ALL_v2.indd 1
29/08/2018 12:03
Once you’ve got to grips with perspective, you will notice that your work almost leaps off the page. It will feel authentic; it will look totally awesome; it will be legendary. This is the plan: Watch over the author’s shoulder; copy what he does (there’s no harm in copying when you’re a beginner); follow the special drawing exercises; keep practicing; become the best comic book artist … ever! Part of what sets this instructional book apart from other perspective books is that this is not just a book, but a journal with instruction and exercises for creating scenes in the context of storytelling for aspiring comic book artists. Practical demonstrations and interactive workbook pages with grids to fill in and artwork to complete show you how to enjoy developing your drawing mechanics for storytelling.
AUTHOR Dan Cooney
SPECIFICATIONS 8½ × 11in
• 279 × 216mm • 176pp
48
ONE-POINT PERSPECTIVE
DRAW AND FILL-IN You have been introduced to the principles of one-point perspective in drawing objects from various angles, dividing space for evenly spaced elements, and using ellipses as a guide for drawing objects in the round and
DRAW AND FILL-IN
curved planes in structures. Now apply those principles and add your own objects to this unfinished drawing—or trace over the objects to gain a better understanding of one-point perspective in a scene.
49
ARTIST'S TIP Remember: in one-point perspective, the horizontal and vertical lines are infinitely parallel to one another, while the diagonal lines recede to the vanishing point.
Code GNGP
GNGP_Comic book artists guide to perspective BLAD ALL_v2.indd 48
29/08/2018 12:03
GNGP_Comic book artists guide to perspective BLAD ALL_v2.indd 49
29/08/2018 12:03
ART INSTRUCTION
The Comic Strip Starter Book Over 90 Pages of Cartoon Blanks
New for
2019
A fabulous collection of comic book blanks plus an illustrated instruction manual packed with how to begin drawing your own strips. Crammed with scores of pages of pre-drawn panels, just waiting to be filled with superheroes, fantasy figures, and sci-fi monsters. With practice pages and space for three of your very own comic books, your stories can come to life. Loads of different panels throughout the three books will help spark creative ideas for your graphic stories. INCLUDES lessons on how to draw dynamic figures, how to use lighting, and tricks and techniques for speech balloons. AUTHOR Bob McLeod
SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 1014⁄ in
• 168 × 260mm • 128pp CODE 323599
31
32
ART & DESIGN
Graphic Design School: Sixth Edition The Principles and Practice of Graphic Design
New EDITION
Graphic Design School is a foundation course for graphic designers working in digital media, print, and moving image. Practical advice on all aspects of graphic design—from understanding the basics to devising an original concept and creating successful finished designs. Examples are taken from all media—digital media, websites, magazines, books, and corporate brand identities. Packed with exercises and tutorials for students and real-world graphic design briefs. This revised Sixth Edition contains specific advice on how to adapt designs to suit different projects, including information on digital imaging techniques, motion graphics, and designing for the web and small-screen applications.
AUTHOR David Dabner, Sandra Stewart & Abbie Vickress
SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in
• 222 × 222mm • 208pp
CODE GRS6 6
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
Introduction This book is written with the intent of providing an introduction to the underlying principles of good graphic design, whether it is printbased, digital, or environmental. The content has been constructed to mirror, in part, how the subject is taught in college design programs, and the visuals, which are a mixture of student projects and professional design work, have been carefully chosen to illuminate specific teaching points. Many of the sections contain step-by-step exercises and assignments, offer practical advice, and point toward further resources. The first part of the book, Principles, supports the idea that a thorough understanding of design principles should support the process of creating design works in response to specific briefs and problems, while allowing room for self-authored experimentation
and visual freedom. As you are introduced to the basics of research, typography, color, photography, and composition, you will learn to become visually aware and able to articulate these design principles into your future works. You will also come to understand that these principles cross disciplines and are the vocabulary of visual literacy. In the second part of the book, Practice, you will be introduced to invaluable practical skills that are important support systems to the skill sets of research and creative process that you will have read about in Part One. They do not replace them, but serve as methods and practices for developing critical problem-solving skills, and learning to manage complex projects. Designers need the whole range of skills to be truly successful, and expertise will come with continued study and practice in both areas. Unless you learn the
practical skills and technology of design production, including how to manage images, create digital files for specific media, and design, build, and structure a website, you will be unable to bring your brilliant concepts to life. None of these visual skills can be viewed in isolation from the context in which design happens and its larger role in society and the world. Designers are visual communicators, often giving visual voice to new and provocative ideas. They create images that can inform, persuade, and entertain millions of people. This comes with great responsibility, and it is necessary to be aware of the role of design in shaping the world we live in, and changes in the discipline that transcend trends or the latest software. While any kind of comprehensive account of these topics stands outside the scope
EMIGRE #19: Starting From Zero E
0 Price: $7.95
of this book, becoming visually literate and technically skilled should go hand in hand with an understanding of such issues as global audiences, communication theories, systems theory, sustainable issues in design, and the changing role of technology. Finally, design education is a lifelong experience that can bring great personal satisfaction and reward. Technologies, styles, and demands change rapidly in this industry and, as a result, graphic design is a subject to be taken on with independence and an expectation of lifelong learning and commitment. With this book as a gateway, a new way of seeing the world may lead you to a career path that will be a constant source of surprise and delight.
7
33
ART INSTRUCTION
New EDITIONS
The hand drawing techniques every architect should know All students with a budding interest in architectural design will value this book for its solid foundational orientation and instruction. Mo Zell introduces readers to architecture’s visual language, showing them how to think spatially and getting them started in architectural drawing with a series of instructional tutorials. Using three-dimensional design problems, she coaches students through the fundamentals of proportion and scale, space and volume, path and place and materials and textures. A series of study units cover virtually every aspect of architectural drawing.
Tools and Techniques for 2-D and 3-D Representation
This book concludes with practical advice for anyone considering a career in architectural design, offering ideas on building a portfolio, getting advanced training and continuing on a path to a professional career.
ABOUT THIS REVISED EDITION:
This edition explores innovations in digital fabrication and its influence on modelmaking opportunities and material choices. It looks at the new tools that are becoming more readily available in schools – 3D printers, CNC mills, laser cutters and so on – and explores how these tools impact both physical model-making skills and the kind of architectural design that is being produced today.
• Learn to see and sketch with accuracy, and develop fundamental drawing and modelling skills • Master subjective representation and the rules of perspective, proportion and scale • Employ spatial strategies: rendering and diagramming ideas
This is a foundation course in architectural design, both for students and anyone interested in the creative side of architecture. About more than the technical aspects of drawing, it introduces the reader to the visual language of architecture, encouraging them to think spatially, and question the built environment. Step-by-step tutorials explain the entire design process and hands-on exercises allow students to practice their new skills. MO ZELL is the Associate Dean of the UWM School of Architecture and Urban Planning, Milwaukee, and principal of the design and research firm bauenstudio. Mo studied architecture at the University of Virginia and Yale University before working in the profession for a number of years.
Mo Zell
The Architectural Drawing Course
Architectural Drawing: Second Edition
The Architectural Drawing Course The hand drawing techniques every architect should know
www.thamesandhudson.com £16.95
Mo Zell
Architectural_Drawing_Course_final.indd 3
Principles, practice and techniques: The ultimate guide for the aspiring fashion designer Becoming a successful fashion designer involves understanding a wide variety of core principles. This foundation course is an ideal introduction for students, dressmakers and anyone interested in the creative side of fashion. Step-by-step tutorials, practical exercises and inspirational interviews with industry professionals teach you how to create your own unique fashion design collections. This book concludes with practical advice for anyone considering a career in fashion, offering ideas on building a portfolio, preparing for interviews and continuing on a path to a professional career.
Principles, Practice, and Techniques: the Practical Guide for Aspiring Fashion Designers ABOUT THIS REVISED EDITION:
Design schools around the world are now emphasising design thinking and conceptualisation more than just mere skill building. Packed with scores of new images, this new and fully updated edition provides students with more diverse methods of creating fashion, including digital design iteration and final projects, fabric design development, 3D ‘sketching’ on the dress form, paper collage design techniques and much more.
• Learn about the latest digital design techniques and how best to manipulate motif, texture, mood and detail • Challenge your conceptual abilities, discover your design vision and develop your ideas through process and investigation • Give yourself a competitive edge: create a dynamic portfolio that showcases your design skills to maximum effect
AUTHOR Mo Zell CODE ADC2
Steven Faerm
The Fashion Design Course
Fashion Design Course: Second Edition
28/03/2017 12:43
The Fashion Design Course Principles, practice and techniques: The ultimate guide for the aspiring fashion designer
STEVEN FAERM is an Associate Professor of Fashion at Parsons School of Design (Program Director, BFA Fashion Design, 2007–2011). He began teaching in 1998 while working for such designers as Marc Jacobs and Donna Karan, and has been awarded ‘The University Distinguished Teaching Award’ and The BFA Fashion Design Program’s ‘Teaching Excellence Award’. www.thamesandhudson.com £16.95
Becoming a successful fashion designer involves a variety of core principles. This foundation course is an ideal introduction for students, dressmakers, and anyone interested in the creative side of the fashion industry. Step-by-step tutorials, exercises, and interviews with industry professionals help you learn how to create your own unique fashion design collections.
Steven Faerm
Fashion_Design_Course_final.indd 1-3
28/03/2017 12:40
AUTHOR Steven Faerm Code FDCR
SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in
• 222 × 222mm • 160pp
34
ART & DESIGN
The Teardrop Magic Painting Book Of Poignant Affirmations New for
2019
How could you ever be happy if you didn’t know what sad felt like? You would never know the rapture of blissful joy if you weren’t at least acquainted with its wrongly accused evil twin. Consider this book a box of tissues, a warm blanket, your best friend’s shoulder, a heart-warming movie, and a bowl of your favorite ice-cream all in one. In these artful pages you will transcend troublesome turbulence, appease the creative genius inside of you, and wash away your wallows by painting your way to comfort with every boo-hoo, whenever you feel the need to turn on the waterworks and bawl your eyes out. AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie
SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 71/2in
• 221 × 190mm • 96pp
Printed with 30 pages of special inks
CODE 325425
This too shall
pass
11
35
ART INSTRUCTION
Magic Flowers A Watercolor Book and Special Paint Palette for Making Beautiful Art Wherever You Are
New for
2019
The new no-mess, no-fuss way to paint wonderful flower art. This book comprises eight pages of tear-out watercolor palettes, impregnated sheets of rich vibrant paint. There are 20 beautiful flower subjects to choose from. Take your pick! Grab the paintbrush, and follow the paint-by-numbers charts to create wonderful hangable art.
Poppy
SPECIFICATIONS 71⁄2 × 8¾in
• 220 × 190mm • 62pp +
16pp impregnated ink palettes
CODE 325080
6
3
7+9
4
6+5
8 1
7
1+3
3+1 5+4
9
6
5
3 10
6
Camellia
Wild rose
Magnolia
Lilac 2
6+4 9 9
5
4+2
3
10
6
3 10 6
5
2+10
10
4
2+1
Clematis
Bird of paradise
Ginko
Poppy
36
ART & DESIGN
Art Instruction BEST Seller
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO ART MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES
THE ARTIST’S BIBLE
COLOR MIXING BIBLE
Helen Douglas-Cooper
Ian Sidaway
Editor: Caroline West
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
192pp wiro-bound TBU
144pp CMB
AMERICAN ARTIST GUIDE TO PAINTING TECHNIQUES
200 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR ART SKILLS
JUST PAINT IT!
Elizabeth Tate & Hazel Harrison
Valerie Colston
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
160pp JPI
160pp EPAR
128pp TTAT
288pp CAMM
Sam Piyasena & Beverly Philp
$12.95 U.S. $14.95 CAN.
Hi!
e Stuff
How to Draw
“kawaii” is all about.
Cute Stuff
oh so sweet
Cute Stuff
Stuff
Planet Cute
ppeal to any drawing.
Draw Anything and Everything in the Cutest Style Ever!
Find out how to draw cute people, creatures, and things, including:
or pen and get drawing.
• • • • • •
w! Put the Awww into Drawwww!
Angela Nguyen
ISBN 978-1-4549-2564-4 978-1-4549-2565-1
ART INSTRUCTION
How to Draw
cheep cheep
How to Draw Cute
to Draw
Sushi Ninjas Werewolves Jellyfish Pigs Cowgirls
DON’T
... and much more!
Hi!
MISS THIS
squeak
5 10 2 9 9 5>
Angela Nguyen
13/02/2017 10:05
HOW TO DRAW CUTE STUFF
HOW TO DRAW CUTE ANIMALS
Angela Nguyen
Angela Nguyen
62⁄3 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
62⁄3 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
128pp DCUT
128pp DCKA
BEST Seller
SKETCH YOUR STUFF THE SKETCHING AND DRAWING BIBLE
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES
Jon Stich
Marylin Scott
Hazel Harrison
160pp DADY
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp wiro-bound SDB
160pp EDRT
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
URBAN SKETCHING
Learn how to sketch subjects from your daily life and the world around you. A complete guide to the nuts and bolts of sketching and drawing, using predominantly urban subjects that are guaranteed to inspire a new generation of artists at the start of their creative journey.
No vases. No nesting birds. No bowls of fruit!
Seller
HHH
This book draws on the styles and approaches of several illustrators, designers and graphic artists and is overseen by Thomas Thorspecken, a contributor to the worldwide Urban Sketchers movement.
BEST
URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide
3465-03
flexibound (opens flat) SDBX
H
Manufactured in China
H
9 781 45 4 925 65 4 14
URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide
THOMAS THORSPECKEN
THOMAS THORSPECKEN
Thomas Thorspecken studied animation and illustration at the School of Visual Arts in New York, and worked for ten years at Walt Disney Feature Animation. In 2009, Thor made a resolution to do one sketch a day and share it with an online community of urban sketchers through his blog, Analog Artist Digital World.
Front cover illustration (top) by Ana Rogo Front cover illustration (middle) by Miguel Herranz All other cover illustrations by the author
£12.99
Search Press
www.searchpress.com
Search Press 3rd Proof
Title:
Job No:
DUA-Urban Sketching : 30124 CPJ1113-59/shan Search Press
COMPENDIUM OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES: 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
URBAN SKETCHING: A COMPLETE GUIDE
JUST DRAW IT!
Thomas Thorspecken
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
Donna Krizek
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
160pp DAWB
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
128pp DUA
176pp TTSS
Sam Piyasena & Beverly Philp
37
38
ART & DESIGN
SKETCHING PEOPLE
DRAWING PERSPECTIVE
Lynne Chapman
Matthew Brehm
THE STILL LIFE SKETCHING BIBLE
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
David Poxon
128pp SKPE
144pp DRPE
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound SLSB
previously published as The Encyclopedia of
The Encyclopedia of
The Encyclopedia of
Techniques SEARCH PRESS
Classics
Techniques
Explains the basic characteristics and colour ranges of the main kind of coloured pencils: hard, soft and pastel varieties. Offers step-by-step, visual demonstrations of each key technique – from blending, blocking in and burnishing to sgraffito, stippling and impressing.
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Techniques
Judy Martin
Includes an inspiring gallery of finished examples that show how professional artists make dynamic use of techniques to interpret a wide range of subjects.
25/11/2013 12:33
A complete step-by-step directory of key techniques, plus an inspirational gallery showing how artists use them
Search Press
Search Press
UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
www.searchpress.com
Judy Martin
(smaller spines)
THE LANDSCAPE ARTIST’S DRAWING BIBLE
THE COLORED PENCIL ARTIST’S DRAWING BIBLE
Editor: Michelle Pickering
Jane Strother
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Judy Martin
192pp wiro-bound LSKB
192pp wiro-bound CPSB
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
176pp CPE2
flexibound (opens flat) CPBX
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COLOURED PENCIL TECHNIQUES (big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
ART INSTRUCTION
DON’T
MISS THESE
COMPENDIUM OF WATERCOLOUR TECHNIQUES: OVER 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
COMPLETE WATERCOLOUR 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
LEARN TO PAINT IN WATERCOLOR WITH 50 PAINTINGS
256pp WCCG
Wil Freeborn
David Webb
Robin Berry
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
144pp WSFP
176pp WTTS
NEW Edition
BEST Seller
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WATERCOLOUR TECHNIQUES
THE WATERCOLOR ARTIST’S BIBLE
THE WATERCOLOR ARTIST’S GUIDE TO EXCEPTIONAL COLOR
Hazel Harrison
Marylin Scott
Jan Hart
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
176pp EWTN
192pp wiro-bound BWC
128pp WGC
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) flexibound (opens flat) WABX
39
40
ART & DESIGN
HOW TO PAINT WATERCOLOR LANDSCAPES
THE WATERCOLOR FLOWER ARTIST’S BIBLE
Hazel Harrison & Joe Cornish
Editor: Claire Waite Brown
11 × 8½in (215 × 280mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
160pp wiro-bound MPS
192pp wiro-bound FPBI
THE WATERCOLOR FLOWER PAINTER’S A TO Z
THE WATERCOLORIST’S A TO Z OF TREES AND FOLIAGE
HOW TO PAINT WATERCOLOR FLOWERS
Adelene Fletcher
Adelene Fletcher
Robin Berry
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp TWFP
128pp WTF
160pp wiro-bound MPWF
CHINESE BRUSH PAINTING: FLOWERS
THE CHINESE BRUSH PAINTING BIBLE
Joan Lok
Jane Dwight
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp CPF
256pp wiro-bound CPM
ART INSTRUCTION
NEW Edition
BEST Seller
DON’T
MISS THESE
THE ACRYLIC ARTIST’S BIBLE Marylin Scott
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ACRYLIC TECHNIQUES
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Hazel Harrison
192pp wiro-bound AABI
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
176pp EAT2
flexibound (opens flat) AABX
COMPLETE GUIDE TO PAINTING IN ACRYLICS Lorena Kloosterboer 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 320pp SGAA
COMPENDIUM OF ACRYLIC PAINTING TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
CREATING EXCEPTIONAL COLOR WITH ACRYLICS
Gill Barron
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
128pp CPCA
Lexi Sundell
176pp ACPA
LEARN TO PAINT ACRYLICS WITH 50 SMALL PAINTINGS PAINTING ACRYLIC FLOWERS A–Z
Mark Daniel Nelson
Lexi Sundell
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
144pp AFSP
128pp AFP
41
42
ART & DESIGN
NEW Edition
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PASTEL TECHNIQUES
THE PASTEL ARTIST’S BIBLE
Judy Martin
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp wiro-bound TPAB
176pp EPPN
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
Editor: Claire Waite Brown
flexibound (opens flat) PABX
NEW Edition
BEST Seller
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OIL TECHNIQUES
THE OIL PAINTER’S BIBLE
Jeremy Galton
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp wiro-bound OPB
176pp OPT2
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
Marylin Scott
flexibound (opens flat) OPBX
ACTIVITY
Activity
STICKER BY NUMBER: BEAUTIFUL BOTANICALS
THE COLORING BOOK OF VISUAL TRICKS AND ILLUSIONS
Shane Madden
STICKER BY NUMBER: CALMING CREATURES ILLUSTRATOR
9¼ × 9¼in (235 × 235mm)
Shane Madden
96pp FOPI
64pp E STI2
9¼ × 9¼in (235 × 235mm) 64pp E STIK
TANGRAMS STICKER BOOK
BE HAPPY
9¾ × 9¾in (250 × 250mm)
71⁄2 × 81⁄2in (190 × 221mm)
48pp TNGM
Includes paintbrush 96pp MPNB
8 × 11in (280 × 215mm)
43
44
ART & DESIGN
Calligraphy & Lettering
CALLIGRAPHY IN 24 HOURS
THE NEW CALLIGRAPHY
Veiko Kespersaks
Ruth Booth
CALLIGRAPHY ALPHABETS FOR BEGINNERS
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Mary Noble & Janet Mehigan
160pp CATF
224pp Code NEWC
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound CBBI
BEST Seller
EAN
ISBN-13: 978-0-7858-3567-7
9
780785
835677
THE ILLUMINATED ALPHABET Timothy Noad & Patricia Seligman
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CALLIGRAPHY AND ILLUMINATION
THE BIBLE OF ILLUMINATED LETTERS
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Janet Mehigan & Mary Noble
Margaret Morgan
160pp ILU
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
160pp CIL
256pp wiro-bound BIL
CALLIGRAPHY & LETTERING
DON’T
MISS THIS
THE CHINESE CALLIGRAPHY BIBLE Cathy Wu 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound OCA
BEST Seller
HAND LETTERING Thy Doan Graves 7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
THE CALLIGRAPHER’S BIBLE David Harris 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound TCBI
144pp HLTR
45
46
ART & DESIGN
Graphic Arts & Photography DON’T
MISS THIS
THE MANGA FASHION LOOK-BOOK
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO DRAWING MANGA
Fez Baker
Sonia Leong
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
5¾ × 9in (228 × 195mm)
144pp MFDP
256pp BGAD
DIGITAL MANGA TECHNIQUES 8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO FIGURE DRAWING FOR COMICS AND GRAPHIC NOVELS
128pp DMT
Daniel Cooney
WHOOSH! Carlos Gomez Cabral 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 128pp FWMD
Hayden Scott-Baron
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 192pp DCCF
GRAPHIC ARTS & PHOTOGRAPHY
BEST Seller
WRITING AND ILLUSTRATING THE GRAPHIC NOVEL
ILLUSTRATING CHILDREN’S BOOKS
Daniel Cooney
Martin Salisbury
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
9½ × 9½in (240 × 240mm)
160pp IGN2
128pp ICB
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WRITING AND ILLUSTRATING CHILDREN’S BOOKS Desdemona McCannon, Sue Thornton & Yadzia Williams 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 160pp ECI
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT CRAZY CARTOON CHARACTERS
CHARACTER DESIGN STUDIO Chris Patmore
HOW TO DRAW AND SELL COMIC STRIPS
Vincent Woodcock
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
Alan McKenzie
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp DTO
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp HCD
144pp HCS3
THE CARTOONIST’S BIBLE Franklin Bishop 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound CARB
47
48
ART & DESIGN
BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO ANIMATION
THE COMPLETE ANIMATION COURSE
THE COMPLETE DIGITAL ANIMATION COURSE
Mary Murphy
Chris Patmore
Andy Wyatt
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp BANI
160pp ANCO
144pp DAC
GAME DESIGN
MOVIE MAKING COURSE: SECOND EDITION
STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE
Ted Jones
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp SBO
Jim Thompson, Barnaby Berbank-Green & Nic Cusworth 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Giuseppe Cristiano
176pp NMMC
192pp CGA
THE DOCUMENTARY MOVIEMAKING COURSE
130 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FILM MAKING
HOW TO CREATE FANTASY ART FOR VIDEO GAMES
Kevin Lindenmuth
Elliot Grove
Bill Stoneham
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
144pp DMC
128pp WOFS
128pp FCG
GRAPHIC ARTS & PHOTOGRAPHY
THE COMPLETE TYPOGRAPHER: THIRD EDITION
WINNING PORTFOLIOS FOR GRAPHIC DESIGNERS
THE PORTRAIT PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE
Will Hill
Cath Caldwell
Mark Jenkinson
10 × 10in (254 × 254mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp TYB3
144pp JSS
224pp PPHC
PHOTOGRAPHING MODELS: 1,000 POSES
150 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR PHOTOGRAPHY SKILLS
Eliot Siegel
John Easterby
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
320pp TPPW
128pp WOP
49
50
ART & DESIGN
Fantasy Art
THE COMPENDIUM OF FANTASY ART TECHNIQUES
THE FANTASY ART BIBLE
FANTASY ART DRAWING SKILLS
Jane Moseley & Jackie Strachen
Socar Myles
Rob Alexander, Finlay Cowan & Kevin Walker
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
192pp wiro-bound SFFA
128pp FABE
FANTASY ART TEMPLATES
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT SCIENCE FICTION ART
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 288pp CFAT
THE FANTASY ILLUSTRATOR’S TECHNIQUE BOOK Gary Lippincott
Jean Marie Ward & Rafi Adrian Zulkarnain
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp TFI
144pp FATT
128pp DPSF
Geoff Taylor
FANTASY ART
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FANTASY ARCHITECTURE
DRAWING AND PAINTING FANTASY LANDSCAPES AND CITYSCAPES
50 FANTASY VEHICLES TO DRAW AND PAINT
Rob Alexander
Rob Alexander
Keith Thompson
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp FREN
128pp LCS
128pp FVD
50 ROBOTS TO DRAW AND PAINT Keith Thompson
SUPER-CUTE CHIBIS TO DRAW AND PAINT
MORE SUPERCUTE CHIBIS TO DRAW AND PAINT
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
Joanna Zhou
Fez Baker
128pp FRO
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp CCDP
128pp CCP2
51
52
ART & DESIGN
ANATOMY FOR FANTASY ARTISTS: NEW EXPANDED EDITION
DRAWING AND PAINTING FANTASY FIGURES
THE FANTASY FIGURE ARTIST’S REFERENCE FILE
Glenn Fabry
Finlay Cowan
Peter Evans
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
160pp AFA2
128pp DPFF
160pp plus CD FFA
DON’T
MISS THIS
BEST Seller
HOW TO DRAW FANTASY FEMALES Chris Patmore
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FANTASY COMBAT
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
Matt Stawicki
128pp TOB
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 128pp HDPC
DRAWING AND PAINTING FANTASY BEASTS Kevin Walker 8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 128pp FMM
DRAWING AND PAINTING THE UNDEAD
THE FANTASY ARTIST’S FIGURE DRAWING BIBLE
Keith Thompson
Matt Dixon
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp FGG
192pp wiro-bound FDR
FANTASY ART
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT DRAGONS
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT VAMPIRES
Tom Kidd
Ian Daniels
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp DPD
128pp DPVG
BEST Seller
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FAIRIES
WATERCOLOR FAIRY ART
Linda Ravenscroft
Sara Burrier
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp FRP
128pp DRF
WATERCOLOR FAIRIES David Riché & Anna Franklin
HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FAIRYLAND
THE FAIRY ARTIST’S FIGURE DRAWING BIBLE
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
Linda Ravenscroft
Linda Ravenscroft
128pp WCF
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp HDPF
256pp wiro-bound FDB
53
54
ART & DESIGN
Fashion & Textiles ElEanor Thompson
curator and author who has lectured on fashion at the University of Brighton, the London College of Fashion, and the Victoria and Albert Museum. As curator of dress at the Brighton Museum, she organized the touring exhibitions Little Black Dress and Fashion and Fancy Dress, 1865–2005. More recently she has worked as an exhibition consultant for the Fashion and Textile Museum, London. Thompson has published numerous articles, reviews, and essays; the coauthor of A Family of Fashion: The Messel Dress Collection, 1865– 2005, she was a contributor to The Berg Encyclopaedia of World Dress and Fashion. She is presently completing a doctoral thesis on the display of fashion.
IconIc gowns for IconIc women
Some of the most inspiring wedding dresses of our time were created for fashion icons such as Audrey Hepburn, Grace Kelly, Catherine Middleton, and Kate Moss. Discover what made their ensembles both showstopping and historic. Impeccable craftsmanshIp
Whether lavish and bejeweled or sleek and exotic, the couture bridalwear of designers such as Cristóbal Balenciaga, Jean Paul Gaultier, Yves Saint Laurent, Elsa Schiaparelli, and Yohji Yamamoto represents fashion’s highest achievement.
THE WEDDING DRESS
the wedding dress
ElEanor Thompson is a respected
For brides-to-be or any reader with a fascination for couture, here is the essential guide to the best wedding dresses of modern times—the 50 iconic designs that made fashion history. This is the book of bridal legends, designs that have transcended mere beauty to become flash points of fashion and style. With examples both elegant and extravagant by the most renowned couturiers of our time, The Wedding Dress explains how and why each achieved iconic status.
InspIratIon for brIdes-to-be ELEANOR THOMPSON
A wealth of illustrations and information about style and construction promises fresh insight for brides-to-be, fashionistas, and designers.
the
wedding dress The 50 DeSIGNS ThaT chaNGeD The courSe of brIDal faShIoN
From the white wedding dress worn by Queen Victoria in 1840 to couture creations by Karl Lagerfeld, Alexander McQueen, Vera Wang, and Vivienne Westwood, The Wedding Dress examines the details of each and every design in chronological sequence. Photographs of the dresses and brides are accompanied by illustrations offering a 360-degree view of the designs’ unique features. Fashion expert Eleanor Thompson provides biographies of the dresses’ designers alongside a technical deconstruction of their work, revealing the means employed to cut and fit these extraordinary garments, the time it took to make them, and the amount of fabric and trimmings required. Laying bare the anatomy of each showstopping ensemble—silhouette, fabrics, tailoring, embellishments, and hidden details—this accessible and richly illustrated book is an indispensable resource for brides, stylists, designers, and anyone interested in the extraordinary world of couture.
1000 DRESSES
THE WEDDING DRESS
Tracy Fitzgerald & Alison Taylor
Eleanor Thompson
FASHION DESIGN COURSE: ACCESSORIES
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
Jane Schaffer & Sue Saunders
288pp FBTD
192pp M DAI
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 256pp FGAD
THE
FASHION DESIGNER’S
TEXTILE DIRECTORY
ed in the directory comes with color hat illustrate its properties, helping w a particular fabric’s qualities make ic items of apparel.
book you will find essential guides to aves, knits, weights, characteristics,
BAUGH
anized by function. Do you want a re, fluidity, added volume, definition, you want a garment that clings to the allows you to construct a whole new the overall effect you are aiming to d elegant or lustrous and magnificent?
SECOND EDITION
THE FASHION DESIGNER’S TEXTILE DIRECTORY
SECO EDIT ND ION REV ISE UPD
A guide to fabrics’ properties, characteristics, and garment-design potential
D, ATE D
NEW Edition THE FASHION DESIGNER’S TEXTILE DIRECTORY Designers are trained to develop a vision in terms of surface, silhouette, and “good” design; they are not trained to translate that vision into understandable terms for the textile industry. This book is designed to fill this gap in communication. The Fashion Designer’s Textile Directory guides you through five fabric categories: • Structure • Fluidity • Ornamentation • Expansion • Compression The book is illustrated and explained with photographs of fabric samples, garments, and diagrams. Each entry has all the information you will need to make the right decision about the fabric for your design. Graphic icons representing fabric structure, weight, and any special finishes provide a wealth of information without the need for lots of reading, and facts and figures are summarized in bullet lists. Key information about featured fabrics is included in the charts at the back of the book, usefully condensed and organized into tables for quick reference when you’re in the design studio or with a supplier. The Fashion Designer’s Textile Directory is a must-have reference for the fashion designer or fashion design student, simultaneously offering instruction in fabric while helping develop skills for the design room. About the revised edition: Includes wonderful new images and an updated chapter on Responsible Design, which is a call to empower fashion industry designers to make changes in their products.
EAN
ISBN: 978-1-4380-1155-4
$35.00
Canada $43.99
w w w. b a r r o n s e d u c . c o m
GAIL BAUGH
DJ35-11-2017 JY(Quarto Adult)Robin TXDN Textile Directory Cov 175L 300gsm Gold Sun C2S Magenta
Cyan Magenta Yellow Black
ric and textile directory ers and fashion designers be without. It’s like having onal textiles expert on mend fabrics that match u want to achieve. You’ll different fabrics perform, n the many ways to use designs.
09/11/2017 17:52
Cov
THE FASHION DESIGNER’S TEXTILE DIRECTORY: SECOND EDITION
THE FASHION DESIGNER’S DIRECTORY OF SHAPE AND FORM
FASHION DESIGN DRAWING COURSE: REVISED AND UPDATED EDITION
Gail Baugh
Simon Travers-Spencer & Zarida Zaman
7¾ × 9¼in (235 × 200mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
320pp TXDN
144pp FDD
160pp FDC2
Jemi Armstrong & Wynn Armstrong
FASHION & TEXTILES
FIGURE POSES FOR FASHION ILLUSTRATORS
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FASHION ILLUSTRATION TECHNIQUES
200 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FASHION DESIGN
Sha Tahmasebi
Carol Nunnelly
Tracy Fitzgerald & Adrian Grandon
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
144pp FASI
160pp FAIT
128pp WGFD
THE FASHION CAREERS GUIDEBOOK
CREATING A SUCCESSFUL FASHION COLLECTION
FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE
Julia Yates
Steven Faerm
Eliot Siegel
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp CFAS
160pp WCFD
144pp FAPC
55
N E E D L EC R A F T
FUL
58
NEEDLECRAFT
Tiny Stitches Buttons, Badges, and Brooches to Embroider
BUT
TO N
Draw attention to a coat lapel or jazz up the back pocket of your favorite denims. These cute little buttons offer small-scale canvasses for you to show off your stitching skills. Embroidery fan and Instagram sensation (184k followers and counting) Irem uses no more than 10 stitches in this wonderful collection that she has designed specially for you. Projects don’t use much in the way of materials and there’s no complicated finishing involved. These will be projects that you will finish! Templates come in different sizes, so you can select the one you want to suit your own requirements.
S
AUTHOR Irem Yazici
AM CON E SPECIFICATIONS
•
•
68
te
e
Page
a
ls
R e f
all sc 7 × 9in 230 × 180mm 128pp r utton eam for mp ice t l te envelope with iron-on transfers reat o yourIncludes bag wh ors t erever y o ma CODE o ke yo u 304775 12 ur 0
B E A U T I F U L B U T TO N S
th e process Transfer the ice cream motif (see Templates, page 120, or, alternatively, you can use the iron-on transfer paper at the back of the book) onto the piece of fabric, then place into an embroidery hoop (see page 12).
e r e n c
1 Start with the ball on the left. Work the outline in French knots using one strand of apricot. Then fill the rest of the ball using French knots in the same color.
2 Fill the ball on the right with irregular tiny seed stitches using one strand of light seagreen. They should look like confetti but more continuous.
3 For the top ball, first make the outline using two strands of light straw and split stitch. Continue circling inward using split stitch to fill the ball.
4 Use three strands of medium gold to work the cone in satin stitch.
5 Make straight stitches parallel to the edges of the cone using one strand of light brown. To create the cornet pattern, make stitches parallel to the right edge, then make stitches parallel to the left edge (they should make crosses). Once you have created the cornet pattern, outline the edge in straight stitch using one strand of light brown.
6 Finally, add the sprinkles using two strands of light Nile green to make short seed stitches all around.
I C E- C R E A M C O N E
69
NEEDLECRAFT
Hoop Dreams Modern Hand Embroidery
Embroidery is back! Cristin Morgan shares her charming designs in this collection of contemporary embroidery motifs and projects. This book will help you bring embroidery out of the hoop and add a touch of stylish handmade flair everywhere— with modern motifs and bold color palettes. Beginners will master basic stitches and skills, all clearly explained in an attractive, approachable way. New and experienced embroiderers alike will find joy in the 20 beautiful and practical project ideas. The 50 illustrated motifs includes abstract and geometric patterns, botanical motifs, hand-lettered designs, and much more. AUTHOR Cristin Morgan
SPECIFICATIONS
7 × 9in
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp
Includes envelope with iron-on transfers
CODE MDEM
59
60
NEEDLECRAFT
Embroidered Cat in my Pocket Techniques and Projects for Enchanting Fashion Adornments
New for
2019
Five years ago, Japanese embroidery artist Hiroko Kubota’s embroidered cat shirts set the internet alight. Hiroko uses a technique that let’s you “paint with thread,” (it requires a small needle, single strands of embroidery floss plus lots of shades of the same color, and two stitches—one bigger than the other—that repeat again and again). This adorable collection of five projects, core techniques, and templates lets you recreate a little of Hiroko’s magic.
AUTHOR Hiroko Kubota
SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in
• 230 × 180mm • 112pp
Includes envelope with ironYUMI-CHAN
on transfers
This tortoise shell tabby with its intense green eyes and inquisitive attitude is the ideal companion to carry around in a shirt pocket. Once you have transferred the design to your surface, follow the order of work set out over the next few pages. Ears are a good place to start. Remember, you are working with long and short stitches to get the lovely shaded effect that you are after.
CODE 325961
Tools and Materials •
Crewel needle size 10
•
Hoop or frame
•
Woven fabric
Template •
See page 92
Thread colors used 3072 648 645
42
842 844 169
A Kindle of Kittens
3799 168 712
738 739 632
3772 407 3064
61
NEEDLECRAFT
Add One Stitch: Knitting All the Stitches You Need in 15 Projects
Knitting is made up of just two stitches— knit and purl. Mastering these two stitches will open up a realm of new combinations and textures to the knitting novice. Add One Stitch Knitting walks you through the basics and gives you all the building blocks needed to successfully complete more challenging projects as you progress on your knitting journey.
ALL THE STITCHES YOU NEED IN 15 PROJECTS
ADD ONE STITCH
KNITTING GARTER • STOCKINET TE • RIB STITCH • SEED STITCH MOSS STITCH • BROKEN RIB • WAFFLE STITCH BASKETWEAVE STITCH • SLIP STITCH RIB • ANDALUSIAN STITCH OBLIQUE RIB • HURDLE RIB
ALINA SCHNEIDER
With 15 knitting stitches clearly explained and demonstrated, you learn the essential techniques before moving on to create a stylish project using that stitch. Begin with garter and stockinette, and advance to moss, rib, seed, waffle, and more. Stitch by stitch and project by project, build up your skills as you create beautiful and contemporary knitted garments and accessories.
ADD ONE STITCH KNITTING
With a resurgence of interest in needlecraft and a growing awareness of its benefits for stress relief and relaxation, more and more people want to learn to knit. The perfect book for beginners, Add One Stitch: Knitting demystifies the process of learning to knit. 15 essential knitting stitches are explained in an easy-to follow lesson format, each accompanied by a stylish project with which to practice your new skills. Starting with the simple knit and purl stitches, the lessons teach you how to combine these two building blocks to create more complex stitches such as moss, waffle, rib, seed, and more. Build up your skills, stitch by stitch.
EAN
ISBN: 978-1-4380-1089-2
$18.99
Canada $23.99
www.barrons educ .c om
ALINA SCHNEIDER
AOSK_COV_AddOneStitch_US.indd All Pages
30/08/2017 11:12
AUTHOR Alina Schneider
SPECIFICATIONS 7½ × 9½in 190mm
• 246 × • 128pp
CODE E AOSK
62
NEEDLECRAFT
Amour Fou’s House of Dolls Charming Crochet Projects to Love and to Hold
New for
2019
Each doll has a story to tell and a personality of their own— some are real globetrotters, others prefer the coziness of the home. Grab your hook and yarn and learn how to crochet cute dolls with their very own personality. Make them for a beloved little one, as decoration for a very special room, or gift them to yourself or others. A strong believer that dolls are for everyone (no age limits), crochet artist Carla Mitrani invites you to create your own companion. Addressing doll-lovers and all-level crocheters, she explains 15 patterns in detail and provides special tricks and tips for customization to create your very own designs. AUTHOR Carla Mitrani 100
Projects | Coralie
SPECIFICATIONS 7 × 9in
101
MEET CORALIE
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp
Coralie loves the spring! It’s when she gets to wear her cute dresses, play outside, have the wind blow her curls and, if she is lucky, maybe catch a colorful butterfly.
CODE 325442
MATERIALS
INSTRUCTIONS
Size 3 (3mm) crochet hook 100 % cotton yarn for a Size 3 (3mm) hook A pair of 2⁄5 in (10 mm) safety eyes
Make your own
Amour Fou
CORALIE
Tapestry needle Three press stud buttons for the dress Polyfiber fill
You can choose your yarn for Coralie’s hair and skintone in any color. She will always look beautiful.
From head to toe, Coralie measures approx. 13 3⁄4 in (35cm). Of course, should you choose a different hook and yarn, the final measurement will vary.
LEG 1
Start with the skin color. Round 1 Magic ring of 5 sc. Round 2 Crochet *2 sc in each st*, repeat * (10). Round 3 Crochet *1 sc, 2 sc in the next st*, repeat * (15). Round 4 to 20 Crochet 15 sc Close and break the yarn.
LEG 2 & BODY
Start with the skin color. Round 1 Magic ring of 5 sc. Round 2 Crochet *2 sc in each st*, repeat * (10). Round 3 Crochet *1 sc, 2 sc in the next st*, repeat * (15). Round 4 to 20 Crochet 15 sc. Round 21 Change to the color of her underwear and, only through back loops, crochet 15 sc...
BODY
...chain 3 and join LEG 1. Crochet 15 sc (only through back loops) on leg 1. Round 22 This will be the begining of the following rounds. Crochet 3 sc on one of the sides of the 3-ch-chain, then15 sc on leg 2, then 3 sc on the other side of the 3-ch chain and, finally, 15 sc on leg 1. Total stitches: 36 Round 23 Crochet *5 sc, 2 sc in the next st*, repeat * (42).
Round 24 to 29 Crochet 42 sc. Round 30 Change to the color of her skin and only through back loops, crochet 42 sc. Stuff the legs firmly. Round 31 Crochet 42 sc. Round 32 Place a stitch marker right in the middle of the two legs. Crochet the necessary sc to reach the stitch marker. Crochet 20 sc, then one popcorn stitch (see page 94) and finally 21 sc. You just made the belly button. Is it right in the middle of the two legs? Perfect! Round 33 to 34 Crochet 42 sc. Round 35 Crochet *5 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (36). Round 36 to 38 Crochet 36 sc. Round 39 Crochet *4 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (30). Round 40 to 41 Crochet 30 sc. Start stuffing the body now, firmly. Round 42 Crochet *3 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (24). Round 43 to 44 Crochet 24 sc. Round 45 Crochet *2 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (18). 46 to 47 Crochet 18 sc. Continue stuffing the body. Do not break the yarn.
64
NEEDLECRAFT
The Step-by-step Guide to 200 Crochet Stitches
Great for new and experienced crocheters alike, The Step-bystep Guide to 200 Crochet Stitches offers stitches with detailed written, charted, and photographed instructions. This essential book presents stitch sections including: •Basic stitches • Fans & Shells • Bobbles & Clusters • Spikes • Relief stitches • Mesh & Filet • Waves • Crossed stitches • Decorative stitches
AUTHOR Tracey Todhunter
SPECIFICATIONS 71⁄2 × 9¾in
• 246 × 190mm • 192pp
CODE CRS2
signed to get crochet fans and creative ways of working th of stitch patterns and
by clear step-by-step photographs, s and stitch samples.
rkshop tutor and knit and crochet Yarns in 2006. She co-authored I Love Colour in Knitting. Sarah also designs zine.
9 781844 489633
www.searchpress.com
Search Press
£12.99 ISBN 978-1-84448-963-3
Sarah Hazell
ochet’s most popular stitch styles: d bobbles, delicate lacy shells and ing relief stitches, colourful, graphic chevrons and waves, along with titches.
200 Crochet Stitches
het Stitches
Crochet Stitches
A practical guide with swatches, charts and step-by-step instructions Sarah Hazell
This title follows on from Sarah Hazell’s wonderful 200 Crochet Stitches
In addition, each stitch pattern shows a large finished swatch in eye-catching colors. You’ll learn essential crochet skills, such as changing color, fastening off, and forming basic stitches. Also available at your fingertips at any time is a key for all abbreviations and symbols used. The Step-by-step Guide to 200 Crochet Stitches offers excellent, useful instruction and vibrant inspiration for all crocheters.
65
142 Tweed Chevron
143 Crossed Chevron
You need to work this stitch in multiple colors in order for the pattern to be shown off at its best. Making a large project such as a blanket in single crochet can be time-consuming, so try using a chunky yarn for a speedy make. As with all chevrons worked in single crochet, you will get better results if you use a slightly larger hook than the one recommended for the yarn.
3
A 2
B
1
C
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Multiple 16 sts, plus 1 for the foundation
Step 2 With yarn B, ch1, 2sc in first sc, *1sc in each of next 5sc, [sc2tog over next 2sc] twice, 1sc in each of next 5sc**, [2sc in next sc] twice; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2sc in last sc, change to yarn C, turn.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2, working one row of each color in sequence.
chain.
Step 1 (RS) With yarn A, 2sc in 2nd ch from hk, *1sc in each of next 5ch, [sc2tog over next 2ch] twice, 1sc in each of next 5ch**, [2sc in next ch] twice; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2sc in last ch, change to yarn B, turn.
121
The use of crossed double crochet gives the fabric an unusual texture. You can use any number of colors for this stitch. This example uses three shades of yarn and changes color every row, so you can simply carry the unused yarn up the side of the work. Change color on the last yarnover of the last stitch of the row for smooth color transitions.
WAVES AND CHEVRONS
DIRECTORY OF STITCHES
120
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Multiple 21 sts + 1, plus 3 for the
Step 2 With yarn B, ch1, 2sc in first dc, *1sc
Step 3 With yarn C, ch3 (counts as 1dc),
foundation chain.
in each of next 8dc, sc2tog over first and third of next 3 sts (i.e. skipping 1 st), 1sc in each of next 8dc**, 3sc in next dc; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2sc in top of tch, change to yarn C, turn.
1dc in first dc, *[Crossed 2dc over next 2sc] 4 times, dc2tog over first and third of next 3 sts (i.e. skipping 1 st), [Crossed 2dc over next 2sc] 4 times**, 3dc in next sc; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2dc in last sc, change to yarn A, turn.
Step 1 (RS) With yarn A, 1dc in 4th ch from hk, *[Crossed 2dc over next 2ch] 4 times, dc2tog over first and last of next 4ch (i.e. skipping 2ch), [Crossed 2dc over next 2ch] 4 times**, 3dc in next ch; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2dc in last ch, change to yarn B, turn.
Step 4 Repeat Steps 2–3, working one row of each color in sequence.
Special stitch Crossed 2dc: Skip 1 st, 1dc in next st, working in front of dc just made, 1dc in skipped st (work into foundation ch on row 1). A B C
3
3 2
2
1
1
1
Step 1
Steps 2–3
15
BASIC STITCHES
DIRECTORY OF STITCHES
14
1 Slip Stitch Rib
2 Front Loop Slip Stitch
3 Back Loop Slip Stitch
4 Purl Slip Stitch
Slip stitches can be tight to work, so it is best to use a hook that is larger than the one recommended on the ball band. Unlike taller stitches, there is no need to make a turning chain at the beginning of each row of slipped stitches. This stitch pattern tends to “lean” to one side, but can easily be straightened with blocking or when sewn to other squarer pieces.
This stitch pattern produces a thin and stable fabric, and is often used for hats. There is no need to make a turning chain at the beginning of each row of slipped stitches.
This pattern closely resembles knitted fabric. It makes a strong and elastic rib suitable for cuffs, welts, and hat brims.
Closely resembling knitted garter stitch, this stitch pattern has a defined texture and is ideal for sturdy projects such as edgings, bags, and homewares.
Step 2
Step 3
Multiple Any number of sts.
Step 3 Ch1, 1sc in each sl st across, turn.
Step 1 (RS) 1sc in 2nd ch from hk and in each ch across, turn.
Step 4 Repeat Steps 2–3.
Step 1
Step 3
Multiple Any number of sts.
Step 2 1FLsl st in each sl st
Step 1 (RS) 1sl st in first ch and in each ch across, turn.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2.
Step 2
Step 3
Step 2
Step 3
Multiple Any number of sts.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2.
Multiple Any number of sts.
Step 3 1FLsl st in each sl st
Step 1 (RS) 1sl st in first ch
across, turn.
Step 2 1sl st in each sc across, turn.
Step 1 (RS) 1sl st in first ch
and in each ch across, turn.
and in each ch across, turn.
Step 2 1BLsl st in each sl st
Step 2 1BLsl st in each sl st
across, turn.
across, turn.
across, turn.
Step 4 Repeat Steps 2–3.
3
3 2
2
2 1
2 1
1
1
66
NEEDLECRAFT
Stripy Crochet Blankets The Joy of Repetition
Join Haafner Linssen, author of Mandalas to Crochet, on a journey into the world of crocheting stripes. These patterns are relaxing to create, work up quickly, and there aren’t lots of ends to sew in. Patterns for twenty beautiful stripy blankets are included here, from simple blankets that use only the most basic stitches—perfect for an absolute beginner—to more complex patterns that use less commonly known stitches. Each project comes with a pattern, chart, color advice, and instructions for making it in a variety of sizes. You’ll also find all the basic crochet techniques you need clearly explained. AUTHOR Haafner Linssen
SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in
• 222 × 222mm • 128pp
CODE STBL
From the author of Mandalas to Crochet
k
e o e utsi fa d ci e i ng n w ou ar t. d, B
Fa co se e sk Ro Co 2: st er o lo ed e bea en rs be u sc ip 1 und lor be d lo s] B, off ter ,a 1s ad 1 w 4 nd c, , an sl s Co ring tim l s e s Ro d ls to jo ft . l o i e in ti nt R f r v s Sl o u A e n o o w r g on . 67 Sl ith 1 s th r th u 9, st i nd ui n de sl st i nd sl c] e s e s be sl s 3 5 1 c st n ls ). st : 9 t c a w b ] 6 4 h ] 9, ds in tim el t a in , i : S o t in th s in e chA in ch sl s , ch ne and iti iti es. w i th a , ft 9, e al l st ch anedr al Ch t. tw 6.* t] in 6, xt c in e s r [ c i s m o o s * b n C n h i Ro ls hl 9, n sl ice d e l S i h th f 19 n umn 7 t. sk st , a l st ext st i 9 s ddl 9, ad 9, dd Sl e u s i n s c p e i p 1 in nd s s p in ch ne . [ . l s h-7 d,lest : ch l s , o sl st i nd 11 in Ro ti st n 6. t] i iti from nex -9 s xt Ch f ch sp orfin t n w 7 w 3 ] Fo u * n al t c p. ch 1, p -9 : i cg th s. sl ice * Sl * sl in th s in e ch, C C hbe e sp r p nd st , a iti st to h-9 h 9 s lace sp. st m h 5 -7 as d l s ac an 10 ac ur 1, p] n . a ** * i i 4 p s s h n d t p d , l [ d 3 pl ch in on p. dl an . [aCs o t in Ro ac es, os : i Ro s C e iti from -5 th f 19 n m ce Re ace wic ee h es ch es of d jo hs5ho Fo u al Sl id u sp e s m pea sh e. [ d c as ain of i , w n sl t r n h- dl st n h l e s . o e C t p e / n t d p c st e st e ll, re 5 sh his of ac in d h u : f h a r rp sp of .J s i c 4 a o e n i s h 8 1 c p n e r n pa ll s o Ch h : o oi m : c ch th s. o d u m ace s, c se n off the f 1 h, * C e 7, 9 s ces pa nd s w m h5 5s c ; w m 9 c and ch idd s a hai of , p a . ith id p n l s of nd . [C Sl es, cou ea idd h-3 in dl , an . [C ch /sh thi th sp e o st D an th jo n h e l v s f s d m e e e s h t e in in d 7 of e m . C ch spa ell s ro j be co in of ps. idd c al in 5 w , sl id h 7 -9 th oin 3, ce pa u ad rat Jo le en th R iti ith st ch hai l ch d e s. o al c le , a sp s, e a i ds e i ] , a n/ -9 Sl u ni n w of c ch sl s in or of nd . [C Sl es, b s . n tia ith h-9 t i ea d i ead sl st i nd ot de th jo h st i l n 3 n c n s i n 7 e he n n sp ch sl i s m th h o w st] 5: 4 in 5 w , sl r o red . -3 st p. i id e iti i Sl and follow the clear in th s in e ch, sl f 19 in creativity Unlesash your rn w allowing only sp good al th s st] Dreamcatchers are said to act as filters, -7 dle i i step-by-step instructions toscreate 30 beautiful a a t s l a t th dreamcatchers. . unique crocheted ch l s in i t c ti n s m hf a and F sp of h d lc ti as e s in n -9 t i en ea c th s. in get started, need hook, h- n t of dreams to reach you. Place them in your symbol tall you of l sis a crochet tshome sp n t th as aTosome C h e yarn, andean embroidery These 19 m 7 hto n t arehoop. . er delicate and intricate designs suitable for m h 7 -7 s e Crochet . 30 Dreamcatchers s i d c p all skill levels, so even absolute beginners can sl id screativity , a p. h d . , your hopes and dreams. Why not unleash your and achieve dreamy results. le dl st sh 7 e nd [Ch o s e i With full patterns and inspiring photos, a review n p f of l s crochet techniques, and a collection of jo of lcore c th s. , ideas, this book is a guarantee for many project th in 7, make your own unique dreamcatcher? C h e hours of happy crocheting. e m h 7 -7 s i p , d Follow the clear step-by-step instructions to create 30 dl an . [C Author e d h Caitlin Sainio has been crocheting for most o j her life, and especially loves the delicate f t oin 7, beautiful crocheted dreamcatchers. To get started,ofall you need geometries of thread crochet. Trained as he a mechanical engineer, she’s turned her
sid
ea
di
Sweet Dreams
ng
30 Dreamcatchers to Crochet
Sweet Dreams
engineering talents to crochet design. She is the author of five previous crochet books including the bestselling 100 Snowflakes to Crochet.
Format: 8¾ x 8¾ in. (222 x 222 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Fall 2018 RRP: $21.99 / £12.99
Caitlin Sainio
is a crochet hook, some yarn, and an embroidery hoop. These delicate and intricate designs are suitable for all skill levels, so even absolute beginners can achieve dreamy results. With full patterns and inspiring photos, a review of crochet techniques that help you create a perfect circle, a discussion of materials, colors, finishing techniques, embellishments, and lots of project ideas, this book is a guarantee for many hours of happy crocheting.
Sweet Dreams
AUTHOR Maaike von Koert 8¾ × 8¾in
•
SPECIFICATIONS 222 × 222mm
• 128pp
CODE 302731
6/ ng
Asibikaashi’s Web
Ri
From the author of 9 Months to Crochet
8
variation:
Morning Sun >
9
68
NEEDLECRAFT
Mandy’s Guide to Color Crochet Projects to Make in a Range of Luscious Palettes You’ve learned how to crochet and you can follow a pattern. The next big challenge, if you want to work with more than one color, is choosing yarns that go together. By applying the color rules that artists have always known, Mandy puts theory to practical use in this collection of 17 vibrant projects. With clear and crisp color mood boards, stunning photography, a technique refresher course, and a bonus guide on how to organize your creative space, this is a book that Mandy’s growing fanbase will use time and time again as a reference for color inspiration.
SULLIVAN
n crochet designer
e and colorful life.
en published by Mollie
ne and has more than
am followers at
edagape. She believes
raws people to her
Find out more about
agapeblog.com.
Mandy’s Guide to Color
ho is passionate about
Mandy’s Guide to
Crochet
Color
Crochet Projects to make in a Range of luscious palettes
Mandy O’Sullivan
Mandy O’Sullivan
AUTHOR Mandy O’Sullivan
SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in
• 222 × 222mm • 128pp
Meet Mandy!
CODE MGTC
My interest in crochet began a few years ago when a friend introduced me to the wonderful world of yarn. I am passionate about living life with creativity and color, but there was a time I struggled with color choices and restricted myself to neutrals rather than get it “wrong.” I am happy to say that I am no longer scared of color and would like to share my passion for color with you.
32
PROJECTS BY COLOR THEORY
Extended related schemes
Extended related colors are those that are side-by-side on the color wheel and include four color steps. These colors can be tinted, shaded, or grayed, so look a little deeper when choosing colors and find their source. The project for this color theory contains the four tinted colors: Red-Violet, Red, Red-Orange, and Orange which together create a warm color combination. Extended related schemes, like related schemes (see page 22), are soothing on the eye as they have low contrast. Orange
Re d-
Or an
ge
Re d
Violet CREATING A SOFTER PALETTE
This scheme uses four colors that sit side-by-side on the color wheel, which creates a divinely peaceful palette. By adding white to each of the four colors, a deliciously tinted version of the scheme is born. This softens the palette considerably and makes it even easier on the eye.
NEEDLECRAFT
Micro-Crochet The World’s Smallest Crochet Creatures. No, Really!
Author Mariella Vitale has a unique skill: she can pick up a 0.4mm crochet hook and some embroidery yarn, and create remarkable, miniature three-dimensional creatures the size of a thumbnail. For the first time ever, her amazing collection of microcrocheted creatures has been brought together in a book and—thanks to the full patterns and instructions contained within—readers can have a go at making some for themselves. The “bigger hook/thicker yarn” combinations mean you can also use the same patterns and end up with a bigger frog. Or ladybug. Or rabbit. Or chameleon. AUTHOR 24 Choose a Chum
Mariella Vitale
Choose a Chum 25
SPECIFICATIONS
7½ × 9¼in
• 235 × 190mm • 128pp CODE FTCC
4
Giraffe 115
YOU WILL NEED: 1 Size 10 (1mm) thread crochet hook 2 Small tweezers or toothpick Tongue lashing: baby
4
Pottering around: and hoping not to encounter a real snail, which is bigger than this.
5
3 Small sewing needle chameleon the size of your
6
See page 74 for Snail pattern instructions.
thumbnail seeks very small insect for lunch.
4 White glue
5 Stuffing–fiberfill/polyfill
See page 92 for Chameleon
7
2 1
Snacking: Micro giraffe happily grazes on the lower boughs of a flat-leaf parsley tree.
6 Size 12 cotton thread pattern in yellow, instructions. brown, black 7 Brown craft chalk
3
16 15
This tiny giraffe is actually one of the giants of the micro-crochet world! With his long neck, he can reach the tallest herbs in the kitchen. 16 16 15 15 14 14 13 13
HEAD
13 12
11
9 9
5 5
4
10 10
3 2 1
7 7
4 4 (10 sts) Round 5: sc in next 8 sts, 2 sc in last3 st 2
8 7 6
Round 3: [sc in next st, 2 sc in next st] 3 times (9 sts) 8 8 6 6
10 9
5
Round 2: sc in each st around (6 sts)
Round 4: sc in each st around (9 sts)
14
12
Round 1: With yellow make an adjustable ring and 12 work 6 sc 11 11 into the ring (OR ch 2, 6 sc in 2nd ch from hook), do not join, place a marker to mark the first stitch of the next round (6 sts)
3
2 Round 6: [sc in next 4 sts, 2 sc in next st] 2 times (12 sts) 1 1
Round 7: 2 sc in next 6 sts, sc in next 6 sts (18 sts)
Round 8: sc in each st around (18 sts) Stuff the head but not to capacity just yet, with tiny pieces of fiberfill using small tweezers, or a toothpick. Round 9: [sc in next 2 sts. 2 sc in next st] 6 times (24 sts)
Giraffe
Round 10–13: sc in each st around (24 sts) continues next page
Actual size
Key to chart
Single crochet
Single crochet increase
Single crochet decrease
Giraffe size variations Size 11 (0.8mm) thread crochet hook with size 80 tatting thread: 1in (2.5cm) Size 10 (1mm) thread crochet hook with size 12 cotton thread: 13⁄4in (4cm) Size 8 (1.25mm) thread crochet hook with size 14 cotton thread: 21⁄4in (5.5cm)
69
70
NEEDLECRAFT
Knitting & Crochet
COMPLETE KNITTING SKILLS
CROCHET: LEARN IT. LOVE IT.
THE KNITTING STITCH BIBLE
Debbie Tomkies
Tracey Todhunter
Maria Parry-Jones
5¾ × 9in (228 × 195mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp QRK
160pp CCTH
256pp wiro-bound KSB
THE CROCHET STITCH BIBLE Betty Barnden
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF KNITTING TECHNIQUES
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROCHET TECHNIQUES
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Melody Griffiths & Lesley Stanfield
Jan Eaton
256pp wiro-bound CST
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
144pp EKT2
160pp ECR2
KNITTING & CROCHET
BEST Seller
200 FUN THINGS TO KNIT
200 FUN THINGS TO CROCHET
100 SNOWFLAKES TO CROCHET
Editor: Victoria Lyle
Editor: Victoria Lyle
Caitlin Sainio
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
224pp FNTK
224pp FNTC
128pp HCKS
Follow us at: www.smpcraft.com facebook.com/stmartinspress twitter.com/stmartinspress pinterest.com/stmartinspress Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin: 750 Knitting Stitches Simple Knitting by Erika Knight
•
The squares are organized according to skill level, progressing from basic knit and purl stitches to more challenging techniques, such as cable and lace. And at the back of the book you’ll find a handful of inspirational projects that teach you how to combine your squares for unique and stylish results.
200 Crochet Stitches is designed to get crochet fans discovering new stitches and creative ways of working crochet. It contains a wealth of stitch patterns and how-to techniques. Stitches are accompanied by clear step-by-step photographs, written instructions, charts and stitch samples. This collection includes crochet’s most popular stitch styles: textured clusters, puffs and bobbles, delicate lacy shells and trellis, technically challenging relief stitches, colourful, graphic and endlessly adaptable chevrons and waves, along with essential skills and basic stitches. Sarah Hazell is a freelance workshop tutor and knit and crochet designer who joined Rowan Yarns in 2006. She co-authored I Love Crochet as well as Exploring Colour in Knitting. Sarah also designs for Knitting and Making magazine.
Che Lam
Che Lam is the creator of the knit blog Handy Kitty, and her knitted designs have been published in Knit Scene and Pompom magazines. Once the in-house knitwear designer at Drops Design in Norway and a freelancer today, Che shares her design ideas, inspirations, and tutorials at handykitty.com.
For Beginners and Up, a Unique Approach to Learning to Knit 50 knit blocks to teach you 50 stitches & techniques
200 Crochet Stitches
ISBN 978-1-250-06995-5
ISBN 978-1-84448-963-3
52299 >
w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10 010 P R I N T E D
I N
C H I N A
9 781250 069955
Che Lam
Search Press
9 781844 489633
A practical guide with swatches, charts and step-by-step instructions Sarah Hazell
Search Press
£12.99
US $22.99 / CAN $26.99
Crochet Stitches
Sarah Hazell
Build up your knitting skills, one square at a time!
Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares
200 Crochet Stitches
Never thought that YOU could knit? Well, with Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares, you will discover all the essential skills that you need, one stitch at a time. Learn a new stitch by knitting the square, following a clear step-by-step tutorial and chart. By the time you have finished the square, you have practiced the new stitch, and you’re ready to move on to the next one–quick and easy!
Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares
Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares •
www.searchpress.com
BOHO BABY CROCHET
LEARN HOW TO KNIT WITH 50 SQUARES
200 CROCHET STITCHES
Dedri Uys 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Che Lam
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
128pp E BOBB
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
192pp CRSW
Sarah Hazell
144pp LTKF
BEST Seller
DON’T
MISS THIS
THE ESSENTIAL STITCH COLLECTION FOR KNITTERS
250 KNITTING STITCHES
Melody Griffiths & Lesley Stanfield
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
192pp KNSD
208pp ESCK
Debbie Tomkies
71
72
NEEDLECRAFT
DON’T
MISS THESE
NEW Editions + 350
+ CROCHET 350
+ 0
HET
iques, Secrets
Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets
Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets
to your crochet h this indispensable how. Over 350 tips, are explained and -step photographs ms.
CROCHET
iques you’ll need, in m choosing the right our finished garment.
accurately estimate the erns for the perfect fit.
100 LACE FLOWERS TO CROCHET Caitlin Sainio 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp LFC
How to be better at what you do
J A N E AT O N
m basic chain stitch to n mixing and matching s.
JAN EATON
piration for adding work using beaded face crochet.
UPDATED EDITION More Tips! ! More Skills
US $22.99 / CAN $32.99 52299 >
9 781250 125101
350+ CROCHET TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS Jan Eaton 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp CRT2
50 PINCUSHIONS TO KNIT AND CROCHET Cat Thomas
+ KNITTING 350
+ 0
NG
ques, ecrets
ted garments and mpendium of knitting es, and trade secrets h clear step-by-step agrams.
from stockinette stitch s, and intarsia work.
you’ll need, in the order d joining in yarns, to , and embellishments.
128pp FPKC
KNITTING Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets
TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
arts; choose colors and and adapt designs for
+ 350
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
How to be better at what you do
BETTY BARNDEN
ays of practicing and r correcting common
BETTY BARNDEN
UPDATE D EDITION More Tip More Ski s! lls!
US $22.99 / CAN $32.99 52299 >
9 781250 125125
Cypress Colours
1 Proof ST
14/11/2016 10:18
350+ KNITTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS Betty Barnden 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp KTT2
GEO KNITS Mary Jane Mucklestone 8¾ × 8¾in ( 222 × 222mm) 144pp E GEOK
KNITTING & CROCHET
BEST Seller
100 FLOWERS TO KNIT AND CROCHET
CROCHET FLOWERS STEP-BY-STEP
CROCHET SNOWFLAKES STEP-BY-STEP
Lesley Stanfield
Tanya Shliazhko
Caitlin Sainio
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
128pp FKC
112pp CFLS
112pp SBSS
75 BIRDS, BUTTERFLIES, AND LITTLE BEASTS TO KNIT AND CROCHET
100 COLORFUL GRANNY SQUARES TO CROCHET
Lesley Stanfield
75 SEASHELLS, FISH, CORAL, AND COLORFUL MARINE LIFE TO KNIT AND CROCHET
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Jessica Polka
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp KNCC
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
144pp CAFG
Leonie Morgan
128pp KFMS
200 RIPPle Stitch Patterns
STITCH
PATTERNS
PATTERNS
for Baby Blankets
Exciting patterns to knit and crochet for afghans, blankets and throws
Jan Eaton
Jan Eaton
200
200
Jan Eaton
RIPPLE STITCH
Jan Eaton
Knitted and crocheted designs, blocks and trims for cot covers and shawls
100 COLORFUL RIPPLE STITCHES TO CROCHET
200 RIPPLE STITCH PATTERNS Jan Eaton
200 STITCH PATTERNS FOR BABY BLANKETS
Leonie Morgan
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Jan Eaton
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp RPA
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp HRSC
128pp SPBB
73
74
NEEDLECRAFT
75 CROCHETED FLORAL BLOCKS
75 FLORAL BLOCKS TO KNIT
Betty Barnden
Lesley Stanfield
75 EXQUISITE TRIMS IN THREAD CROCHET
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Caitlin Sainio
128pp HKC
128pp FKBL
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp HCLA
MILNER CRAFT SERIES
MISS THESE
75
Colourful Hexagons to Crochet
In this new book from Leonie Morgan you’ll discover a delightful collection of hexagons to crochet in bright and inspiring colourways. With 75 original designs to choose from, lots of vibrant colour variations plus five eye-catching projects to try, there’s plenty here to spark the imagination.
• Containing a step-by-step guide to all the basic crochet techniques you need to get started, as well as advice on how to design your own projects, this wonderfully illustrated book will appeal to beginners and more experienced crocheters alike. Leonie Morgan is a freelance crochet designer who runs her own craft business and blog, WoolnHook. A self-taught crocheter with a love of colour and design, she is the author of 100 Bright & Colourful Granny Squares to Crochet and 100 Colourful Ripple Stitches to Crochet. Leonie lives in Wales, UK, where she spends her time walking in the mountains and playing with wool. She blogs at www.woolnhook.com and her website can be found at www.leoniemorgan.com
Leonie Morgan
• Each design comes with a clear written pattern, an easy-to-follow chart and a large photograph of the crochet hexagon. Complete with designs that range from simple to more advanced in skill level, simply pick your favourite hexagon pattern and get crocheting, or mix and match some of the designs to create your own unique project.
75 Colourful Hexagons to Crochet
DON’T
75
Colourful Hexagons to Crochet
The Ultimate Mix-and-Match Patterns in Eye-Popping Colours Leonie Morgan
ISBN 978-1-86351-484-2
9 781863 514842
75 COLORFUL HEXAGONS TO CROCHET Leonie Morgan 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 144pp CHEX
MANDALAS TO CROCHET
FLOWER LOOM BLOOMS
Haafner Linssen
Haafner Linssen 8¾ × 8¾in ( 222 × 222mm) 128pp FLMB
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp CRMA
75 LACE CROCHET MOTIFS Caitlin Sainio 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp LCMM
KNITTING & CROCHET
150 ALL-TIME FAVORITE CROCHET BLOCKS
GRADIENT KNITS
150 CROCHET TRIMS
Tanis Gray
Sue Smith
Sarah Hazell
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
144pp E MSKN
128pp CTR
160pp TFCB
150 KNITTED TRIMS
POPCORNS, BOBBLES, AND PUFFS TO CROCHET
150 KNIT AND CROCHET MOTIFS
Lesley Stanfield 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Lindy Zubairy
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp KNE
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
128pp KCBL
Heather Lodinsky
96pp PPBC
BEST Seller
150 SCANDINAVIAN KNITTING DESIGNS
200 FAIR ISLE DESIGNS Mary Jane Mucklestone
40 COLORFUL AFGHANS TO CROCHET
Mary Jane Mucklestone
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Leonie Morgan
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
208pp FIPA
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
160pp KDS
128pp STPA
75
76
NEEDLECRAFT
KNITS FOR KITTIES
CATS IN HATS
Sara Elizabeth Kellner
Sara Thomas
THE MAGIC OF SHETLAND LACE KNITTING
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
Elizabeth Lovick
112pp KCCT
112pp KCCA
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 144pp SLMO
magical
agical
and Lace Shawls
e shawls look impossibly light and ey are surprisingly easy to knit.
cludes clear instructions for all the eded to knit Shetland lace, meaning nners can achieve fantastic results.
terns and instructions for five eces” that teach you how to construct mon Shetland shawl shapes.
as spent many years researching UK knitting g knitters the help they need to expand their horizons. butes patterns and articles to knitting and spinning S and UK and is the author of The Magic of Shetland more about Liz at www.northernlace.co.uk.
Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin: The Magic of Shetland Lace Knitting by Elizabeth Lovick
USD $24.99 / CAN $28.99
ISBN 978-1-250-06748-7
52499
Shetland Lace Shawls to knit
Feather Soft and Incredibly Light, 15 Great Patterns and Full Instructions
ELIZABETH LOVICK
Follow us at: www.smpcraft.com facebook.com/SMPCraft twitter.com/SMPCraft pinterest.com/SMPCraft
magical Shetland Lace Shawls to knit
to knit
shawls have long been the epitome ance. This book features patterns for l shawls that range from simple stoles ight up to a light-as-air heirloom shawl.
9 781250 067487 w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10 010 P R I N T E D
I N
ELIZABETH LOVICK
C H I N A
MAGICAL SHETLAND LACE SHAWLS TO KNIT
THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO FAIR ISLE KNITTING
THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO LACE KNITTING
Elizabeth Lovick
Lynne Watterson
Lynne Watterson
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
144pp SLSH
144pp GFK
144pp GLK
KNITTING & CROCHET
THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO CABLE KNITTING
THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO KNITTING SCARVES
TEN ADORABLE TEDDY BEARS TO KNIT
Lynne Watterson
Marie Connolly
Rachel Borello
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
144pp ECW
144pp SKCR
112pp TBKN
AFGHANS AND THROWS
HOW TO USE, ADAPT, AND DESIGN KNITTING PATTERNS
9 MONTHS TO CROCHET
Luise Roberts 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Sidney Bryan & Sam Elliot
62⁄3 × 86⁄7in (220 × 170mm)
160pp EMAT
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
128pp E 9MTC
144pp KNP
Maaike van Koert
77
78
NEEDLECRAFT
Sewing & Quilting BEST Seller
THE SERGER’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE
200 SEWING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
THE SEWING STITCH AND TEXTILE BIBLE
Julia Hincks
Lorna Knight
Lorna Knight
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp SSMB
160pp STTS
256pp wiro-bound TSSB
Whether you are a beginner or have been sewing for years, this book is packed with all the information you need to get the most out of your sewing machine, simply by changing the feet.
• Everything you need to know about feet attachments,
from basic feet such as the zigzag foot to specialty fabric and technique feet that will help you invent new design ideas for your sewing projects.
• Work effortlessly with a full range of fabrics, learn great
time-saving tricks, and experiment with a range of decorative effects by following the authors’ creative “ideas files.”
• Includes a guide to needle, thread, and fabric choices and
THE SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE
THE
SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE
buying advice for choosing basic, mid-range, and top-end sewing machines, embellishers, and sergers.
Also Available from St. Martin's Griffin: 200 Sewing Tips, Techniques & Trade Secrets by Lorna Knight Sew On by Elissa K. Meyrich Visit www.CraftyBooks.net for free projects, previews of our upcoming books, and more!
Lorna Knight writes regularly for Sewing World and has contributed to many sewing books and other fashion publications. Her own previous books include The Sewing Stitch Bible, The Dressmaker’s Technique Bible, and 200 Sewing Tips, Techniques & Trade Secrets.
$22.99 / $26.50 Can
w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10010
Get the most out of your machine–from using basic feet to mastering specialty feet
Wendy Gardiner & Lorna Knight Wendy Gardiner & Lorna Knight
Wendy Gardiner has been editor of various sewing titles for many years, and for the last 10 years editor of Sewing World, Britain’s leading sewing magazine. She is co-manager of the ISEW website, a magazine resource site packed with sewing projects and techniques, and runs creative sewing weekends.
THE
SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE
Distributed in Canada by H. B. Fenn and Company, Ltd P R I N T E D
I N
C H I N A
STITCH! THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO HAND SEWING AND EMBELLISHING
THE SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE
THE SEWING MACHINE EMBROIDERER’S BIBLE
Margaret Rowan
Wendy Gardiner & Lorna Knight
Liz Keegan
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
256pp CGHS
128pp SMAB
128pp TMEB
SEWING & QUILTING
NEW Edition
Stitch Directory I Textile Directory I Fabric Manipulation I Techniques I Embellishments
Lorna Knight
A great way to expand sewing skills and inspire new designs, for beginners and experienced designers. Features step-by-step instructions for a wide range of dressmaking techniques, from basic patterns through to couture designs. Includes expert advice on an extensive range of fabrics and decorative embellishments.
Lorna Knight designs and produces lingerie and runs workshops in the U.K., where she teaches a wide range of sewing skills, passing on tips and techniques from both the couture and the High Street fashion worlds. She has written several other dressmaking books.
For all your craft supplies, inspiration and ideas, join the community at www.sewandso.co.uk
ISBN-13: 978-1-4463-0492-1 ISBN-10: 1-4463-0492-2
UK £15.99 US $27.99 (Can $31.00) T3804
THE DRESSMAKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE
All the guidance you need to create beautiful clothes, whether following a pattern, adding embellishments or starting from scratch.
FULLY REVISED & UPDATED INCLUDES NEW TEXTILE DIRECTORY
THE DRESSMAKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE
Lorna Knight
A Complete Guide to Fashion Sewing Techniques
DMT2_D&C JKT 2017.indd 1
04/04/2017 16:20
COMPLETE DRESSMAKING SKILLS
THE DRESSMAKER’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE
COMPLETE DRESSMAKING
Lorna Knight
Lorna Knight
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
5¾ × 9in (228 × 195mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp DMCG
256pp VGSS
256pp wiro-bound DMTB
Jules Fallon
BEST Seller
DRESSMAKING TO FLATTER YOUR SHAPE
HOW TO USE, ADAPT, AND DESIGN SEWING PATTERNS
THE DRESSMAKER’S HANDBOOK OF COUTURE SEWING TECHNIQUES
Lorna Knight
Lee Hollahan
Lynda Maynard
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
176pp UDPS
144pp USP
160pp COU
79
80
NEEDLECRAFT
o inspire quilters and
UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
Cherry Dobson
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
256pp wiro-bound SFB
144pp TUB
The Encyclopedia of
Anyone can quilt, and here Jessica Alexandrakis shows how accessible this well loved craft really is. You will learn all the essential tricks and techniques, with simple step-by-step instructions to help you get it right first time, and helpful fix-it tips for if you don’t! The quilt blocks range from traditional to contemporary, including basic patchwork, appliqué and improvisational piecing. Using a range of delightful fabrics, discover how to arrange blocks in a variety of designs, building your skills and creating wonderful modern quilts.
THE COMPLETE QUILTER Essential techniques, tricks and tested methods
Techniques
Jessica Alexandrakis
Katharine Guerrier
beginner; advanced perienced quilter.
Julia Bunting
THE COMPLETE QUILTER
step photographs all the e beautiful quilted and
ilter, a section on rotary ows how to achieve me.
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO UPHOLSTERY
THE COMPLETE QUILTER
The Encyclopedia of QUILTING & PATCHWORK Techniques
of
THE SOFT FURNISHING TECHNIQUES BIBLE
Jessica Alexandrakis learnt to quilt while living in Hokkaido, Japan in 2002. She loves
SEARCH PRESS
Classics
collecting fabric, piecing scrap quilts and quilting in public. Jessica is the author of
Jessica Alexandrakis
Quilting on the Go! (Search Press). She lives near New York City and blogs at Lifeunderquilts.blogspot.com
£12.99 ISBN: 978-1-78221-268-3
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
25/11/2013 12:33
A comprehensive visual guide to traditional and contemporary techniques
Katharine Guerrier
www.searchpress.com
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF QUILTING AND PATCHWORK TECHNIQUES
THE QUILTING STITCH BIBLE
THE COMPLETE QUILTER
Nicki Tinkler
Jessica Alexandrakis
Katherine Guerrier
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
256pp wiro-bound QSB
160pp LTQF
176pp EQT2
QUILTING Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets
Step-by-step diagrams and instructions guide you through every stage of quilt-making, whether you are new to the craft or wish to build on your existing patchworking and quilting skills.
TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
This book explains all the techniques you'll need to achieve a potentially prize-winning finish to your quilt, from rotary cutting with safety and accuracy, to using speed-piecing techniques, working a theme into your design, cutting “freehand” curves, big-stitch quilting, and even printing your own fabrics. Featuring over 20 inspirational new pictures, this revised edition will teach you everything you need to know to take your craft to the next level.
and Trade Secrets How to be better at what you do
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO
MACHINE QUILTING
SUSAN BRISCOE
Also included is an array of basic templates for quilting patterns to help you get started and some projects to test out your new skills. An invaluable resource for all quilters—allowing you to achieve the same polished effects at home as a professional quilter!
UPDATED
EDITION More Tips! More Skills !
Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin:
130 Mini Quilt Blocks by Susan Briscoe The Sewing Machine Accessory Bible by Wendy Gardiner and Lorna Knight 200 Quilting Tips, Techniques & Trade Secrets by Susan Briscoe
C H I N A
JOANIE ZEIER POOLE has more than 25 years of quilting experience. She has designed many award-winning quilts, teaches and lectures on heirloom machine quilting, and is the author of Elegant Machine Quilting, Joanie’s Design Elements and Joanie’s Quilting Elements.
$22.99 / $26.50 Can Visit us at: twitter.com/crafty_books facebook.com/craftybooks
52299 >
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N I N
• How to set up your machine • All about attachments and accessories • How to choose a quilting design • How to prepare your top for quilting • Fabric preparation and marking • Starting your stitching and getting from place to place • Stippling, echo quilting, and free-motion quilting and much, much more!
175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10 010 P R I N T E D
Starting with the basics you will learn:
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO
MACHINE QUILTING How to use your home sewing machine to achieve hand-quilting effects JOANIE ZEIER POOLE
JOANIE ZEIER POOLE
US $22.99 / CAN $32.99
ISBN 978-1-250-16277-9
QUILTING
Tips, Techniques,
SUSAN BRISCOE
MaxCab/Shutterstock.com
w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
+ 350
MACHINE QUILTING
Discover all the tips and techniques you need to make that special quilting project—plus the trade secrets that will make it stand out from the rest.
NEW Edition
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO
+ 350
+ QUILTING 350
Susan is an Brisco e ng award -winni textile artist er. and design
w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
9 781250 162779
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10010 P R I N T E D
QTS2_COV_350QuiltingTips_US.indd All Pages
QUILTING ON THE GO!
I N
C H I N A
17/08/2017 14:12
Jessica Alexandrakis
350+ QUILTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO MACHINE QUILTING
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
Susan Briscoe
Joanie Zeier Poole
144pp EPQ
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
160pp QTS
128pp QSM
SEWING & QUILTING
JAPANESE QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH
JAPANESE TAUPE QUILTS
Susan Briscoe
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp NQB
Susan Briscoe
128pp JQB
125 MINI QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH
THE QUILTER’S BLOCK BIBLE
Susan Briscoe
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
256pp wiro-bound QBB
128pp MQBL
Celia Eddy
81
82
NEEDLECRAFT
Dyeing, Weaving & Embroidery
THE HANDWEAVER’S PATTERN DIRECTORY
CONTEMPORARY WEAVING PATTERNS
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO SPINNING YARN
Anne Dixon
Margo Selby
Brenda Gibson
6½ × 9¼in (235 × 168mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
256pp wiro-bound TWE
144pp CWP
144pp SPIN
TIE DIP DYE Pepa Martin & Karen Davis
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO NATURAL DYEING
THE RIBBON EMBROIDERY BIBLE
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Eva Lambert & Tracy Kendall
Joan Gordon
128pp FTDP
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
144pp DYF
256pp wiro-bound SRE
DYEING, WEAVING & EMBROIDERY
The Encyclopedia of
previously published as
The Encyclopedia of
The Encyclopedia of
Each stitch is illustrated in full colour and supported by explanatory artwork.
Pauline Brown
A gallery of finished examples from around the world demonstrates the diversity and originality of contemporary embroidery.
TECHNIQUES
TECHNIQUES Comprehensive directory of 240 stitches ranging from cross stitch to assisi and from embroidery to quilting.
TECHNIQUES
A unique visual directory of all the major embroidery techniques, plus inspirational examples of traditional and innovative finished work
SEARCH PRESS
Classics
UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
www.searchpress.com
Pauline Brown
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
25/11/2013 12:33
THE HAND-STITCHED FLOWER GARDEN
THE EMBROIDERY STITCH BIBLE Betty Barnden
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EMBROIDERY TECHNIQUES
Yuki Sugashima
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Pauline Brown
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
256pp wiro-bound ESB
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp EFLC
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
176pp EET2
flexibound (opens flat) 302741
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROSS STITCH TECHNIQUES
THE CROSS STITCH MOTIF BIBLE
Betty Barnden
Jan Eaton
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
160pp ECST
256pp wiro-bound CSBI
83
G E N E R A LC R A F T
86
GENERAL CRAFT
SEE PAGES 96-97 AND 103 FOR MORE INFORMATION
NEW SERIES:
NATURE CRAFTS
87
GENERAL CRAFT
Leaf Art
We come across dry leaves often while walking around—they are the organic canvases that nature offers us. These leaves can be transformed into art with a little touch of color and imagination.
n, they can also s. A modern and generations can
rrently ranks at ts initial release), ting with natural, raordinary.
E SIN S OZER K ALENDER is an interior architect and designer from Turkey. She lives in Istanbul where she is managing partner of interior design company Arketipo Design. She particularly enjoys creating patterns with innovative materials. Her leaf art has featured in Home Art magazine.
50 DESIGNS TO PAINT, DYE, AND DRAW
efore setting up as an
alleries and manages
nd experimenting with
in the media, from
TV.
LEAF ART
EGG ART
Following from the success of Rock Art in the category of Nature Crafts, Leaf Art develops the trend of handcrafting using objects found in nature to create surprising works of art.
forage for foliage to make your own artwork
K ATYA T RISCHUK
FORMAT: 9 x 7 in. (230 x 180mm) EXTENT: 128 pp PUB DATE: Spring 2019
ESIN SÖZER KALENDER
LEAF ART_cover.indd 1
05/10/2018 15:07
making this is re
obvious
SEE PAGES 90, 92 AND 95 FOR MORE INFORMATION
NEW SERIES:
ARTISAN CRAFTS
90
GENERAL CRAFT
From Clay To Kiln A Beginner’s Guide to the Potter’s Wheel
This is a must-have guide for anyone working with ceramics, from absolute beginners, weekend crafters, and students through to practicing ceramicists. In this book, multi-award winning ceramicist Stuart Carey invigorates and encourages you through all stages of the pottery process. You will gain an in-depth knowledge of how clay works and how to apply your skills to the wheel and beyond. With simple step-by-step tutorials, clear visuals, and Stuart’s helpful hints and tips, you can jump straight in with confidence and create a piece of pottery that marries beauty, form, and function.
AUTHOR Stuart Carey
SPECIFICATIONS 8¼ × 10½in
•
270 × 210mm
BOARS SKULL WEDGING
•
This technique is known by many names, bulls nose, ram’s head etc, all are derived from the shape formed in the clay during the process. The
160pp
basic principle is to stretch and compress layers of clay working through a whole lump by repeating the process over and over. Over time you will get to feel a slight but noticeable resistance from the clay when it is fully wedged, this signifies the compression. Until you’re confident with the feel, a good rule of thumb is to repeat the following steps 50 times regardless of the size of the ball.
Here I am wedging 5kg of clay, later I’ll cut and weigh it into ten balls for 500g pasta bowls.
CODE 302744 WEDGING
Wedging is the process of mixing and de-airing clay. While there are many variations on hand position and technique, I intend to demonstrate the two most common methods and hand positions that have served me well and provide reliable results. Wedging is also commonly referred to as kneading, this is due to the similarity of kneading dough with one big difference, in baking it is common fold air into the mix, in ceramics we use the process to do the opposite. Don’t worry about the language, let your hands do the talking!
3 1 Begin with a roughly round ball and place hands on top as shown. Begin to apply pressure downward from the heal of your thumbs and palm, use the middle palms and base of the other fingers to contain the clay to
4 You’ll be able to see the layers forming at the ‘mouth’, I like to call these smiles (4a). Repeat steps 1–4 50 times. As you get to the end of your 50 repetitions lessen the pressure with each push until your rolling the clay into
stop it spreading out.
a nice round form, drop and roll the clay on its ends to round off the creased sides. Slap the creases out of the ends and pat into a longer ‘sausage’ ready for cutting weighing and balling. Once finished you can cut the ball through to check for air bubbles, start again if you find any (4b).
2 Push down and slightly forward into the clay, be sure to indent the clay but careful not to push too hard or you’ll create indents which will trap air in the next move. It’s much more about the repetition and accurate execution of the process than the strength used. Be careful not to trap your fingers under the ball, allow them to spread as they meet the table. 3 Rock the ball back, right up on to its ‘nose’ move the hands back to the top of the ball and repeat, try not to ‘fold’ the clay, what your aiming to do is compress from the top and stretch a layer across the bottom to pop any
At first as you learn the steps of the process it will seem disjointed but as you get more comfortable with it the action will become fluid, cupped hands contain the clay, a push down and the fingers spread, lifted back by a flick of the fingers and caught again by the heal of the thumb.
4a
air bubbles.
1
302744_6-31_artisan_clay_270x210JP_v3.indd 12-13
2
4b
21/11/2018 09:44
91
GENERAL CRAFT
Pinch The Art and Craft of Making Pinch Pots
New for
2019
Pinching is a wonderfully direct method of interacting with clay, capable of making a myriad forms, usually small, and requiring the minimum of tools. With this superb collection of pinched projects, Jacqui Atkin, one of the UK’s foremost ceramic teacher-writers, shows what this simple technique is able to achieve. Each project is explained with step-by-step sequences and plenty of options for surface decoration, there is something to suit all making preferences—from functional wares to the purely decorative and including fanciful sculptural works.
AUTHOR Jacqui Atkin
SPECIFICATIONS
PINCHED POURING BOWL approx. 6 in. (150 mm) long and 3 ½ in. (90 mm) at the highest point.
8 oz (200 mg)
YOU W I L L N E E D TOOLS – Kidneys for smoothing – Wooden spatula—for forming shape – Small round circle (cookie cutters are perfect for this job—look for ones that come in increasing sizes from small to large) – Whirler—not essential but very useful – Small round-ended loop tool CLAY The project example is made from grogged white earthenware—8 oz (200 mg) DESIGN NOTE Red terracotta can look really stunning with pale slip decoration. You can also make the bowl in stoneware clays but be aware the clay will shrink more in firing, so the end product will be smaller.
71⁄2 × 9¾in
The finished bowl has been refined by scraping then smoothing the surface with a kidney both inside and out.
CODE 325956
These little pouring bowls are fabulous for sauces, dressings, or dips and look great on any table. The raised lip at one end provides the perfect handle for lifting the bowl but also makes a great rest for a spoon. Decorated in soft pastel shades for a really contemporary look, the bowls look particularly good in groups of three or more.
1
Following the method shown in basic techniques (see page 12), pinch a bowl from the suggested quantity of clay. Turn the bowl over onto the work surface then paddle the surface with a spatula to refine the shape and form a level base for the bowl to sit on.
2
From the author
Transfer the bowl to a whirler and position the rim as centrally as possible using the concentric lines as a guide. Work over the surface with a kidney to remove lumps and bumps and establish a definite level for the base.
of 250 Tips, Techniques, and
DECORATION Simple slips, page 92 Sgraffito page 96 Slip trailing, page 99 Paper resist, page 101 Sponge decoration, page 107 Inlay, page 110
Trade Secrets for Potters
30 PROJECTS
325956_Pinch Pots_BLAD.indd 32-33
• 246 × 190mm • 176pp
28/09/2018 14:51
92
GENERAL CRAFT
Weaving on a Little Loom Techniques, Patterns, and Projects for Complete Beginners
Enjoy many hours with this meditative and rewarding traditional craft. Frame loom weaving is easy to do at home, with no major time dedication and with simple and easy-to-find tools and materials. In this book, Fiona Daly teaches you everything you need to know to start weaving at home. Every technique is covered, from setting up the loom through to finishing techniques—all accompanied by clear illustrations—and a huge range of weave structures are explored. The book also includes step-by-step tutorials for five contemporary woven projects, all made with natural materials, and suitable for people of any level of expertise.
AUTHOR Fiona Daly
SPECIFICATIONS 8¼ × 10½in
CODE LOOM
• 270 × 210mm • 144pp
94
GENERAL CRAFT
How to Whittle 25 Beautiful Projects to Hand Carve
Contains 25 beautiful and original designs to handcraft. Featuring a range of projects from beautiful polished butter knives and lovespoons to custom-made coat hooks and bespoke building blocks. This book also provides advice on selecting the best wood for your projects together with details of a range of finishes that will take the items from rustic objects to stunning showpieces. The beautiful full-color photography and step-by-step instructions will guide beginners through every stage of the whittling process, from selecting and maintaining carving knives, to luxurious finishing techniques such as sanding, oiling, and curing surfaces. AUTHOR Josh Nava
SPECIFICATIONS 6¼ × 8¼in
• 208 × 155mm • 144pp
CODE E WHIT
GENERAL CRAFT
The Wood Carver’s Dozen A Collection of 12 Beautiful Projects for Complete Beginners
Join Celina Muire and discover the practical and hugely rewarding craft of hand wood carving. The Wood Carver’s Dozen is a great guide for anyone wanting to try their hand at this ancient craft and experience the pure joy of creating something from scratch. Learn about the tools of the trade and how to use them, how to pick the right wood for a project, and how to get the very best out of your materials. Simple step-by-step tutorials guide you through the creation of 12 unique and charming hand wood carving projects, suitable for people of any level of expertise. Thanks to the clear instructions, photographs, and traceable templates, even absolute beginners will be able to dive into this book and create something wonderful and personal you can be proud of. 88
|
AUTHOR Celina Muire
Kitchen Wares
SPECIFICATIONS
8¼ × 10½in
• 270 × 210mm • 144pp
CODE WCDZ
5
6
5 Use a carving knife to shape the middle curve where the handle and blade meet on the underside of the spreader. also use the knife to round out the sides of the handle. SANDING 6 Use coarse sandpaper to shape the jam spreader. smooth and sharpen the edge of the blade with medium sandpaper. continue sanding, working up to fine sandpaper. FINISHING 7 remove all dust from the wood and apply a food-safe finish with a lint-free cloth. i used a combination of mineral oil and beeswax.
7
― “The jam spreader in the step-by-step demonstration was carved from American walnut. The other finished examples pictured opposite were made from claro walnut and maple ambrosia.
95
96
GENERAL CRAFT
Egg Art 50 Designs to Paint, Dye, and Draw New for
2019
, they can also s. A modern and generations can
Eggs aren’t just for breakfast! With a bit of imagination they can also be transformed into beautiful decorative items and gifts. A modern and accessible hobby for all ages, egg art is something all generations can take part in, and connect over. Following on from the success of Rock Art!, Egg Art feeds into the current trend of working and crafting with natural, everyday objects, turning the ordinary into the extraordinary.
EGG ART
rently ranks at s initial release), ting with natural, raordinary.
50 DESIGNS TO PAINT, DYE, AND DRAW
efore setting up as an
alleries and manages
d experimenting with
n the media, from
TV.
K ATYA T RISCHUK
AUTHOR Katya Trischuk
Golden Egg
SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp
Gold Marker on White
CODE 306955
You will need This is a very elegant and glamorous design. Imagine dressing a wedding table with it, or putting several in a simple bowl placed on a dresser. Bridal showers, birthdays, or holidays—the gold on white makes this egg the perfect festive accessory. You do not need fancy markers—just make sure they are permanent. I love turning Golden Eggs into ornaments and suspending them from light fixtures. You can also use a glass vase with a few twigs and hang them that way. Your friends will want to snatch them—they make a fantastic take-home gift for a party.
►One hollow chicken egg ►Fine-tip permanent gold ink marker pen
4
Create the next branch with organic lines and start filling up with leaves.
5
Repeat this step three to four times to cover your egg with branches.
6
Define all outlines by going over them again with the marker pen.
tip
Start by drawing an organically shaped twig, moving from the bottom of the egg toward the top.
1
94
Egg Art Projects
2
Add some branches, making sure that you space them evenly.
Start filling up branches with leaves. Fill up the first branch and let it dry. Work in one direction and avoid turning the egg too much to prevent smudges.
3
To create a table display similar to the one on the left, combine your Golden Egg design with some roughly painted brown chicken eggs. Use a soft brush and gold acrylics to cover your eggs and let them dry.
Golden Egg
95
97
GENERAL CRAFT
Leaf Art Forage for Foliage to Make Your Own Artwork
New for
2019
Leaf Art
We come across dry leaves often while walking around—they are the organic canvases that nature offers us. These leaves can be transformed into art with a little touch of color and imagination. Following from the success of Rock Art in the category of Nature Crafts, Leaf Art develops the trend of handcrafting using objects found in nature to create surprising works of art.
We come across dry leaves often while walking around—they are the organic canvases that nature offers us. These leaves can be transformed into art with a little touch of color and imagination.
forage for foliage to make your own artwork
LEAF ART
Following from the success of Rock Art in the category of Nature Crafts, Leaf Art develops the trend of handcrafting using objects found in nature to create surprising works of art.
E SIN S OZER K ALENDER is an interior architect and designer from Turkey. She lives in Istanbul where she is managing partner of interior design company Arketipo Design. She particularly enjoys creating patterns with innovative materials. Her leaf art has featured in Home Art magazine.
FORMAT: 9 x 7 in. (230 x 180mm) EXTENT: 128 pp PUB DATE: Spring 2019
ESIN SÖZER KALENDER
LEAF ART_cover.indd 1
05/10/2018 15:07
AUTHOR Dancing Polka Dots
Dancing Polka Dots Polka dance is the inspiration for this simple leaf design. I’ve used a black base with pink and white dots but any contrasting color combination will work. You can have a fun night with your children while you are turning leaves into works of art, and they can then use their pieces as decoration in their bedrooms.
Dried magnolia leaf Brush Black acrylic paint White acrylic paint marker Pink acrylic paint marker
1
dried leaf with black acrylic paint.
2
After finishing the white dot circles, make one row of dots, with the pink acrylic paint marker, surrounding each
4
Start by painting the top surface of the
3
one.
Using the white acrylic paint marker,
make random dots from an outside circle to the inside.
Link the pink dots together at random—whatever looks good to you.
5
Esin Sozer Kalender
113
To complete your design, make an outline around the leaf by using the white acrylic paint marker.
SPECIFICATIONS
9 × 7in
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp
CODE 308644
98
GENERAL CRAFT
The Art of Leather Braiding Beginner’s Guide to Making Jewelry Pendants and Bracelets, Belts, Straps, and Key Fobs Requiring no specialist tools and with leather cord readily available from craft stores, hand leather braiding is easy and rewarding to pick up. Braided, coiled, and knotted, this beautiful collection of tactile and durable leather pieces will appeal to both men and women. Using classic three-string and four-string braid designs, and with the addition of decorative knots or store-bought findings to finish the pieces, these desirable projects rely on simple techniques that are quick to master. AUTHOR 20
Roy Luo & Kelly Tong
THE PROJECTS
Red Lee Bracelet
SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in
RED LEE BRACELET
THIS WRIST PIECE HAS A REALLY PLEASING MIX OF TEXTURES, WITH A CHUNKY BRAID WRAPPED TIGHTLY IN A FINER, MORE DELICATE CORD. A PAIR
• 222 × 222mm • 128pp
OF INTRICATELY DECORATED RED COPPER ENDS ADD A BEAUTIFUL FINISH TO THIS RUSTIC BRACELET.
CODE LRBR
22
THE PROJECTS
TOOLS Beacon 527 multi-use glue Scissors Ruler
MATERIALS 10 mm glue-on clasps Four 10 inch (26 cm) lengths of 4 mm natural brown round leather cords.
RED LEE
1
Place a 1.5 mm red leather cord in the middle of four 4 mm brown leather cords. Hold the cords together at the top, then 11⁄2 inches (4 cm) down, pull the red leather cord out from the center and start coiling it around the four brown leather cords. Because leather is elastic, make sure to stretch the red leather cord and coil it as tightly as possible to prevent it from loosening.
2 yard lengths of 1.5 mm natural red round leather cords Note: The material indicated is for a bracelet 7 inches (18 cm) long. If you would like it to be longer, add materials accordingly to your liking.
2
Coil the red leather cord for a length of 11⁄2 inches (4 cm). Knot by wrapping the cord under, then over itself, and pulling tight.
3
Once you have made the knot, cut off any extra red cord.
4
In order to start braiding the brown leather cords, spread them out from left to right. The cords are numbered from 1 to 4, with 1 on the far left and 4 on the far right.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
First take cord 4, pass it over cord 3 toward cord 2, and make it parallel to cord 2. Then take cord 1, pass it over cord 2 toward cord 3, and make it parallel to cord 3.
6
Take cord 3, pass it over cord 1 toward cord 4, and make it parallel to cord 4. Take cord 2, pass it over cord 4 toward cord 1 and make it parallel to cord 1. Continue braiding by repeating steps 5 and 6 for 3 inches (8 cm).
7
Insert the red leather cord in-between the four brown leather cords and start coiling around the four brown leather cords for 11⁄2 inches (4 cm).
8
Knot the red leather as described in step 2 and cut off the excess as described in step 3.
9
Place a drop of glue into the glue-on clasps and insert the knotted ends into the clasps. Wait at least 2 hours for the glue to dry.
23
21
GENERAL CRAFT
Love Origami! 20 Simple Paper Projects to Fold, Style, and Share
Love Origami takes beginners straight to the really fun projects, with a maximum of satisfaction for a minimum of hours spent folding—and cursing! Author Ross Symons is an origami maverick. Shockingly, he has been known to draw faces on some of his animal creations. And his creativity extends to his witty and imaginative photo styling, as he uploads all his latest creations online and shares them with his 114,000 Instagram followers. Having pledged to make one origami piece each day for a year, Ross has no shortage of ideas—or experience. And as you’ll soon discover from this book, he is a great teacher. If you ever had a go at origami, and then gave up after the first try at a crane or a waterbomb base, then this book will be a revelation.
AUTHOR Ross Symons
•
8 × 8in
SPECIFICATIONS 203 × 203mm
• 128pp
CODE SOGM
HORSE
1
2
3
Why the long face? I did not use any traditional bases for this design. Instead I tried to portray the essence of the horse in the shape of the face and pointy white ears. Reversing the paper so the white shows through is important to bring out the ear and nose details. You can add eyes and even nostrils to give it more character, if you like.
With white side facing up and on the diagonal, valley fold and unfold left corner to right corner and bottom corner to top corner through centre.
4
Valley fold bottom edge up to centre line along line shown.
54
ROSS’S FAVOURITE FOLDS
Fold bottom corner to centre point.
FLIP
5
Flip model over.
Mountain fold point down towards bottom edge.
6
Valley fold bottom edge up along centre line.
HORSE
55
99
100
GENERAL CRAFTS
Ceramics & Mosaic DON’T
MISS THIS
GLAZE: THE ULTIMATE CERAMIC ARTIST’S GUIDE TO GLAZE AND COLOR
THE GLAZE BOOK
Brian Taylor & Kate Doody
288pp wiro-bound BGLZ
Stephen Murphitt 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 320pp GCWB
MAKING POTTERY YOU CAN USE Jacqui Atkin 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 224pp FLPY
TROUBLESHOOTING FOR POTTERS
HANDBUILT POTTERY TECHNIQUES REVEALED: EXTENDED EDITION
Jacqui Atkin
Jacqui Atkin
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
144pp FIPO
192pp HPT2
CERAMICS & MOSAIC
THE WORKSHOP GUIDE TO CERAMICS
MAKE IT IN AIR-DRY CLAY
Duncan Hooson & Anthony Quinn
250 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR POTTERS
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
Jacqui Atkin
112pp ADCY
320pp SGCE
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Fay De Winter 7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
160pp TTSP
CERAMIC DESIGN COURSE
THE COMPLETE POTTER
POTTERY BASICS
Anthony Quinn
Steve Mattison
Jacqui Atkin
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
7½ × 10½ in (265 × 190mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
144pp TCCC
224pp TCP
128pp PBA
THE POTTER’S BIBLE Marylin Scott
THROWN POTTERY TECHNIQUES REVEALED
THE POTTER’S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COLOR, FORM, AND DECORATION
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Mary Chappelhow
Neal French
192pp wiro-bound POBI
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
160pp TPOT
160pp PCFD
101
102
GENERAL CRAFTS
THE POTTER’S DIRECTORY OF SHAPE AND FORM
THE POTTER’S GUIDE TO CERAMIC SURFACES
SCULPTING BASICS
Neal French
Jo Connell
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
128pp SCR
80pp PSD
160pp CDT
Karin Hessenberg
THE MOSAIC ARTIST’S BIBLE
THE MOSAIC ARTIST ’S BIBLE
Mosaic is an ancient and exciting decorative art form. This colorful book contains over 300 motifs to copy and develop, whether you are a complete beginner or a more experienced mosaic artist.
❥ A comprehensive techniques section gives step-by-step instructions on everything from choosing materials and selecting color combinations to cutting and grouting tiles. ❥ The directory features a wide range of themes, from animals, birds, and marine life to flowers, cultural symbols, and children’s motifs. Clear designs are easy to scale and copy. ❥ A gallery section shows how the motifs can be used to decorate ceramics, furniture, and accessories, or become works of art in their own right.
52695
TERESA MILLS
ISBN-13: 978-1-57076-843-9
BEST
TERESA MILLS
Seller
THE MOSAIC ARTIST ’S BIBLE 300 TRADITIONAL & CONTEMPORARY DESIGNS
9 781570 768439
$26.95
Printed in China
www.trafalgarbook s.com
MABX JAC 270x413mm final v2.indd 1
THE SCULPTOR’S BIBLE
11/05/2017 14:17
THE MOSAIC ARTIST’S BIBLE
John Plowman
THE SCULPTING TECHNIQUES BIBLE
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Editor: Claire Waite Brown
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound SBB
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound MAB
192pp wiro-bound TST
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
Teresa Mills
flexibound (opens flat) MABX
COMPENDIUM OF
COMPENDIUM OF
MOSAIC TECHNIQUES 300 tips, techniques, trade secrets and templates
Just like having a mosaic tutor on call 24 hours a day – this book is packed with handy, timesaving tips, trade secrets, templates, projects and technical knowledge to improve your skills, speed up the learning process and help you make unique mosaics with a professional finish. Easy-to-follow step-by-step techniques, photography and illustrations. Professional quick fixes and solutions for commonly encountered problems. Advice on what to buy and how to use the tools and materials – from stained glass to pebbles, shells and beads. Tips on design – finding ideas, order of work and adding eye-catching details – as well as handy templates to allow you to create stylish mosaics straight away.
300 tips, techniques, trade secrets and templates BONNIE FITZGERALD
BONNIE FITZGERALD
Bonnie Fitzgerald has been designing and creating mosaics for over 25 years. She and her husband Ken are the founders of Maverick Mosaics Art School & Studio, an award-winning educational facility dedicated to nurturing and expanding creative expression through the art and community of mosaic. The school embraces artists and enthusiasts of all ages and skill levels, hosts visiting artists from around the world, and offers many unique learning opportunities, all grounded in the art of mosaic.
MOSAIC TECHNIQUES
An indispensable compendium of essential know-how, inspirational projects and troubleshooting tips
COMPENDIUM OF
MOSAIC TECHNIQUES
£12.99 ISBN 978-1-84448-804-9
www.searchpress.com
9 781844 488049
BONNIE FITZGERALD’S GUIDE TO MOSAIC TECHNIQUES
THE MOSAIC ARTIST’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE
Bonnie Fitzgerald
Teresa Mills
COMPENDIUM OF MOSAIC TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TEMPLATES
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Bonnie Fitzgerald
144pp WEMA
256pp wiro-bound MATB
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp TTTM
CERAMICS & MOSAIC • NATURE CRAFT
Nature Craft
ROCK ART!
MANDALA STONES!
ROCK ART CRITTERS!
Denise Scicluna
Natasha Alexander
Denise Scicluna
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
128pp 304071
128pp MDSN
128pp PETP
103
OR
Y G
m
nding in, you g with new designs.
ips, and tricks o enable any ofessional look . A must-have whether at
JEWELRY MAKING
wo writerers when w the new r methods, ney, such aps.
Jewelry
TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRE TS FOR
ND
GENERAL CRAFTS
200
0
104
200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND
200
TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND
TRADE SECRETS FOR
JEWELRY MAKING
DON’T
MISS THIS
TRADE SECRETS FOR
JEWELRY MAKING
This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.
200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR JEWELRY MAKING
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF JEWELRY-MAKING TECHNIQUES
Xuella Arnold & Sara Withers
Jinks McGrath
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
160pp TTSJ
160pp EJM2
SUCCESSFUL JEWELLERY MAKER Frieda Munro 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 176pp FIFJ
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CONTEMPORARY JEWELRY MAKING TECHNIQUES
THE WORKBENCH GUIDE TO JEWELRY TECHNIQUES
Vannetta Seecherran
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
320pp BJB
160pp CJT
Anastasia Young
JEWELRY
100 BEADED FLOWERS, CHARMS, AND TRINKETS
DESIGNING JEWELRY WITH SEMIPRECIOUS BEADS
THE GUIDE TO GEMSTONE SETTINGS: STYLES AND TECHNIQUES
Amanda Hinson
Kim Gover
Anastasia Young
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
128pp BEMI
128pp STJ
176pp SGS
THE JEWELER’S DIRECTORY OF DECORATIVE FINISHES Jinks McGrath
PATINA: 300+ COLORATION EFFECTS FOR JEWELERS AND METALSMITHS
THE ART OF SOLDERING FOR JEWELRY MAKERS: TECHNIQUES AND PROJECTS
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Matthew Runfola
Wing Mun Devenney
128pp JDF
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
256pp GMP
160pp DSJ
THE METAL CLAY TECHNIQUES BOOK
MAGICAL METAL CLAY JEWELRY Sue Heaser
HOW TO MAKE SILVER CHARMS FROM METAL CLAY
Sue Heaser
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Sue Heaser
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
128pp MCJ
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp MCTB
144pp MCSC
105
106
GENERAL CRAFTS
THE BEAD DIRECTORY
THE BEADER’S BIBLE
Elise Mann
Claire Crouchley
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF BEADING TECHNIQUES
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound BSBI
256pp wiro-bound BDB
Stephanie Burnham & Sara Withers 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 160pp EBD
US $22.99 / CAN $32.99
ISBN 978-1-250-16276-2
52299 >
9 781250 162762
and Trade Secrets How to be better at what you do
Time after time, modern jewelry designers around the world turn to the ancient civilizations of Egypt, Greece, and Rome for inspiration. From statement necklaces to couture creations, classical influences are recurring themes in the fashion armory. Even two thousand years later, the remnants of the classical world continue to capture our imaginations. Ancient Worlds Modern Beads brings these themes up to date for the modern beadweaver, combining the styles of genuine artifacts and the essence of ancient art with tiny seed beads. Each of these 30 stunning projects has a suggested skill level —from easy to advanced—with step-by-step instructions, diagrams, and a full materials list. Designers and crafters will discover a gorgeous array of techniques to create necklaces, ISBN: 978-1-4380-0657-4 rings, earrings, and bracelets that feature the best of both ancient and modern worlds. EAN
D UPDATE N
EDITIO
Mortira Natasha vanPelt is an experienced jewelry designer specializing in beadwork inspired by Ancient egypt, the Mediterranean, and tribal themes. Her blog, Inspirational Beading, has developed a worldwide following, and her designs and tutorials have been featured in books including Barron’s Small Beads, Big Jewelry by author Jean Power. She is based in British Columbia, Canada.
Tips! More Skills! More
$21.99
Canada $26.50
w w w. b a rro n se d u c. co m
Ancient Worlds Modern Beads
Mortira natasha vanPelt
evised edition will teach you everything g projects to the next level.
Tips, Techniques,
JEAN POWER
JEAN POWER
y-step photographs, diagrams, and clear our work. The techniques are organized from scratch, from using the right tools nal results—or you can dip in for help m at any time.
Front: Jennifer Airs; Back: Luliia Azarova/Shutterstock.com
a day—here are the answers to any mas you might have.
AnCIenT WorlDS Modern Modern BeadsBeads
Jean Power is an awardwinning jewelry design er, writer, and teache r.
BEADING
TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
iques, ecrets
350
+ BEADING 350
+ 0 NG
NEW Edition
+
30 Stunning Beadwork Designs Inspired by Treasures from Ancient Civilizations Mortira natasha vanPelt
MACB Barrons 17/08/2017 10:30 JKT NEW_1st.indd 1
Cypress Colours
1ST Proof
21/04/2015 10:16 AM
ANCIENT WORLDS, MODERN BEADS
SMALL BEADS, BIG JEWELRY: 30 UNIQUE PIECES TO MAKE
Jean Power
Mortira Natasha vanPelt
Jean Power
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
160pp BTT2
144pp M ACB
144pp MGBE
LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELRY WITH 35 FABULOUS PROJECTS
LEARN TO USE TWO-HOLE BEADS WITH 20 GREAT PROJECTS
LEATHER AND BEAD JEWELRY TO MAKE
Lynn Davy
Teresa Morse
Cat Horn
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
112pp FWSB
112pp DUOB
128pp LABJ
LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELRY
350+ BEADING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELRY
Lynn Davy
WITH 35 FABULOUS PROJECTS
Lynn Davy has been stringing, wiring, and stitching for over 40 years and is still just as excited by beads as ever. Her designs have appeared in many well-known beading magazines such as Beadwork, Bead and Button, Step by Step Beads, Bead, and Beads and Beyond.
Lynn Davy
www.JewelryandBeadingStore.com
JEWELRY
BEST
The CompleTe Guide To Making Wire JeWelry Wire is a wonderful material for making jewelry: versatile, forgiving, and available in a variety of shapes, sizes, and colors. It can be easily combined with other materials such as crystals, beads, stones, leather, and cords, and its manipulative quality lends itself to wrapping, bending, forming, twisting, weaving, and knitting. Professional jewelry designer and teacher Wing Mun Devenney—known for her stunning contemporary pieces—offers readers step-by-step instructions for 11 exquisite projects. Discover basic wire techniques created with a selection of simple tools; guided instruction on dozens of techniques, including multi-mandrels, macramé, and hammering wire; advanced wire-forming methods using jigs, mandrels, and spiral makers; and more. There’s even a library packed with 40 jig pattern designs! This book is the perfect choice for beginners seeking an introduction into the world of wire jewelry making as well as for intermediate to advanced jewelers interested in acquiring wire-manipulation skills that are transferable to fine jewelry making.
Wing Mun Devenney is a jewelry designer, teacher, product developer, business expert, and author. She has worked with successful global jewelry and fashion brands developing and designing winning jewelry and accessory collections. Her wealth of knowledge in fine and fashion jewelry is shared here and in her best-selling book, The Art of Soldering for Jewelry Makers, also available from Barron’s.
The CoMpleTe guide To
Making Wire JeWelry Techniques, Projects, and Jig Patterns From Beginner to Advanced
EAN
Wing Mun Devenney
ISBN: 978-1-4380-0655-0
The CoMpleTe guide To Making Wire JeWelry
Seller
$22.99
Canada $27.50
www.barronseduc.com
Wing Mun Devenney
JCWB Barrons JKT v4_1st.indd 1
JEWELRY TECHNIQUES
Cypress Colours
1 Proof ST
31/03/2015 10:25 AM
Anastasia Young
THE COMPLETE JEWELRY MAKING COURSE
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO MAKING WIRE JEWELRY
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Jinks McGrath
Wing Mun Devenney
256pp wiro-bound TJB
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
144pp CJM
160pp JCBW
DON’T
MISS THIS
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WIRE JEWELRY TECHNIQUES
DESIGNING BEAD AND WIRE JEWELRY
Sara Withers
Renata Graham
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
160pp WJT
144pp DBEA
BEAD IT, IRON IT, LOVE IT! Over 300 Great Motifs for Fuse Beads Discover how to create unique and eye-popping accessories out of fuse beads. This creative how-to book shows you how these simple beads can be turned into fun home accessories or colorful jewelry using simple beading and melting techniques. All you need to get started is a peg board, a bucket of beads, and an ordinary home iron! The book features patterns and templates for more than 300 motifs plus 15 inspirational project ideas. Includes full step-by-step instructions for all the essential techniques: from fusing and beadweaving to attaching findings.
SPECIFICATIONS: Trim Size: 9” x 7” (230 x 180 mm) Paperback with flaps Extent: 128pp Printed 4 color throughout Words: Approx. 5,000 Illustrations: Over 300 ISBN: 978-1-4380-0753-3 Price: $14.99, Can$17.99 Date of Publication: February 2016
e Beads Motifs for Fus Kaisa Holsting Over 300 Great
BEAD IT, IRON IT, LOVE IT! Kaisa Holsting 7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
BEADING: LEARN IT. LOVE IT.
THE ART OF BEADWORK
Jean Power
Jane Lock
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
160pp BCTH
160pp BWJ
128pp BILO
107
108
GENERAL CRAFTS
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POLYMER CLAY TECHNIQUES
THE POLYMER CLAY ARTIST’S GUIDE
MAKING POLYMER CLAY BEADS
Sue Heaser
Marie Segal
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp PCBM
160pp EPCT
160pp PCJ
HOW TO MAKE JEWELRY CHARMS FROM POLYMER CLAY
MACRAMÉ JEWELLERY Jenny Townley & Suzen Millodot
MICRO MACRAMÉ: 25 SUPERFINE JEWELRY PROJECTS
Jessica Sharpe
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Jenny Townley
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
96pp MACJ
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
144pp MPCC
Carol Blackburn
128pp NEMA
JEWELRY
MADE in PARACORD GREAT JEWELRY, ACCESSORIES, AND HOME PROJECTS TO KNOT
MADE in PARACORD BY CAITLIN WYNNE CAITLIN WYNNE
MADE IN PARACORD Caitlin Wynne
75 CHINESE, CELTIC, AND ORNAMENTAL KNOTS
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
Laura Williams & Elise Mann
128pp HACP
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp DKJ
t have book for anyone who enjoys making their own y, this gorgeous manual will introduce you to the art ting beautiful Japanese braids with a kumihimo disk.
the new braider will find stunning photographs of d cords as well as all the instructions needed to get d in this ancient craft. There is even a mini braiding Master braider, Beth Kemp offers:
overview of tools and materials from looms to bbins to glues to beads
ep-by-step instructions for basic loom braiding, ndling threads, beads, and more
ps for combining different colors and textures of cord
gorgeous projects from simple beginner braids to mplex beaded cords
etails on kumihimo terminology, instruction for starting ishing braids, tips for calculating thread and bead , and more, this book is a bible for beginning braiders. es 400 full-color photographs to instruct and inspire.
Twist, Turn, & Tie 50 Japanese Kumihimo Braids
Twist, Turn, & Tie 50 Japanese Kumihimo Braids
st, Turn, & Tie Japanese Kumihimo Braids
Kemp
emp’s background is in the prestige jewelry industry. s ago, a love of textiles and beading led her to kumihimo. Beth teaches braiding on both the kumihimo disk and . She is the author of several braiding articles, books, and and shares her knowledge of the art form with braiders de through her online store, Braid & Bead Studio.
A beginner’s guide to making braids for beautiful cord jewelry, complete with kumihimo disk to get you started
include Kumihims Braidin o g Disk
EAN
ISBN: 978-0-7641-6643-3
Beth Kemp
$21.99 Canada $24.99 www. barronseduc.com
TWIST, TURN, AND TIE 50 JAPANESE KUMIHIMO BRAIDS
HOW TO MAKE 50 FABULOUS FLAT KUMIHIMO BRAIDS
Beth Kemp
Beth Kemp
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
128pp BBKU
Card loom in inside back cover envelope 128pp FMKB
109
110
GENERAL CRAFTS
Papercraft Cyan Magenta Yellow Black
rfect for weddings, home fun!
STarT righT nOw! includes 20 Sheets Of Origami Paper
The Encyclopedia of Techniques
rigami paper.
USD $22.99 / CAN $26.99
ISBN 978-1-250-06877-4
52299 >
m
GRIFFIN YoRk, N.Y. 10 010
A
9 781250 068774
iOana STOian St. Martins
Master traditional forms, such as the ‘Printer’s Hat’ and ‘Masu box’, before moving on to contemporary creations including the ‘Square Bear’ and the ‘Elias Figure Base’. Take an inspiring, whirlwind tour of the finest origami models made in the world today. This demonstration of the infinite possibilities of paper folding is sure to delight and intrigue you.
Nick Robinson
iOana STOian
t: .com MPCraft PCraft MPCraft
AmAzIng FlowerS, leAveS, BugS, And other BAckyArd crItterS Full And cleAr InStructIonS For All SkIll levelS
Learn all the basic folds and bases, from beginner to expert level. Then put your art into practice by choosing from over 30 model projects, all shown in refreshingly simple step-by-step diagrams.
Techniques
TJ274-3-2015 Jy(Quarto)-Kate Ftof-Origami Garden Cov W:222mmXH:222mm 175L 300g Golden Sun C2S Magenta
well as more experienced erly designed origami pattern ed step-by-step artwork and kill level.
The Origami garden
The Encyclopedia of
The Origami garden
ming origami designs includes foliage, cute animals, and other are sure to inspire you to get folding.
previously published as
The Encyclopedia of Techniques The complete, fully illustrated guide to the folded paper arts
UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
www.searchpress.com
SEARCH PRESS
Classics
Nick Robinson
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
25/11/2013 12:33
Cov 3/31/15 3:34 PM
THE ORIGAMI GARDEN
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI TECHNIQUES
THE ORIGAMI ARTIST’S BIBLE
Ioana Stoian 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Nick Robinson
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp FTOF
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
192pp wiro-bound OBI
160pp OGT2
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)
Ashley Wood
flexibound (opens flat) OBIX
PAPER CREATIONS: TRADITIONAL JAPANESE ORIGAMI
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI AND PAPERCRAFT TECHNIQUES
ORIGAMI JEWELRY
128pp ORJ
64pp + 120 sheets of origami paper
Ayako Brodek Editor: Claire Waite Brown
ORKN
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
Nick Robinson 6 × 6in (152 × 152mm)
160pp EPO2
Ayako Brodek 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
PAPERCRAFT
BEST Seller
FOLD AND CUT!
CUT UP THIS BOOK!
Naomi Shiek
Emily Hogarth
CUT UP THIS BOOK! SPECIAL OCCASIONS
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
Emily Hogarth
144pp SYMP
144pp BPAC
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 144pp CUHH
FOLD, CUT, AND CURL: 75 EXQUISITE SNOWFLAKES, STARS, AND SUNBURSTS TO MAKE
PAPER CRAFT HOME
NATURE CUTS
Sarah Louise Matthews
Georgia Low
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
8 × 9in (229 × 203mm)
Ayako Brodek & Shannon Voigt
128pp Code E HOMG
128pp Code PCFW
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 144pp ORS
111
112
GENERAL CRAFTS
Marisa Edghill
Style!
Style!
Make it with paper tape Over 101 Great Projects Using Japanese-Style Decorative Tape
Style!
er tape
y crafter’s new best friend. Easy to corative paper tapes have taken the already love washi tape or are new to oject-packed book is sure to inspire.
step-by-step projects teach you new g with these popular tapes, with o make. Discover how to take full f this new crafting tape, while creating pers, stylish party accessories, photo
Marisa Edghill
e aficionado, grew up in a house filled with aft. Which is to say, her love of all things washi tape creations, Marisa blogs about her
WASHI STYLE! MAKE IT WITH PAPER TAPE
HOMEMADE FOR HAMSTERS
Marisa Edghill
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
96pp M HMSR
Carin Oliver
128pp WSMI
CAT CASTLES
HANDMADE COLLAGE
Carin Oliver
Seiko Kato
7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 216mm)
96pp M CHDH
128pp CLAG
DON’T
MISS THIS
BOOKCRAFT Heather Weston 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 128pp BOBI
PAPERCRAFT • WOODWORK
Woodwork
THE WOOD HANDBOOK Nick Gibbs
THE WOODWORKER’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Paul Forrester
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO WOOD FINISHES: SECOND EDITION
256pp wiro-bound RWB
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Mick Allen & Brian Tanner
256pp wiro-bound WWB
7½ × 10½in (265 × 190mm) 160pp WOF2
TWO-IN-ONE MANUALS: WOODTURNING
THE WOOD TURNING BIBLE
THE WOOD CARVING BIBLE
Phil Irons
Antony Denning
Phil Irons
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
192pp wiro-bound WTBB
192pp wiro-bound WTBI
128pp wiro-bound WTN
113
114
GENERAL CRAFTS
BIRDHOUSES
Create unique, handcrafted homes that a bird would really want to live in. Find out how to make birdhouses out of materials found in the forest, where to position them to attract different species, plus how to provide food, nesting materials, and shelter for your wild neighbors.
NATURAL BIRDHOUSES
NATURAL
• Contains plans and step-by-step photos for 25 simple projects for making houses, feeders, bat boxes, and pollinator houses for bees using materials that you can find in your local area • Clear instructions for all the techniques you need to build your projects, including finding the right wood, hollowing out the logs, making fixings, decorating them, and more
25
simple projects using found wood and natural materials
BIRDHOUSES
FISHER
Amen & Maria Fisher have been nature lovers and birdwatchers their whole lives. Maria is a seasoned traveler and artist, and Amen is a lifelong woodworker and outdoorsman. Collaboratively they hand-make and sell birdhouses using carefully collected natural elements from the forests and beaches around their home in Florence, Oregon.
NATURAL
$19.99 ISBN-10: 1-63220-709-5 ISBN-13: 978-1-63220-709-8
WorkingMuseum.com GivenBackBirdhouses.com
51999
9 781632 207098
AMEN & MARIA FISHER
TWO-IN-ONE MANUALS: WOODCARVING
PICTURE FRAMING
NATURAL BIRDHOUSES
Andy Parks
Amen & Maria Fisher
Antony Denning
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
7½ × 92⁄3in (246 × 190mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
144pp PICF
144pp NTBH
128pp wiro-bound 21W
DON’T
BEST
MISS
Seller
THESE
Complete Book
CHARTWELL BOOKS
Wood
an imprint of Book Sales a division of Quarto Publishing Group USA Inc. 142 West 36th Street, 4th Floor USA
Lucinda Leech is a well-established furniture designer/maker with an impressive portfolio of clients. Having received an award from the Worshipful Company of Furniture Makers, she traveled widely in the major rain forest areas, including the Amazon, Malaysia, Papua New Guinea, and Australia. Her research there has influenced both her work as a designer and her writing.
Seller
An invaluable reference for woodworkers, crafters, furniture designers, and DIY enthusiasts, this is a comprehensive guide to one of our most beautiful natural resources. Discover a world of wood, and find out how to use and appreciate this versatile material. A fact-packed introductory section explains the anatomy and life cycle of trees, the process of producing boards and veneers, and essential conservation issues.
of
The main A–Z section features 150 of the world’s most popular woods, with information on growth rate, distribution, key characteristics, working properties, and commercial uses. Every entry includes a detailed photograph to show grain, pattern, figure, and color, providing a valuable visual reference when selecting timber.
Jane Marshall has worked for many years with the Timber Research and Development Association, which is recognized as one of the world’s leading organizations concerned with the use and application of timber. Aidan Walker spent 10 years as a professional carpenter, joiner, and cabinetmaker, after which he became editor of Woodworker magazine, one of Britain’s leading journals of woodworking craft and design. He is now a freelance writer on design.
Complete Book
Wood of
A TREE-BY-TREE GUIDE General Editor: Aidan Walker
Complete Book of Wood is the most informative and comprehensive guide for all those who fully appreciate the beauty of wood. It is much more than a craftsperson’s guide. The anatomy and life cycle of trees are described, as are the subtleties of grain, pattern, figure, and color. Forest types from around the world are explained and illustrated, with a special section on the complex subject of deforestation and conservation. The processes that wood undergoes between the forest and the end user are explored, including how timber is cut and the way in which this affects its use. Stress and grading, drying and conversion, and advanced wood manufacturing technology are all covered in detail. The book’s core is an A–Z directory of 150 of the world’s most popular and beautiful timbers. Growth and distribution, appearance, mechanical and working properties, and applications are listed, with each wood superbly illustrated in color. Growing demand and irresponsible management of a limited resource now mean that some species of this once plentiful material are almost extinct. Today, as never before, it is essential to work with wood in a thoughtful and economic way, to appreciate fully its characteristics and sensitively exploit its applications. Complete Book of Wood has been conceived and produced with these goals in mind.
General editor: Aidan Walker
Bill Lincoln has spent 30 years in the wood trade and is credited with being responsible for the revival of marquetry as a craft. He was elected president of the Marquetry Society and its first life member. He is the author of The Art and Practice of Marquetry and The Complete Manual of Wood Veneering, both of which are considered definitive works on their subject, World Woods in Color, and The Marquetry Manual.
BEST Wood of
Wood
Nick Gibbs trained as a journalist and worked for many years as a carpenter before editing Woodworker magazine. He then launched Good Woodworking, a groundbreaking title that became Britain’s best-selling woodwork magazine. Gibbs also works as a wood-carver, producing elaborate carvings of mountains, landscapes, and golf courses.
Complete Book
Complete Book of
New York, New York 10018
Complete Book of Wood is unique in its appeal to designers, engineers, artists, craftspeople, and enthusiasts alike. Generously illustrated, informative, and thoroughly readable, it is the essential companion for users and lovers of the earth’s best-loved natural resource.
Printed in China
EWO2 Booksales JKT v6.indd 1
06/07/2015 13:58
THE JOINT BOOK
COMPLETE BOOK OF WOOD
COMPLETE WOODWORKING
Terrie Noll
Aidan Walker
Chris Tribe
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
8¾ × 11½in (295 × 222mm)
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
192pp wiro-bound JOBO
192pp EWO2
264pp WOWO
MIND B O DY& S P I R I T
118
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
SEE PAGES 134-135 FOR MORE INFORMATION
NEW SERIES:
PRESS HERE
119
120
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
SACREDESSENTIALOILS
Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice's health benefits and uses. Also new in the series: Sacred Essential Oils (Spring 2019)
•
•
HAZEL RAVEN
ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0
Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them m to enhance your health and well-being.
SACREDCRYSTALS •
This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. • With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl show sho you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of herbs.
Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being
SACREDHERBS
Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS
HAZEL RAVEN
CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1
SPINE 17 MM
SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN
INDIGO US
SACREDSPICES
E. JOY BOWLES
OPAL STREISAND
With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.
Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being
SACREDHERBS
SACREDCRYSTALS
Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers.
SACRED ESSENTIALOILS
1st Proof
Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM
Title:
Job No:
SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~
9/23/16 2:07 PM
Specification
English language sales enquiries
Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp
Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com
Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being
Illustrations: Over 100 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323822
OPAL STREISAND
QUARTO PUBLISHING
sacred spices blad.indd 22-23
SEE PAGES 144-145 FOR MORE INFORMATION
21/06/2018 16:10
NEW SERIES:
SACRED SERIES
Use these gifts wisely.
• For many cultures, certain symbols hold an unseen magical power. • This book explores those signs and symbols and gives practical advice on how to harness their latent power. • With a concise description of each symbol’s meaning, specially commissioned illustrations, and practical ways to bring symbol power into your own life.
OPAL STREISAND
Format: 5¾ x 7¼ in. (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Spring 2018 RRP: $12.95 / £10.00
SACREDSYMBOLS
These symbols are beautifully presented. These are your keys to other worlds. They offer power switches to the great life or energy force.
SACREDSYMBOLS
Understand the Power of the World’s Most Hallowed Symbols OPAL STREISAND
SACREDFLOWERS
SACREDESSENTIALOILS
Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice's health benefits and uses. Also new in the series: Sacred Essential Oils (Spring 2019)
•
Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers. •
SACREDSPICES
E. JOY BOWLES
•
This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. •
With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl sho you how to enrich your life by unlocking show the mystical secrets of herbs.
HAZEL RAVEN
ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0
Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being
Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what m herbs are capable of and how to use them to enhance your health and well-being.
SACREDCRYSTALS
Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being
SACREDHERBS
OPAL STREISAND
With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.
SACRED ESSENTIALOILS
SACREDHERBS
SACREDCRYSTALS
Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of.
Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being
SACRED ESSENTIALOILS
OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS
SACREDFLOWERS HAZEL RAVEN
CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1
SPINE 17 MM
SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN
INDIGO US
1st Proof
Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM
Title:
Job No:
SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~
9/23/16 2:07 PM
English language sales enquiries
Specification
Also new in the series: Sacred Spices (Spring 2019) Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Illustrations: Over 100
Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com
Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323822
Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being OPAL STREISAND
QUARTO PUBLISHING
sacred spices blad.indd 22-23
•
•
HAZEL RAVEN
ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0
Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them m to enhance your health and well-being.
SACREDCRYSTALS •
This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. • With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl show sho you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of herbs.
Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being
OPAL STREISAND
With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.
21/06/2018 16:10
SACREDHERBS
SACREDCRYSTALS
Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers.
SACREDHERBS
Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS
HAZEL RAVEN
CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1
OPAL STREISAND
SPINE 17 MM
SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN
INDIGO US
1st Proof
Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM
Title:
Job No:
SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~
9/23/16 2:07 PM
Specification
English language sales enquiries
Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp
Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com
Illustrations: Over 100 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323819
Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being
Your Guide To 50 Flower Essence Remedies And How To Use Them OPAL STREISAND
QUARTO PUBLISHING
essential oil blad.indd 24-25
21/06/2018 16:51
SACREDHERBS Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. • Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers. •
Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0
OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS
HAZEL RAVEN
OPAL STREISAND
With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.
SACREDCRYSTALS
SACREDHERBS
2-159-7
121 Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Essential Oils is a comprehensive guide to the world of natural scents, what scents mean to us, and how they can affect our mood and sense of well-being.
SACREDCRYSTALS
Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness Their Power For Healing And Well-being
HAZEL RAVEN
122
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
NEW SERIES:
SEE PAGE 146 FOR MORE INFORMATION
THE POWER OF .. Practicing alone E X E R C I S E S 43
42 E X E R C I S E S Abdominal breathing
8
Practice
1 Place one hand on your belly and one hand on your chest. Take a deep breath in through the nose, making sure that the diaphragm, not the chest, expands to stretch and fill the lungs. Bring in the inhale for a count of five seconds.
Abdominal breathing This slow, controlled, intentional breath is great to try before stressful events or as stress increases throughout the day.
1
2 With a slightly open mouth, allow the exhale to also extend for five seconds. At the end, pause for just a second and then bring the inhale back in through the nose for five seconds, followed by the five-second exhale.
Count 1–2–3–4–5
Takes 5-15 minutes You will need Essential oil (Lavender), candles, music player Level Easy
Set up an altar (see page 16), light candles, play some soothing music, and add anything you desire to create a calming space. If you’d like to use a soothing essential oil, like lavender, place one drop on the insides of wrists and one drop under the nose. Find a comfortable place to sit down. Sit cross-legged with your back straight with hands gently on knees. When you feel comfortable, I invite you to close your eyes. Begin by imagining your body as a big tree trunk in the woods. Everywhere you touch the ground, imagine strong
oking nes.
aling
n be
ty, joy,
nsion,
words
as well
2 Count 1–2–3–4–5
Aftercare
Feel free to take a few minutes to write about any sensations you noticed in your body and track these throughout your weeks of practice. Make sure to hydrate before and after. Having a small snack before is a great idea, followed by a larger meal after. Best to not practice on a very full stomach.
25/09/2018 11:41
Practicing alone E X E R C I S E S 81
80 E X E R C I S E S Fast-paced breath
athe
pitals,
and thick roots growing down through the floor, through the basement, through the top layers of the earth and all the way to the core. When they hit the core, imagine them getting tangled and knotted. If you need to return to this image for grounding during the practice, refer back to the roots. Continue with the breathing sequence, opposite. In the first week, engage in the practice daily for five minutes, building to a fifteen-minute daily practice. Continue for six weeks or more to receive full benefits.
Breathwork spreads_v8.indd 3-4
cale
g and
Alternative Practice this breath laying down with a small pillow under your knees for support.
Preparation
EING
T H E
P OW E R
O F
20
B R E AT H WO R K SIMPLE
PRACTICES
TO
PROMOTE
Practice
Two-part Fast-paced Breath This two-part active breath pattern, with twopart inhale and one-part exhale, was created by author, teacher, and healer David Elliott.
WELLBEING
Takes 10 minutes You will need Essential oils (Rose or Tulsi), candles, music player Level Easy to Intermediate
Preparation
JENNIFER
In a private and quiet space, set up an altar (see page 16), dim lights, and light candles. If you’d like to make a playlist, pick upbeat songs to play for eight minutes followed by a slower song for two minutes. If you’d like to use a soothing essential oil, a heart-opening oil like Rose or Tulsi is a lovely choice. Place one drop on the insides of your wrists and one drop over your heart. Lay out a yoga mat and have a blanket close by. Lie down. When you feel comfortable, I invite you to close your eyes. Begin with a slow, long inhale through
PAT TERSON
25/09/2018 11:41
Breathwork spreads_v8.indd 5-6
the nose and exhale through the mouth for about a minute. Feel the weight of your body meeting the solid ground below you. On the exhales, adjust to get more comfortable. Continue with the breathing sequence, opposite. Engage in the practice for eight minutes of the active breath concluding with two minutes of a resting breath. You can try this breath daily, a couple of times a week, or when you feel overwhelmed or in need of reconnecting to yourself and your inner wisdom.
1 Before starting the breath, place one hand on your belly and one hand on your chest. Imagine there is a balloon in your belly and another in your chest. This breath is all through an open mouth so begin with it slightly open.
4 After eight minutes have passed you will begin the resting breath. Release the fast breath and close your mouth. Return to the longer, slower breath that you began with. Continue for two minutes. Then sit up slowly and take it easy as you might feel a little dizzy for a few minutes.
2 Draw a short, fast inhale into your belly, allowing the belly to expand. Quickly after, draw a short, fast, second inhale into your chest, allowing the chest to expand. Feel the breath move under your hands from belly to chest. Each inhale should be around two seconds long. 3 Quickly exhale, allowing the breath to be slightly clipped as you bring the inhale back into your belly, and your chest. Exhale for three seconds. Continue this breathing pattern for eight minutes.
2
1
3
Tips
This breath is fast and it can sometimes feel like it’s hard to “catch your breath.” It is also hyperoxygenating and, combined with the energy moving, you may feel tingling, cramping, or tension in your hands, feet, and around your mouth. If you feel this way, it will ease as you move through it but you can also use it to remind your body that this breath is chosen, rather than out of control.
25/09/2018 11:41
..
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
123
goddess in owers are nd complete you to enlist ok.
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Goddess Rituals Invoke the Powers of the Goddesses to Improve Your Life New for
2019
GODDESS RITUALS
attributed corded you will elf.
124
A fascinating guide to popular and enduring goddesses from many different spiritual traditions. Open this book and discover the powers attributed to various goddesses from the beginnings of recorded history. As you come to understand their powers, you will also find the goddess that dwells within yourself.
Goddess Rituals INVOKE THE POWERS OF THE GODDESSES TO IMPROVE YOUR LIFE Roni Jay
18/04/2018 11:33
AUTHOR Roni Jay
SPECIFICATIONS 72⁄3 × 55⁄7in
• 195 × 145mm • 128pp
46
EPONA
EPONA
CODE 307723 RITUAL ANIMAL HEALING Epona is the champion of animals, especially domestic animals. As a goddess of healing, she is ready to help heal animals that are unwell or neglected, whether it is your pet cat or an injured bird found lying on the ground.
YOU WILL NEED △ An iron horseshoe
(a symbol of Epona, the horse goddess)
△ A white rose (white is
the color of healing)
An animal’s bed, cage, or sleeping area is the center of its territory, and represents its sense of security, so this ritual focuses on the place where it usually sleeps.
1 either on the wall or from a cord, or perhaps Hang the horseshoe above the animal’s bed,
stand it on a shelf above the bed. The horseshoe must be the right way up—that is, in a “U” shape, so that it is cupped to hold the blessing of Epona.
2 from it.
Take the white rose and remove the petals
3
Hold these in your hands, close your eyes, and imagine Epona gently blowing her blessing on them.
4 leave them there until it has recovered.
Now place them in the animal’s bed and
5 them on the earth.
Then take the petals outside and scatter
47
125
126
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Smudging Rituals Your Guide to a Powerful Healing Practise to Cleanse, Bless, and Inspire New for
2019
on g
SMUDGING RITUALS
ith ge es
The ancient spiritual practice of smudging has been quietly gaining traction with celebrities, business executives, and modern spiritual seekers finding inspiration in this simple wellness practice. Smudging Rituals taps into this growing trend by simplifying the process of creating custom smudge blends and applying them to heal, cleanse, bless, and inspire. Depicted with beautifully styled photography throughout, it includes 30 aromatic smudge recipes and accompanying rituals for a variety of life’s ailments, milestones, and occasions.
SMUDGING RITUALS Your Guide to a Powerful Healing Practise to Cleanse, Bless, and Inspire
KIERA FOGG
KIERA FOGG
AUTHOR
EUCALYPTUS
PEPPERMINT
Health • Purification • Protection
Prosperity • Growth • Renewal
Kiera Fogg
T SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 8in
• 229 × 203mm • 128pp
CODE 307462
A
here are more than 700 species of this evergreen plant, which are found predominantly in Australia. If you look closely at the sickle-shaped leaves of the Eucalyptus, you will see tiny oil glands covering its surface. The potent oil finds many uses in fragrances, flu medications, insecticides, and even fuels. Similar to White Sage, Eucalyptus is known for its powerful cleansing and protective qualities. Use it to make a smudge stick or gather a few dried leaves and burn them as incense.
hybrid species of spearmint and water mint, Peppermint makes for a convenient and accessible plant for the home gardener. Grow this versatile herb in a moist container, away from direct sunlight. The leaves of the Peppermint plant can be collected as soon as the flowers begin to open and may be dried for use in food or tea. Renowned for its cooling menthol sensation, Peppermint is often used in aromatherapy to ease stress and clear the mind, and is known to promote happiness, luck, success, and renewal. Its calming aroma is easily combined with other fragrances.
GOES WELL WITH Lemon, Peppermint, and Rosemary
GOES WELL WITH Juniper, Orange, and Lavender
3 0 S AC R E D P L A N T S
2
GOOD LUCK RITUAL
S AC R E D P L A N T S 3 1
Joy • Prosperity • Good Fortune This fresh and fragrant blend is designed to attract good fortune of all kinds, from good health, to happy relationships, to material wealth and abundance. Allow this simple ritual to offer a pick-me-up on days when your energy is low, or assist in calming the nerves before an important event or ceremony.
BLEND
Ritual
• • • • • •
1 | Sit quietly alone and away from distractions. Close your eyes and ask your spirit guides to bless and protect you as you conduct this ritual. 2 | Light your smudge in a heat-safe dish or abalone shell.
Sweet grass Bamboo Peppermint Lavender Orange peel Star anise
C RY S TA L
• Citrine or Pyrite TO O L S
• Gold twine • Feather wand • Heat-safe dish or abalone shell
1
3 | Holding your Citrine or Pyrite crystal, close your eyes and take several deep breaths, imagining that you are expelling a dark fog with every exhale. This fog represents all tension, fear, and stress. Watch as it leaves your body and evaporates into the smoke. 4 | When you feel ready, begin to envision that the crystal you are holding is emanating a beautiful golden light that begins to flood your entire being. Imagine it moving up your arms and down your legs. Breathe it into your lungs and envision it moving up through your neck and to the top of your head. 5 | Now imagine yourself walking down a golden path, toward your deepest desires. Walk confidently toward them. When you arrive, feel a sense of wellbeing wash over you as you see your wishes coming to fruition. 6 | When you are finished, open your eyes. Use your feather wand to sweep the smoke over your body, while repeating the affirmation until you feel a sense of completion. 7 | Thank your spirit guides and ask that they close this ritual.
A F F I R M AT I O N
6 0 C R E AT I N G YO U R S M U D G E B L E N D R I T UA L
“The pa th tha t I wa lk is g o lde n, a nd I a m ble ssed a t e v ery turn.”
127
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Crystal Gridwork The Power of Crystals and Sacred Geometry to Heal, Protect, and Inspire C R Y S TA L CRYSTAL GRIDWORK
A SINGLE CRYSTAL IS A POWERFUL TOOL.
Think then how potent a crystal grid might be. All power is magnified when Sacred Geometry (the language of the Universe) comes together with crystal vibrations. • A crystal grid comprises several crystals which are set in a geometric arrangement with a specific intention or outcome in mind. • Author Kiera Fogg has put together 30 grids, exquisitely photographed in a range of settings. The sacred geometry of each grid is revealed in an accompanying illustrated map so you can easily recreate the crystal grid at home. Or simply use the photographs to meditate on. Kiera Fogg is a writer and speaker on modern wellness and spirituality, a certified Reiki practitioner, and an entrepreneur. Her company, Little Box of Rocks, offers healing crystal collections designed to celebrate life’s most magical occasions. Her collections have been featured on the pages of O, The Oprah Magazine, Vogue, People and Good Housekeeping. Check out Kiera’s work at littleboxofrocks.com and kierafogg.com.
£14.99
G R I D WO RK
KIERA FOGG
A single crystal is a powerful tool. Think then how potent a crystal grid might be. All power is magnified when Sacred Geometry (the language of the universe) comes together with crystal vibrations. A grid comprises several crystals and sets them in a geometric arrangement with a specific intention or outcome in mind. Author Kiera Fogg has put together 30 grids, exquisitely photographed in a range of settings. The sacred geometry of each grid is revealed in a little artworked map, so it can be repeated at home. Or simply use the photographs to meditate on.
EAN
ISBN 978-0-85762-614-1
9 780857 626141 Manufactured in China
The Power of Crystals and Sacred Geometry to Heal, Protect and Inspire • K I E R A F O G G
GRIDS_COV_12spine_Crystal_UK.indd All Pages
11/12/2017 16:33
AUTHOR Kiera Fogg
SPECIFICATIONS
8 × 9in
• 229 × 203mm • 128pp
CODE GRIDS
128
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
The Crystal Cure A Hands-on Guide to Using Crystals to Manage Your Emotional Wellbeing
New for
2019 THE
THE CRYSTAL CURE
CRYSTAL CURE
A hands-on guide to using crystals to manage your emotional wellbeing
CHRISTEL ALBEREZ & NERISSA ALBERTS
AUTHOR Christel Alberez and Nerissa Alberts
Perhaps you are feeling sad when you want to feel happy? Or you need to give yourself courage? Or reduce your anxiety levels? Or make yourself more open to feeling compassion? There are all sorts of situations where you may want to control or regulate your frame of mind, and crystals are a powerful tool to help with this. Organized by emotional states, The Crystal Cure will help you to cultivate your emotional intelligence as you develop greater awareness of your current mood and practice consciously with crystals. A thorough questionnaire at the back allows you to assess what you’re actually feeling and decide which crystal (or crystal combination) will be most beneficial to you at any given moment.
SPECIFICATIONS 814⁄ × 6in
• 208 × 150mm • 128pp
CODE 325426
Fluorite is a crystal possessed of secret gifts that help you combat feelings of fear, letting you find strength within yourself.
FEAR Fear is a primal emotion humans are programmed with to keep both safe and alive. Its power instantly consumes the physical body and activates the fight or flight response.
Fluorite
Green Calcite
Fluorite assists you with the courage to be able to examine the root of where a fear is
Green calcite is calming for the overall system. Its vibration coats over the heart
coming from. It has the hidden gift to alter your viewpoint to be able to see safely from
to extinguish fear like a gentle protective shell. It evokes a childlike innocence and
a new perspective. Fluorite restructures an overstimulated
restores a natural curiosity about life.
self and guides you to return to the comfort of strength within.
Journaling, see page 22
Touchstone Practice, see page 16
Danburite
The energy of seraphinite is one of protectiveness and refuge. It touches edges deep into the unknown parts of yourself and acts like an internal compass to navigate uncharted emotional territory. It has an enchanting effect on areas of constriction as it helps radiate a deeper sense of love for yourself and the collective.
The frequency of danburite matches the intensity of fear itself. Its accelerated lightning fast energy delivers a crystal-clear channel of acute information to override deeply ingrained programming. In the aftermath of its penetrating energy is an experience of total relief; a ceremonial cleansing like a breath of fresh air to greet you.
Core Meditation, see page 13
Moving Meditation, see page 18
Seraphinite
Powerful Stone Combinations
MORE CRYSTALS TO TRY
A C C E P TA N C E MORE CRYSTALS TO TRY
Kunzite
Acceptance is the state of being fully aware of a situation or circumstance without trying to control, judge, or change it. Emotional acceptance is a cornerstone to redirect one’s energy and resources into a productive path. Helpful crystals for acceptance expand our ability to practice non-attachment and make peace with what is happening.
Rose quartz
Heliodor
Rose quartz relaxes the body and mind into the tranquillity of the heart. Its energetic signature is like a mighty waterfall of
Spessartine Garnet
Heliodor illuminates the areas that crave self-acceptance within one’s reality. It also teaches appreciation for the
Lepidolite
unconditional love filling your inner cup with renewed vitality and wholeness. It soothes a hot
Kyanite
tolerance for things that may have triggered you in the past. Core Meditation, see page 13 Water Ceremony, see page 24
Lapis Lazuli
MORE CRYSTALS TO TRY
ways in which we do accept our self currently. It fosters a healthy environment in the
temper, relieves tension in the body, and over time teaches
Selenite
heart and promotes and builds further ease of acceptance.
Larimar
Its golden ray emanates the bright light of the golden heart allowing one to open fully to receiving.
Larimar has the ability to take a fiery situation and caress it into the gentle waters of calmness. It softens the hard edges of anger and teaches how to overcome selfsabotaging behaviors.
Lithium Quartz
Rhodochrosite
Journaling, see page 22
Touchstone Practice, see page 16
Seraphinite + Kyanite
Powerful Stone Combinations
Green Calcite + Fluorite
32 Nuture to Neglect
44 Nurture to Neglect
Crystal_Cure_DUM_v5.indd 5-6
CALM Being calm is an emotional state that brings peacefulness. It creates the feeling of ease and connection in the body and mind. Calmness has a heart-centered quality to it. It allows you to act with clarity, increase your patience, and experience relaxation. Crystals that teach calmness generally have an overall soothing effect.
05/10/2018 12:19
Crystal_Cure_DUM_v5.indd 3-4
Rose Quartz + Larimar Rose Quartz + Lepidolite
Powerful Stone Combinations
Heliodor + Lithium Quartz
Calm • Acceptance 33
05/10/2018 12:19
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
129
Moon Milk 50 Plant-based Recipes for a Good Night’s Sleep New for
Moon milk has taken social media by storm with the ancient ayurvedic tradition of drinking warm milk with healing herbs and spices at bedtime having been rediscovered and reinvented by health bloggers around the world. Authored and photographed by online health food coach, Gina Fontana, this beautiful book takes moon milk to the next wellness level by not only featuring the most effective, scientifically proven ingredients to reduce insomnia, but also focusing on plant-based, dairy-free milk alternatives so that anyone with food intolerances can still harvest the many benefits of this potent drink. With 50 gorgeous moon milk recipes that come in all colors of the rainbow, you will want to snap and post your creations before sipping them, and settling in for a great night’s sleep.
2019
AUTHOR Gina Fontana
SPECIFICATIONS
Moon Milk Recipes
7 × 9in PINK PITAYA Besides being absolutely gorgeous, the Pink Pitaya is an ancient ayurvedic drink used to help with sleeplessness. Ingredients 2 cups of almond milk 1 tsp of coconut oil 2 tsp of maple syrup 1 2 / tsp of cinnamon 1 tsp of pitaya/dragon fruit powder 1 pinch of nutmeg 1 pinch of cardamom Rose petals (optional for serving)
MEET GINA
Tips If using the rose petals, which I recommend, but would prefer a smoother milk texture, try grinding the petals up into finer pieces before garnishing.
I’m a certified health coach and health foodie fanatic. Having been diagnosed with celiac disease a few years ago, I now follow a gluten-free, dairy-free, plant-based diet and enjoy the creativity behind developing and photographing recipes that suit my lifestyle. Many of my fellow bloggers have praised the benefits of drinking Moon Milk—the ayurvedic tradition of having a cup of warm milk with healing herbs and spices before going to bed—and I decided to put together a collection of clean, non-dairy Moon Milk recipes so that anyone with food intolerances can still harvest the many benefits of this ancient drink.
31
Ever heard of drinking warm milk before bed to help you sleep? It stems from this ayurvedic remedy, but here I am giving this ancient moon milk a hip new twist by adding colorful superfoods and fragrant spices. So not only are we helping the occasional sleeplessness, but we’re amping it up with natural spices to help boost our immune system. In other words, it rocks! And like I always say, everything is better pink, so I decided to add pink pitaya (dragon fruit) powder and dried rose petals to mine, along with some cinnamon, nutmeg, and cardamom.
47
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp
CODE 325433
130
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
The Antique Anatomy Tarot: Book and Card Deck Harness Tarot Energy for Personal Development and Healing
AUTHOR
We are in the grip of a tarot reading craze as an entire new group of young tarot enthusiasts are reimagining tarot decks as tools of self-care and spiritual growth. In her first book, Claire Goodchild presents the subject in a fresh, creative way, using beautifully styled, top-down photography to showcase each of the sacred cards, which she has illustrated herself in a contemporary and meaningful style that will reverberate with users. As well as a teaching tool to each card’s special meaning, Claire introduces the reader to over 50 card spreads, some general and many specific, aimed at answering the real questions that Generation Y want to find answers to today.
Claire Goodchild
The package features a beautifully designed deck. SPECIFICATIONS
• 210 × 160mm • 128pp • 78 specially designed tarot cards 6¼ × 8¼in
CODE 326559
the major arcana
The Fool
The Magician
NUMEROLOGY
NUMEROLOGY
1
1
ELEMENT
ELEMENT
AIR
AIR
ASTROLOGY
ASTROLOGY
GEMINI & VIRGO
GEMINI & VIRGO
COMPANION
COMPANION
THE WHEEL OF FORTUNE
THE WHEEL OF FORTUNE
The Magician denotes the beginning of an important new life cycle, new opportunities to use communicative talents, new skills, willpower turning thought into action. This is a card often associated with careers and job prospects, though it can also apply to working out issues in a relationship.If you are considering a change of career or a step-up in your current company, the Magician shows that you have all the attributes needed to make it happen. The Magician can also warn of guile and trickery or the combination of personal and divine power used deviously and for selfish reasons. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labor.
The Magician denotes the beginning of an important new life cycle, new opportunities to use communicative talents, new skills, willpower turning thought into action, success through initiative, adaptability, versatility, and self-confidence. This is a card often associated with careers and job prospects, though it can also apply to working out issues in a relationship. If you are considering a change of career or a step-up in your current company, the Magician shows that you have all the attributes needed to make it happen. deviously and for selfish reasons. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut lab. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed.
Keywords Success through initiative, adaptability, versatility, self-confidence
Keywords Choices, love, partnership, attraction, passion, balance
27
Tarot Spellcaster: Book and Card Pack Enhance Your Life with the Power of Tarot Magic
New for
2019
Tarot
Spellcaster
ng the complete r casting the spells.
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Terry Donaldson
ymbolism gic into your life.
up an dian angel.
132
Tarot BOOK spellcaster AND CARD PACK
Enhance your life with the power of tarot magic Terry Donaldson
Learn how to cast spells with tarot, using the symbolism of the cards to unlock your psychic powers and bring magic into your life. Discover how to prepare for spellcasting, set up an altar, consecrate your cards, and invoke your guardian angel. Includes 36 beautifully designed tarot cards, featuring the complete major arcana and a selection of the minor arcana needed for casting the spells.
AUTHOR Terry Donaldson
SPECIFICATIONS 72⁄3 × 55⁄7in
• 195 × 145mm •
The Empress is a radiant, beautiful woman, filled
with purity and divine love. She can soothe away the
heartbreak of a lifetime, and impart a sense of lightness
96pp and 36 cards
CODE 308583
and fulfillment into the hearts of others. In mythology she is Venus, the goddess of love, and she can bestow love on whomever she pleases.
THE
EMPRESS Spell
Magical intention To ease the heart of sadness, regrets, and disillusionment; to create complimentary energies for becoming pregnant; to feel young and revitalized; to ignite the flame of personal creativity; to receive an abundance of love.
Magical working Inscribe your name along the side of the orange candle, dress it with bergamot oil, then place it in the east of the altar and light it. Inscribe the following words along the side of the light green candle: “Love, Abundance, Love.” Dress this candle with frankincense oil, then place it in the west of the altar and light it. Lay the Empress card between the two candles, study the card for a few moments, then recite:
24
THE MAJOR ARC AN A
YOU WILL NEED • Dark green altar cloth • Knife • Orange candle • Bergamot essential oil • Light green candle • Frankincense essential oil • The Empress card • Seashells • Flowers
“
Let this card represent the power of the goddess of love, and may this spiritual being look upon me as a fitting receptacle for blessing. May the energies of love, creativity, and harmony flow into and through my life from this point forward and for all time. So mote it be.
”
Take the seashells in your left hand, and the flowers in your right hand, and walk clockwise around the altar three times. At each of the compass points, pause, face outward from the altar, and bow your head, as if the goddess were approaching from each of the directions. Imagine that the air around you is a vibrant golden white, and picture this energy flowing directly into your heart.
Allow yourself to feel a sense of warmth, release, and completion. Face the altar again, and while looking at the Empress, pass your hands filled with shells and flowers from the tip of your head, down over your body, to your toes. As you do so, visualize the cleansing effect that the shells and flowers are having on your aura.
THE MAJOR ARCANA
25
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
The Tarot Workbook An IQ Book for the Tarot Practitioner New for
2019
the Tarot workbook
Just how much can you read from the tarot cards? Test your ability with this handy workbook. An easy question-and-answer format introduces theoretical spreads and situations, allows you to work through them, then provides the expert answers from a leading tarot reader. Learn the language of the cards and hone your tarot reading ability with these guided practices—instruction has never been this easy or this much fun!
Just how much can you read from the tarot cards? Test your ability with this handy workbook. An easy question-and-answer format introduces theoretical spreads and situations, allows you to work through them, then provides the expert answers from a leading tarot reader. Learn the language of the cards and hone your tarot reading ability with these guided practices—instruction has never been this easy or this much fun!
Tarot workbook
An IQ book for the Tarot Practitioner
Kathleen McCormack
KATHLEEN MCCORMACK is a sixth-generation psychic. Born in Australia, she first became successful as a recording artist, selling more than a million albums. Having learned the tarot from her mother, she became the first person to teach tarot at all three universities in Sydney. On moving to England, Kathleen continued to lecture and give seminars on the tarot. She also gives personal readings and is the author of several previously published books on the subject.
THE
Format: 7 3⁄4 x 5 3⁄4 in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128pp Pub date: Fall 2018 RRP: $18.95
Kathleen McCormack
AUTHOR Kathleen McCormack
SPECIFICATIONS
“I’m a bank manager but am running for local office in the next election because I feel that I could do a good job and help people. Am I doing the right thing and will I get elected?”
Personal Character Refer to page 12 for instructions on how to perform the Romany Draw; see pages 72–75 for the answers to these questions.
1 The Past 2 The Present 3 The Future
2
Question 5
“I won a scholarship to study veterinary science. My best friend says I won’t have money for years and I’m stupid to be more concerned with animals than living well and having fun. Do you think he’s right?”
“After I failed my exams, I was devastated when my teacher told me that arrogance and laziness were the causes. I’m repeating the year’s studies now. Will I pass this time and get into the university of my choice?”
Question 2 “I wrote a children’s story and my husband drew the illustrations. A television company wants to film it but my husband wants me to refuse the offer. I think it’s because his illustrations won’t be featured. I’m going to accept. Am I right?” The Romany Draw
“I was caught forging credit cards and spent six months in jail. I now know that money is not as important as people are and I want to train to be a nurse. With my record, do I have a chance?”
3
5
• 195 × 145mm • 128pp
CODE 308586 Question 4
1
Question 1
26
7 ⁄3 × 5 ⁄7in 2
Question 3
ROM AN Y QUESTIONS
Question 6 “My boyfriend told me he’s in love with someone else who is a ‘giver.’ I’m not a taker! Why have I had to suffer?”
Personal Chacater
27
133
134
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Press Here! Face Workout Pressure and Massage Techniques to Tone and Define Naturally
AUTHOR Nadira V Persaud
• CODE 327858
This book offers age-defying results through a series of easy-to-follow pressure and massage techniques, which can be used as part of an everyday skincare regime or incorporated into regular self-care, achieving definition and illumination with a sense of healing.
Press Here! Chakra Healing Your Guide to Strengthening Your Seven Major Energy Centers
AUTHOR Victor Archuleta
• CODE 327186
This book will guide the reader through a simple step-by-step process to determine which chakras may be out of balance, which modality is most appropriate for the issue(s) being addressed, and the techniques for rebalancing the chakra. By using a multi-modality approach to Chakra balancing, the reader is empowered to undertake the steps needed to rebalance one or more of the seven energy centers.
Press Here! Acupressure for Beginners How to Release and Balance Energy Flow For millenia, the Chinese have been studying the effects of applying pressure to specific points on the body to relieve ailments from fatigue to illness and pain. AUTHOR Bob Doto
• CODE 307050
SPECIFICATIONS 814⁄ × 62⁄7in
• 210 × 160mm • 128pp
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
135
Press Here! Massage for Beginners A Simple Route to Relaxation and Releasing Tension Massage therapy is a fun way to connect and engage with your loved ones, applying healing techniques to reduce pain and tension while increasing relaxation and enjoyment.
AUTHOR
Rachel Beider
• CODE 307035
Press Here! Reiki for Beginners Your Guide to Subtle Energy Therapy Originally practiced by the Japanese in the early 1800s, this holistic healing pathway gets impressive results by utilizing subtle energy flow from the palms of the hands of the “sender” to influence the energy flow of the “receiver.” AUTHOR
Victor Archuleta
• CODE REIK
Press Here! Reflexology for Beginners Foot Reflexology: A Practice for Promoting Health Known and practiced by many cultures, this holistic healing pathway gets impressive results by applying massage pressue techniques to the feet. AUTHOR
Stefanie Sabounchian
SPECIFICATIONS
814⁄ × 62⁄7in
• 210 × 160mm • 128pp
• CODE RFXF
136
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
The Complete Book of Natural Therapies Safe and Effective Self-help for Everyday Ailments THE COMPLETE BOOK OF
ur goms of e most
e, .
Mind & Body
THE COMPLETE BOOK OF
natural
Therapies Safe and Effective Self-Help for Everyday Ailments
Peter Albright MD
nd was cticed Medical
NATURAL THERAPIES
eople urning
Peter Albright MD
Printed in China
10/10/2018 11:40
AUTHOR Peter Albright MD
EDITOR Claire Waite Brown
SPECIFICATIONS 92⁄3 × 71⁄2in
• 246 × 190mm • 256pp
CODE 304063
There is a growing public interest in complementary therapies as people become more aware of what they’re putting in their bodies and are turning to clean eating, and a healthy, holistic approach to living. Features a huge range of common ailments and symptoms, making this your go-to family resource. Ailments are organized according to regions and systems of the body, so that information is readily accessible, while descriptions give the most frequently utilized complementary therapies. Contains specific and practical instructions for using all the therapies, safely and effectively at home by a total beginner. Therapies include: Naturopathy, nutritional therapy, herbal medicine, massage, acupuncture, acupressure, aromatherapy, meditation, hypnosis, yoga, tai chi, counseling, psychotherapy, reflexology, and homeopathy.
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
137
500 Treatments for 100 Ailments Integrated alternative and conventional medicine for the most common illnesses
Integrated complementary and conventional medicine for the most common illnesses
500 Treatments for 100 Ailments is an invaluable integrated medical resource that provides real choices in an easy-to-use, at-a-glance format.
This unique all-in-one guide puts everything you need to know about traditional and alternative medicine right at your fingertips. Its authors are leading practitioners in five different fields– conventional medicine, homeopathy, traditional Chinese medicine, herbalism, and naturopathy–writing on everything from aches and pains, sexual dysfunction, and the common cold to mind and spirit, anxiety, and general first aid.
Printed in China
Free of medical jargon to help you quickly and easily diagnose your symptoms and identify treatment, the information in this book will allow you to take control of your healthcare and better understand the choices open to you. Alternative health practices have a tradition of providing relief to people for hundreds (and in some cases, for thousands) of years, but doctors often suggest just one course of treatment, and you may not realize just how many options are available. For each of the 100 ailments, this book will let you compare traditional medicine side-by-side with four alternative treatments to help you decide which type of therapy best suits you and your family.
500
Treatments for 100 Ailments Dr. Christine Gustafson, MD Dr. Zhuoling Ren, TCMD Beth MacEoin, MNCHM, RSHom Dr. Geovanni Espinosa, ND, LAc, CNS, RH(AHG) Stephanie Caley, BSc (Hons) MNIMH
Gustafson, Ren, MacEoin, Espinosa, Caley
Chartwell Books an imprint of The Quarto Group 142 West 36th Street, 4th Floor New York, NY 10018
500 Treatments for 100 Ailments
Integrating the best of conventional medicine alternative 500and Treatments for 100 Ailments medicine to keep your family healthy. A breakthrough technique for treating illnesses, this guide puts everything you need to know about traditional and alternative medicine right at your fingertips. This is the only all-in-one guide from leading practitioners in five different fields—conventional medicine, homeopathy, traditional Chinese medicine, herbalism, and naturopathy—on everything from aches and pains, sexual dysfunction, and the common cold to mind and spirit, anxiety, and general first aid. Free of medical jargon to help you quickly and easily diagnose your symptoms and identify treatment. Multiple treatment options allow you to be a vigilant patient and take charge of your and your family’s health.
CONVENTIONAL ME
had a private integra
Integrated complementary and conventional medicine for the most common illnesses
Georgia that combin
therapies. She was bo
graduated from the P
University of Arizona.
August of 2012. She w
Medical Association a
Integrative Medicine.
TRADITIONAL CHINE
is a doctor of TCM wit
a fellow of AAIM. Dr. R
American Foundation
president and founde
Chinese Medicine, wit
Minnesota. Before est
doctor-in-charge and
Xiyuan Hospital in Be HOMEOPATHY Beth
the Northern College
up her own practice a
the Society of Homeo Beth has also taught
medical students in N
NATUROPATHY Dr. G
RH(AHG), is a renow
an authority in integr
Clinical Assistant Prof
Medical Center (NYU
author of the popular
Survive and co-autho in urology and men’s
of XY Wellness, LLC, a DrGeo.com.
HERBALISM Stephan
London-based medic
of Westminster, after
ISBN-13: 978-0-7858-3564-6 EAN
Stephanie is a memb
Herbalists, and runs a
Apothecary. She is of
medicine for magazin
MFTHA 500Treatmts100Ailmts_BooksalesJKT_23mmspine_v2.indd 1
CONSULTANT EDITOR Dr. Victor Sierpina
SPECIFICATIONS
6¾ × 9in
• 230 × 170mm • 512pp CODE M FTHA
138
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Traditional Chinese Medicine 200 Treatments for 200 Ailments Traditional Chinese medicine has been providing relief to people for thousands of years, combining herbal remedies with acupuncture and acupressure to treat and prevent health problems. This essential home reference offers information on symptons, diagnosis, and treatment goals for the two hundred most common conditions, then provides expert advice in an easy-to-read format, along with key tips for prevention.
AUTHOR Dr Zhuoling Ren 186
SPECIFICATIONS 7 × 81⁄2in
• 216 × 174mm • 224pp
CODE M PTCM
MIND AND SPIRIT
MIND AND SPIRIT
Depression I
t is normal to get a bout of the blues occasionally, but if these feelings start to interfere with your daily life and do not seem to subside, it could be a sign of clinical depression. Depression is a common problem. At least one in every six people will admit to feeling depressed at some point in their life, and one in 20 become clinically depressed. There is no one single cause of depression. In many cases, depression is first triggered by a traumatic event, such as the death of a loved one. It can also be caused by various health problems. Occasionally people become depressed in response to certain foods or poor nutrition, a lack of physical fitness, or an illness.
Symptoms
• Restlessness and agitation • Sleeping problems, including waking up early and feeling tired
• Excessive smoking and drinking alcohol • Poor appetite and weight loss • Memory loss • Feeling irritable or impatient, and getting no pleasure out of life
• Loss of libido • Low self-esteem • Preoccupation with negative thoughts, • •
and feelings of emptiness and despair Cutting yourself off from others emotionally Thinking about suicide
Treatment goal Establish the cause and severity of the depression. Identify and avoid triggers to relieve symptoms.
Mild cases may benefit from simple lifestyle changes such as eating a balanced diet. Severe cases will require long-term psychological treatment.
Treatment St. John’s wort Can be used to treat depression associated with a sense of loss of connection with others, loss of self-worth, or depression due to chronic pain resulting in insomnia. Its active constituents are thought to inhibit neurotransmitters in the brain, known as serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine. Small amounts of melatonin, the hormone responsible for sleep induction, have been found within the herb. St. John’s wort is generally tolerated well; however it can cause side effects for those with bipolar disorder. The herb increases the liver’s metabolism of many drugs. Do not take this herb with anti-coagulant medications. Rhodiola Good for treating mild depression, especially when combined with increased levels of daily stress and physical exhaustion. Rhodiola can help improve physical performance, decrease fatigue and depression, and improve sleep. This herb contains high amounts of antioxidant flavonoids, proanthocyanidins, catechins, and rosavin, and increases neurotransmitters in the brain known to elevate moods. Take a 100 mg dose a day standardized to 2% rosavin, and increase to 300 mg daily if needed. Higher doses (above 200 mg) may cause irritability and insomnia.
!
187
Fatigue T
here are many reasons for feeling tired aside from lack of sleep. Triggers include a problem with blood sugar levels and adrenal exhaustion due to overdosing on stimulants such as caffeine, alcohol, and chocolate. Maintaining an even blood sugar level is crucial to keeping consistent energy levels. Stimulants cause blood sugar levels to yo-yo and prompt your adrenal glands to produce bursts of adrenalin. This ultimately leads to exhaustion as your body tries to cope with the demands being made of it. Often a first sign of nutritional deficiency, regular feelings of fatigue can occasionally be a sign of a more serious condition.
Symptoms
• Feeling tired • Difficulty concentrating • Increased appetite Treatment goal Identify the cause and rule out any potentially serious conditions. To balance nutritional levels in the body, develop stress-reduction techniques, and restore quality of life.
Depression is a serious condition that should be monitored by a health professional. Herbal medicines should only be used in conjunction with treatments, such as counseling, that attempt to identify and treat any possible causes of the depression. Many of these herbs should not be taken in high doses by those taking conventional medication for depression.
Treatment Adaptogens, or tonics, are one group of herbal medicines commonly used to address fatigue. Adaptogens as a whole tend to improve energy, restore vitality, and allow greater resistance to stress by “tonifying” the adrenals, and immune and nervous systems. Siberian ginseng This is a bitter, warming herb used to improve symptoms of chronic fatigue, weakness, and debility. Current studies show that ginseng improves mental performance, increases physical work capacity, strengthens immune response, and improves stress adaptation. Begin dosing between 1–3 g per day of a capsule (standardized to 0.7 mg of eleutheroside E) or 2–6 ml of tincture per day. It is recommended that Siberian ginseng is taken for 6–12 weeks continuously, followed by a two to eight week break. Ashwaganda In Indian medicine, ashwaganda is used traditionally to restore vitality and as a mild aphrodisiac. Studies show ashwaganda has anti-inflammatory, adaptogenic, and immunemodulating properties, and is mildly sedating. Drink a decoction made by boiling 1 tbsp of dried root per cup of water or take 2 ml of tincture three times daily. Adaptogenic vitality formula Combine equal parts of astragalus, ginseng, devil’s club, licorice, and gotu kola to create a herbal formula that restores energy and supports immune function. Drink a decoction made from 1 tbsp of the combined dried herbs.
! Ashwaganda
Fatigue is commonly due to stress. However, it is best to seek advice from a doctor before self-treating to rule out any underlying causes. Consult a doctor if you experience serious, prolonged fatigue.
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
139
Practical Homeopathy 200 Treatments for 200 Ailments
Written with the newcomer to homeopathy in mind, this essential reference invites the reader to explore how simple homeopathic support can be used to effectively treat a range of ailments. At the heart of homeopathy lies the principle of “the law of similars.” Homeopathy involves administering a highly dilute amount of a substance to stimulate the body to heal. Practical Homeopathy is the complete guide to homeopathic remedies for the two-hundred most common ailments, from hay fever and back pain to anxiety.
CONSULTANT EDITOR Beth MacEoin
SPECIFICATIONS 7 × 81⁄2in • 216 × 174mm • 244pp
CODE M PHMP
140
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
New for
2019
Crystals: The Modern Essential Guide Energize • Balance • Heal Discover how to use the incredible power of crystals to develop a deeper understanding of your abilities, your relationships, and your future. Features 45 of the most powerful crystals in existence, with information about their mythology, history, spiritual and healing properties, and divinatory interpretations.
AUTHOR Sue Lilly CODE 307175
Herbs: The Modern Essential Guide Heal • Protect • Restore This informative directory includes a selection of herbs that can be used to treat a wide range of common ailments in a gentle but effective way. From herbs that relieve throat and ear infections to calming drinks and inhalations, find out how herbs can fight illness and enhance your general well-being. AUTHOR Jade Britton CODE 307161
SPECIFICATIONS 914⁄ × 7in
• 234 × 178mm • 224pp
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Yoga: The Modern Essential Guide Relaxtion • Balance • Meditate In our fast-paced stressful world, yoga offers an accessible and enjoyable means of escape to personal serenity, balance, and contentment. This book includes standing postures, sitting postures, supine postures, as well as advanced postures and relaxation techniques. A variety of daily routines are provided with complete instructions. AUTHOR Sally Parkes CODE 308985
Reiki: The Modern Essential Guide Harmonize • Heal • Revitalize Use Reiki to energize your everyday life, raise your selfawareness, and improve your relationships. Discover how learning to channel your thoughts can help you take control of your life. Understand first- and second-degree Reiki, including initiations, foundation treatments, and sending energy and healing at a distance. AUTHOR Janet Green CODE 307163
SPECIFICATIONS
9 ⁄ × 7in 1 4
• 234 × 178mm • 224pp
141
142
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Essentials Oil Rituals New for
Daily Practises for Happiness, Self-love, and to Promote Change
2019
Essential Oil Rituals
ood of
rganic
simple
oils, we
our lives with
und us.
tial oils
ls such
n, and can be a wide
t-have
cilitate
ergy of
pening
Essential Oil Rituals
us on
al, and
Daily Practices for Happiness, Self-love, and to Promote Change
.
TINA DE BROUX
mm)
TINA DE BROUX
AUTHOR Tina De Broux
SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp
CODE 323924
Essential oils are the life blood of plants. They are a force of organic chemicals that interact with us on a physiological, psychological, and spiritual level. By practicing simple rituals that utilize essential oils, we can facilitate change within our lives and deepen our connection with ourselves and the world around us. This book explains what essential oils are and looks at simple rituals such as self-massage, meditation, and yoga and how these practices can be enhanced through the use of a wide range of essential oils. Essential Oil Rituals is a must-have guide for anyone eager to facilitate change by harnessing the energy oessential oils and magically opening new doors in their life.
Seasonal Blends
Lavender & Pink Grapefruit Renewal Bath This spring renewal bath helps us to let go of feelings or behavior that have been holding us back. Lavender has been used traditionally for renewal, purification, and rejuvenation. It promotes calmness, relieves tension, and helps positive energy to flow, releasing negative feelings that may create blocks. Pink grapefruit is known for its cleansing and toning properties. It lifts us up and brightens the spirit. Geranium is often associated with new beginnings and helps to release apprehension and negativity. The Epsom salts will help to detoxify, pulling unwanted elements from the body. This bath salt blend and ritual is perfect to utilize throughout the spring because in order to move forward with new ideas and goals, we must first let go of what is no longer serving us.
INGREDIENTS
Q Unscented liquid castile soap Q Lavender essential oil Q Pink grapefruit essential oil Q Geranium essential oil Q Epsom salts
METHOD Add 1 tablespoon of unscented liquid castile soap to a small bowl. Add 4 drops of Lavender, 2 drops of Pink Grapefruit, and 2 drops of Geranium. Mix the oils into the soap with a small spoon and as you are stirring gradually pour 1 tablespoon of Epsom salts into the mixture.
EQUIPMENT
Q Small mixing bowl Q Small mixing spoon
RITUAL
1/ Draw a warm bath. As the bath is filling think of what in your life is no longer serving you, that you wish to say goodbye to for the coming year. This can be anything: an emotion, a physical item, a behavior.
10
Essentail Oil Rituals
Essentail Oil Rituals
Bergamot & Jasmine Spring Equinox Inhaler The first day of spring is the perfect time to hold a ritual to nurture new ideas and establish goals for the coming year. This ritual utilizes a blend of essential oils that work in synergy with one another to help you determine the path you would like to take. Bergamot is a powerful mood enhancer that helps to promote inner confidence and creativity. It's a balancing oil that can assist you to achieve stability when navigating new circumstances. Jasmine helps to harness positive energy and can improve the clarity of your vision. Eucalyptus inspires and invigorates, rejuvenating the spirit and allowing you to take those first steps in a course of action. Use this inhaler after the ritual and refresh with more drops of essential oils when needed.
INGREDIENTS
Q Bergamot essential oil Q Jasmine sambac essential oil Q Eucalptus essential oil
EQUIPMENT
Q Cotton cloth Q Glass bottle with cap, no larger than 1 oz (30 ml)
2/ Dip the bowl with the mixture into the water and slowly swirl it around the length of the tub to ensure it is well incorporated into the water. As you step into the tub release all thoughts from your mind. Lay back with your eyes closed and deeply inhale the aroma. Let a sense of ease wash over you as you let go.
METHOD Cut a piece of cloth into a 1 inch (25.4 mm) square. Fold it up lengthwise and put it inside a small glass bottle. Drop the essential oils on to the cloth in the bottle: 15 drops of Bergamot, 1 drop of Jasmine sambac, and 1 drop of Eucalyptus. Make sure that you tightly cap your inhaler bottle when it's not in use.
RITUAL
1/ Early in the morning on the spring equinox, find an outdoor space where you feel safe, comfortable, and inspired. Bring a journal, your inhaler blend, and a small blanket to sit on. Feel free to decorate the area around you using flowers and/or stones that hold a significance for you.
2/ Clear your mind and take in the sights, sounds, and smells of the nature around you. Close your eyes, uncap your inhaler, and bring it to your nose. Breathe in deeply, feeling the essential oils fill your lungs and your spirit. Stay here for a few minutes, meditating and smelling your inhaler as often as you would like.
13
144
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Sacred Crystals SACREDCRYSTALS
er. agic e of.
one heir place tals, ir
ngside ctical the
SACREDCRYSTALS
HAZEL RAVEN
BN 978-0-85762-158-0
Your Guide to 50 Crystals and Harnessing Their Power for Healing and Well-being Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of.
Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness Their Power For Healing And Well-being
HAZEL RAVEN
AUTHOR Hazel Raven
SPINE 17 MM
1st Proof
Title:
Job No:
CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 PJ0916-20/SHAN
INDIGO US
23/9/16 3:10 PM
CODE CSTL
Sacred Herbs SACREDHERBS
n
OPAL STREISAND
BN 978-0-85762-159-7
Your Guide to 40 Medicinal Herbs and How to Use Them for Healing and Well-being
SACREDHERBS
Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being
Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them to enhance your health and well-being.
OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS
Spine 17mm
AUTHOR Opal Streisand 1st Proof
Title:
Job No:
SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~
9/23/16 2:07 PM
CODE SCDH
Sacred Essential Oils
CREDSPICES
SACRED ESSENTIALOILS
Guide to 30 Common Spices and how Use them for Healing and Well-being OPAL STREISAND
21/06/2018 16:10
CREDHERBS
de To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How Them For Healing And Well-being
Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and How to Use Them for Healing and Well-being
OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS
SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~
9/23/16 2:07 PM
h language sales enquiries
lbury bury@quarto.com
Sacred Essential Oils is a comprehensive guide to the world of natural scents, what scents mean to us, and how they can affect our mood and sense of well-being.
Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being
QUARTO PUBLISHING
CODE 323819
21/06/2018 16:51
SPECIFICATIONS
5¾ × 714⁄ in
• 195 × 145mm • 128pp
145
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Your Guide to 50 Flower Essence Remedies and How to Use Them
SACREDFLOWERS
Sacred Flowers Discover how to enhance your emotional health and well-being with these natural remedies, drawn from the essence of wildflower blooms. • This book contains profiles of 50 sacred flower essences and their specific benefits, including the 38 Bach Flower Remedies. Discover how Elm can help you deal with feeling overwhelmed, and White Chestnut can soothe intense anxiety. • This beautiful and practical book will show you how to achieve inner harmony by unlocking the mystical secrets of flowers. • Opal Streisand is a researcher and writer specializing in holistic medicine. She is the author of Sacred Herbs.
OPAL STREISAND
Discover how to enhance your emotional health and wellbeing with these natural remedies, drawn from the essence of wildflower blooms.
SACREDFLOWERS
Your Guide To 50 Flower Essence Remedies And How To Use Them
Format: 5¾ x 7¼ in. (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Spring 2018 RRP: $14.95 / £10
OPAL STREISAND
AUTHOR Opal Streisand CODE BACH
Sacred Spices
SACREDESSENTIALOILS
Also new in the series: Sacred Essential Oils (Spring 2019)
Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. • Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers. •
HAZEL RAVEN
ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0
Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being
Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them m to enhance your health and well-being.
SACREDCRYSTALS •
This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. • With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl show you how to enrich your life by unlocking sho the mystical secrets of herbs.
Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being
SACREDHERBS
Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS
HAZEL RAVEN
CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1
SPINE 17 MM
Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice’s health benefits and uses.
SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN
INDIGO US
SACREDSPICES
E. JOY BOWLES
OPAL STREISAND
With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.
SACRED ESSENTIALOILS
SACREDHERBS
SACREDCRYSTALS
Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and How to Use Them for Healing and Well-being
Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice's health benefits and uses.
1st Proof
Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM
Title:
Job No:
SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~
9/23/16 2:07 PM
Specification
English language sales enquiries
Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Illustrations: Over 100 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323822
Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com
Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being OPAL STREISAND
QUARTO PUBLISHING
sacred spices blad.indd 22-23
21/06/2018 16:10
AUTHOR Opal Streisand CODE 323822
Sacred Symbols Use these gifts wisely.
Format: 5¾ x 7¼ in. (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Spring 2018 RRP: $12.95 / £10.00
• For many cultures, certain symbols hold an unseen magical power. • This book explores those signs and symbols and gives practical advice on how to harness their latent power. • With a concise description of each symbol’s meaning, specially commissioned illustrations, and practical ways to bring symbol power into your own life.
OPAL STREISAND
For many cultures, certain symbols hold an unseen magical power. This book explores those signs and symbols and gives practical advice on how to harness their latent power.
These symbols are beautifully presented. These are your keys to other worlds. They offer power switches to the great life or energy force.
SACREDSYMBOLS
Understand the Power of the World’s Most Hallowed Symbols
SACREDSYMBOLS
Understand the Power of the World’s Most Hallowed Symbols OPAL STREISAND
AUTHOR Opal Streisand SPECIFICATIONS
5¾ × 714⁄ in
• 195 × 145mm • 128pp
CODE 303230
146
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
New for
2019
The Power of Breathwork Simple Practices to Promote Wellbeing
R K WELLBEING
or anyone looking ir daily routines.
different healing
cises that can be
ion, creativity, joy, , trauma, tension,
h, plants, and words
fers sliding-scale
er of The Breathe litates writing and veterans hospitals,
universities, as well Network.
T H E
P OW E R
O F
B R E AT H WO R K SIMPLE
PRAC TICES
TO
PROMOTE
WELLBEING
JENNIFER
PAT TERSON
25/09/2018 11:41
The Power of Breathwork is a comprehensive guide for anyone looking to introduce meditative breathing practices into their daily routines. Drawing on a multitude of breathing practices from different healing and spiritual traditions, it includes forty simple exercises that can be practiced alone or with a partner to enhance connection, creativity, joy, inner wisdom, or to reduce depression, anxiety, panic, trauma, tension, physical pain, and more.
AUTHOR Jennifer Patterson CODE 325432
The Power of Stretching Simple Practices to Promote Wellbeing
AUTHOR Bob Doto CODE 326074
SPECIFICATIONS 62⁄7 × 814⁄ in
• 210 × 160mm • 128pp
How and what to stretch is one of the most frequent questions bodyworkers are asked by clients as more and more people look to reclaim some of their power with regards to their own healthcare and wellbeing. Stretching is accessible to anyone, is quick and easy, can be done in most environments, and has proven to relieve pain, increase rates of recovery, as well as help manage stress and anxiety. This book contains beautiful illustrations, the expertise of teacher and practitioner Bob Doto, and an easy-to-access organization, allowing readers to quickly understand this powerful tool.
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
147
Book of Spirit Animals Reconnect with the Magic of the Natural World
New for
2019
Are you a snow leopard, a raven, a great white shark, or a combination of these? First, identify your spirit animal then use that connection to strengthen your relationship with yourself, and with the natural world. Sixty animals are featured in this beautifully illustrated, self-development guide. Each animal speaks to an aspect of self and delivers messages to awaken our instinct and innate wisdom.
Book of
SPIRIT ANIMALS Reconnect with the magic of the natural world
Vanessa Chakour
Suggested Practices Meditation: Meditate with
your senses adapt, what stands out for you, and how the new setting
a designated period of time and
may shift your perspective.
breathe into your solar plexus to tap into your inner fire. Afterward, write about or draw what you feel. Do you need to ignite or focus your inner flame?
AUTHOR
Channel the fox and notice how
your eyes open and stare in one place like a fox on the hunt. Set
Vanessa Chakour
Species Status: Though the red fox population is stable, they are still subject to cruelty of fur farms and hunting for sport. Refer to the back of the book for centers that rescue
Movement: If you need to ignite
foxes. If this is your animal ally, get
or focus a scattered inner flame,
involved in their protection.
SPECIFICATIONS
explore a martial art. If you need to calm your inner fire, try a yoga class or something soothing. Creative Exploration: Read
6 × 8 ⁄ in 1 4
folklore such as the Foxwife and journal about what comes up for you. Write a story about about
Other Activities
yourself as the fox or a new fairy
Learn more about the fox and the
tale about your life.
way foxes communicate with each
Nature Connection: Go for a walk in a new natural
to mimic them.
and deck with 30 cards
environment or simply walk down a different path.
Humpback Whale
CODE 325430
Megaptera novaeangliae
Depth ‧ Mystery ‧ Soul Song Red Fox |
Humpback whales have been traveling and singing through the world’s oceans for millions of years. This ancient mammal is a symbol of incredible transformation; believed to have evolved from terrestrial hoofed mammals some 45 million years ago. A species of baleen whale, humpbacks travel slowly and steadily to cover 16,000 miles in an average season. Their haunting calls, sung by “If this gentle giant comes male humpbacks, can go on for hours and carry into your life, slow down and for miles beneath the sea. Unlike humans who listen. You may be asked to breathe involuntarily, these intelligent beings dive deep within.” must be conscious of their breath. To go to sleep and still breathe, they shut off just half their brain at a time, aligning them with conscious awareness and lucid dreaming. If this gentle giant comes into your life, slow down and listen. You may be asked to dive deep within. Since water relates to the emotional realm, to dreams and to the unconscious, perhaps there’s something that is ready to emerge from the depths of your inner world. This whale reminds you to be conscious of your breath as you travel inward. These patient beings take their time but travel far. Is there a journey of the soul you’re ready to begin?
35
| Humpback Whale
• 208 × 150mm • 128pp
Also available as a book
other. Listen to their calls and try
40
148
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
The Modern Palm Reader Reading Digits, Prints, and Patterns to Reveal Personality New for
2019
GEADING
ke
This beautifully presented, authoritative guide will turn the curious, the confused, and even the skeptic into a skilled palmist with insight into the soul of others in a very short time indeed. This book will give the reader a set of reading techniques that work, that are PALM testedSHAPES: (often THE by scientific research), and are easy SNAKE PALM SHAPES: THE SNAKE to learn.
READING DIGITS, PRINTS, AND PATTERNS TO REVEAL PERSONALITY
johnny fincham
withdigits. long digits. long AUTHOR e and the fingers the fingers Johnny Fincham xible.
SPECIFICATIONS 714⁄ × 5¾in
NEGATIVENEGATIVE ASPECTS ASPECTS
• 195 × 145mm • 128pp
THE PRINCIPLES OF PALM READING
CODEdepression, 325427 Self-absorption,
bsorption, depression, moodiness, and passivity diness, and passivity
er is sensitive to anything itive to anything that it that it es into with contact andtois able to ontact andwith is able nge form to moveobstacles. around obstacles. to move around theformless pliable, formless egives pliable, quality quality snake type embodies—able ethe type embodies—able ke whatever shape a situation ever shape a situation ands. Snake are associated ake types aretypes associated the dramatic andThey dance. They matic arts and arts dance. tnce experience world logically the worldthe logically rather way intuitively. el theirfeel waytheir intuitively. ysitive are sensitive to theofrealms of to the realms unconscious and the imagination; ous and the imagination; path which is spiritual, ch is spiritual, artistic, artistic, or nurturing, rather than ressive, nurturing, rather than
THE PALM QUADRANTS
the palm quadrants
TOWER
WORLD
PRIMAL
SEA
The Quadrants are sections of the palm directly related to parts of the brain. Understanding the quadrant map will make the hand’s markings much easier to interpret. the bottom corner opposite the thumb); the World quadrant, concerning other people, and the public stage (found under the pinky digit), and the Tower quadrant, which is about personal power and sense of self (under the first finger). When you take a print of a palm, get into the habit of immediately drawing the quadrants on it, until you are completely familiar with the quadrants and can judge precisely where they are. Some people have enlarged quadrants and this gives certain natural tendencies which we shall investigate as we go through them individually.
The palm is split into four zones or quadrants. Markings or lines only relate to the quadrant they’re found on. To work out the quadrants, use a ruler and draw a line vertically downward from the middle of the middle finger to the slight hollow found at the middle base of the palm (the cusp). Then bisect this line with one drawn across the palm from the midpoint between the thumb joining point and the base of the index finger. This will give you four (slightly unequal) sections. The quadrants are: the Primal quadrant, relating to the home, body and family (in the area nearest the thumb); the Ocean quadrant, relating to the sea of the subconscious (found in PRIMAL
SEA
WORLD
TOWER
Children, physicality, sense of belonging, home, joi de vivre
Subconcious, dreams, spirituality, intuition, collective memory
Performance, kudos, communication, other people, the crowd
Ambition, ownership, personal power, pride, ideals
28
29
149
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
The Secrets of Knot Spells Cast Powerful Spells using Witch’s Ladders and Magical Knots
New for
2019
With a length of string, ribbon, cord, or anything that can be knotted, you can quickly make magic work for you, whether to enchant new love into your life, change your fortune, or manifest your dreams. This unique collection includes all-powerful witch’s ladders, where additional talismans are woven in with the knots to reinforce the desired outcome, and “unknotting” charms, which banish all forms of negativity. PLUS A “magical knot directory” provides the tools for making effective magic happen. AUTHOR Sarah Bartlett
714⁄ × 5¾in
•
SPECIFICATIONS 195 × 145mm
• 128pp
CODE 325428 chapter five • prosperity and abundance Spells
Abundant Lifestyle Charm Abundance isn’t just about money. In whatever way you want to enrich your life, this charm will attract it to you.
t
hroughout the far east and in ancient civilizations, rice was thought to be both sacred to the gods and beneficial to our prosperity. To enhance your petition to the universe use nine knots and nine grains of sacred white rice. Think carefully what you want “more of” before you start knotting! If you want more money, exactly how much do you want? If you want more free time, or abundant inspiration, then say exactly how much you want of whatever commodity it is. It’s no good asking the universe for “more money” because “more” could be five cents or five hundred thousand dollars. It’s all relative. So decide exactly what you want before you start the spell.
72
WHAT YOU WILL NEED Piece of paper and pen Yellow candle (for abundance) 9 grains of white rice 2ft (60cm) length of white cord
Square Knot
Four-strand braid knot
A simple knot, also known as a reef knot, commonly used in nautical activities. In traditional magic, this knot symbolises the perfect harmony of joining two as one, and is used in spells associated with good relationships.
This is a traditional braid knot pattern. Once you master one braid pattern, it’s very easy to master other braids.
spell casting
Light the candle, and write down what you want and how much you want on the piece of paper. Place the nine grains of rice in a circle around your written testament. Take up your cord and make nine simple knots, as you do so say, “With rice and cord I seal and secure For more of what’s been written here.” Place the knotted cord in a circle around the rice circle, gaze into the candle flame for a few moments focusing on your desired goal, then blow out the candle and leave the knot, rice, and paper in a safe place until the full moon, so your wish can be fulfilled.
chapter eight • knot directory
chapter eight • knot directory
WHEN TO CAST SPELL
between crescent and full moon (waxing phase).
With rice and cord I seal and secure For more of what's been written here
73
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Arrange the cords so that the two working cords are on the outside and the holding cords are in the center. Take the left-hand working cord over the two holding cords and underneath the right-hand cord.
Take the righthand cord under the two holding cords and up through the loop created to the left-hand side.
Take the righthand cord over the two holding cords and under the lefthand cord.
Take the left-hand cord under the two holding cords and up through the loop on the righthand side. Pull the tails of the cords to tighten the knot. This completes one square knot.
Line up your length. You can use scotch tape to hold them down. Start by taking the cord two under cord three and over cord four.
Then take cord one over the new cord two.
Take the two center cords and pass the left-hand cord over the right-hand cord.
Now repeat this pattern: • Outer left cord over second cord and into the middle • Outer right cord under third cord and over the new second cord.
118
119
150
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
The Apprentice Witch’s Spell Book
Ward off harm and bring good luck and good health with the help of a little benevolent magic from this collection of more than 40 charms and magic spells to increase your physical, mental, and spiritual wellbeing. Embrace elemental magic, the power of the planets, the magic of time, kitchen witching, and dream weaving to attract magic forces and make your wishes come true. Contains three super potent “Emergency Use Only” spells printed on sealed pages. AUTHOR Marian Green
SPECIFICATIONS 5¾ × 714⁄ in
• 195 × 145mm • 144pp
CODE 304831 D
Introduction
d
D
For a spell to work, the spellcaster must be able to connect to the magical world. This connection can only be made when inner stillness is achieved. D vd
WALKING the H IDDEN PATHS w iTches and spellcasTers accepT The exisTence of “ oTherworlds ,” and know ThaT These are The places where magic dwells . w iTh The help of simple menTal exercises , you can open up your mind and increase your sensiTiviTy To These places . s uch exercises require focus , paTience , and pracTice , buT They are necessary for mosT people who wish To connecT To The magical world .
h ere
Wa l k i n g t h e H i d d e n P a t h s
METHOD Make sure that you won’t be disturbed for about thirty minutes. Light an incense stick and a candle, and sit upright in a chair, with your feet flat on the floor. Imagine the scent and light of the incense stick and candle enfolding you in silence and protection, forming an invisible sacred circle around you. Close your eyes and breathe slowly and deeply; concentrate on relaxing as you breathe out, and focus on the rhythm of your breathing as you breathe in.
D vd Imagine yourself in your favorite outdoor location, until you feel you are really there. Feel the air, smell the scents, touch the ground, and hear whatever sounds are most pleasurable to you in that place. A sense of calm will soon envelop you, and a new magical world will come to open up before you. Open your eyes and jot down your impressions and feelings; these notes will help you achieve this sense of calm more quickly the next time you do this exercise.
is a simple
exercise To puT you in a magical sTaTe of mind .
D
22
d
D
23
d
d
d
You will need An incense stick (any scent will do)
v A candle
v Paper and a pen
D
151
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Love Spells for the Apprentice Witch A Collection of Spells to Attract Love, Keep It, and Make It Grow
New for
2019
Everyone is looking for love—Love Spells for the Apprentice Witch offers the modern reader a little help to find it. From the earliest times people have used magic in the quest. After all, when we meet the right person we know instinctively that magic is at work. The book contains spells for singletons who are looking to attract Mr, Ms, or Mx Right into their lives, as well as for established couples who want to bring a little extra enchantment into their relationship. There are spells to stop a lover pining over a former relationship, spells to revive love in an old flame, and spells to let go of an old love when it is time to move on. There are also mini instant spells—known as Instaspells—that can be applied with the minimum of fuss when some fast magic is required!
AUTHOR Opal Streisand
55⁄7 × 72⁄3in
•
SPECIFICATIONS 195 × 145mm
• 128pp
CODE 325429 SPELLS & CHARMS
METHOD
Magic Clay Figure
5 Add buttons for the eyes and
Sunday, the day of the week
nose.
traditionally associated with
6 Carve an appealing smile.
creativity.
similar spell to
7 Once you are satisfied by how
2 Knead the clay until it is pliable
Epona Love Spell
the figure looks, tie the ribbon
and soft. Imbue it with warm
see page 46
around its neck.
and sensual thoughts.
u will need yo
Everybody is looking for their perfect lover. Now you have the chance to design your own. Using modeling clay you can make a rough figurine, though this is only a template for the ideal individual that exists in your imagination. The use of a statuette fashioned in clay or chipped from stone to represent a longed-for love has been practiced since antiquity. Timehonored practices always have a place when it comes to love.
1 Gather ingredients on a
ab
modeling clay
new and fresh.
teaspoon of (or any aromatic herb) • three buttons
expect to find in your perfect
on the clay and knead it in to make the final figure smell
dried lavender
to it about all the qualities you
lavender or any aromatic herb
large lump of •
8 When the figure is dry, whisper
3 Sprinkle a teaspoonful of dried
love. Keep the figure in a safe place where no one else has access to it and your perfect
4 Shape your clay into a figure.
love will soon appear in your
You do not need to be a skilled
life. After they have appeared
artist. The important thing is
you will have no further use
that the figure is all your own
for the clay figurine.
handiwork.
• length of red ribbon
Insta-spell think of me
when
To make your intended think of you, either find a photograph of them or write their name on a piece of paper twelve times. Stick it face down on a
gather the ingredients on a Sunday
MON
TUE
WED
THU
22
FRI
SAT
small mirror. Then write on the back of the photograph:
SUN
“With these magic words I plea, each time you see your reflection you will think of me.” 23
152
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
New for
2019
AUTHOR Opal Streisand
• CODE 323597
Mindfulness 50 Instant Exercises to Promote Balance and Focus Every Day Research has proven that practicing mindfulness reduces stress and anxiety, and promotes positive mental wellbeing. Discover a more harmonious way of life and realize your full potential with 50 easy-to-follow exercises and visualizations to help promote balance and focus. Includes a range of CBT, EBT, and MBSR techniques to help you identify those areas of your life that are out of sync and help eliminate distractions.
Calm 50 Mindfulness and Relaxation Exercises to De-stress and Unwind
AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger
•
CODE EPEAC
SPECIFICATIONS 61⁄2 × 51⁄2in
• 165 × 135mm • 160pp
Escape the stress and strain of everyday living with these 50 easy exercises. Dr. Arlene K. Unger provides quick and effective mindfulness and relaxation exercises to allow you to slow down and find serenity—wherever you are. The perfect size to keep in your bag or pocket, this guide is designed to be a tool that you can keep close by. So, open it up to find some inner calm whenever you need a moment of peace.
153
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Confident 50 Mindfulness and Relaxation Exercises to Boost Your Self-esteem Escape doubt and self-criticism with 50 easy exercises. Clinical psychologist and wellness coach Dr. Arlene K. Unger, gives quick and effective mindful and relaxing exercises to help replace negative thinking with positive affirmations, uncovering the clarity and confidence within.
AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger
•
CODE CONM
Sleep 50 Mindfulness and Relaxation Exercises for a Restful Night Escape the cycle of sleepless nights with 50 easy exercises. Clinical psychologist and wellness coach Dr. Arlene K. Unger, gives quick and effective mindfulness and relaxation exercises to help you get a restful night’s sleep. You will wake up feeling refreshed and ready for whatever the day holds. So, open it up whenever you need a helping hand to drift off to sleep.
AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger
•
CODE PEA2
Happy 50 Mindfulness Exercises to Boost Your Mood Every Day Escape negative thoughts and feelings with 50 easy exercises. Clinical psychologist and wellness coach Dr. Arlene K. Unger, gives quick and effective mindful and relaxing exercises to encourage positivity and “train” your mind toward a more joyful outlook on life. The perfect size to keep in your bag or pocket, this guide is designed to be a tool that you keep close by. So, open it up to find happiness on-the-go.
AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger
•
CODE HAPM
154
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Cultural Philosophy Series
It Takes a Village to Raise a Child New for
2019
Little Ways to Lift Each Other Up An old African proverb had it that “It takes a village to raise a child.” And it takes a village to raise a village, mutually supporting each other within the community in which we live. This little inspirational book is filled with practical ideas and philosophical sayings that show ways that we can share responsibly for each other and open ourselves up to nurture by our larger, neighborhood tribe.
The Great Law of the Iroquois Little Ways to Steward Our Planet
AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie
SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 61⁄2in
• 165 × 140mm • 160pp
IT TAKES A VILLAGE CODE 325434 IROQUOIS CODE 325437
The seventh generation principle is attributed to an old iroquois philosophy that the decisions that we make today should result in a sustainable world seven generations into the future. This little inspirational book reminds us that everything we do has consequences for something and someone else. It is filled with practical wisdom and philosophical sayings that show ways we can all help to look out for future generations.
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Friluftsliv Reconnect with Nature Whereas the popular Danish philosophy of hygge espouses the joys of turning your home into a cosy sanctuary, the Norwegian concept of friluftsliv encourages us to get out into the great outdoors.
155
Scandinavian Philosophy Series New for
2019
Lykke Lead a Happy Life Consistently voted the happiness nation, this book looks at how the Danish keep upbeat.
Sisu Find Your Resilience Often translated as resilience or perseverance, the Finnish concept of sisu is about never giving up, even when a task is seemingly impossible. AUTHOR Justyn Barnes
SPECIFICATIONS
61⁄2 × 51⁄2in
• 165 × 140mm • 160pp FRILUFTSLIV CODE 308337
LYKKE CODE 328414 SISU CODE 308608
156
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Japanese Philosophy Series
New for
2019
Ikigai Discover Your Reason for Being Be mindful of small pleasures each day to build a more enjoyable and fulfilling life. AUTHOR Justyn Barnes
• IKIGAI CODE 306732
Shinrin-Yoku The Healing Art of Forest Bathing Find practical ways to connect deeply with nature. AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie
• SHINRIN-YOKU CODE 304779
Wabi Sabi Finding Beauty in Imperfection Embrace the ancient Japanese philosophy of Wabi Sabi and appreciate the imperfect, impermanent, and incomplete. AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie SPECIFICATIONS 5½ × 6½
• 165 × 140mm • 160pp
• WABI SABI CODE 304778
FINDING YO U R I K I G A I Discover the practical ways in which you can balance passion, mission, vocation, and profession in order to foster and maintain ikigai in your life.
306732_INT_128-160_Ikigai_UKUS.indd 128-129
29/05/2018 17:12
Hear the snow crunch
See the kids bunch around a snowman searching for
rocks and sticks and winterberries. Take off your hat or
toque and give it to Frosty for a while, just to see if it has the magic you were promised when you bought it from the mysterious pop-up costume store in the mall the
week before Christmas. Let the wind whistle through
your hair only as long as it takes to realize the snowman isn’t coming to life, because if you’re in the snow, it’s likely cold out. The scrunch, squeak, or slosh
of crystalized flakes of frozen water under your feet is a sound unlike any other; by attuning to this
fine frequency you will interface with the place that remains indescribable.
70
Shinrin-Yoku
304779_INT_058-105_ShinrinYoku_UKUS.indd 70-71
29/05/2018 16:35
Harmony
Disharmony runs rampant in society because discord
runs rampant inside of humans. Some say harmonizing inner (and thus outer) disquiet is the secret to
enlightenment. As long as round-the-clock symmetry
eludes us, gently seeking-it-but-not-seeking-it seems to be the most direct way to wabi sabi. Once the kids are grown up, your records are a hit, and you’ve climbed
every mountain, what else is there to do? Unearth the charm buried in imperfection, of course.
304778_INT_040-059_WabiSabi_UKUS.indd 54-55
29/05/2018 16:18
158
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Health & Wellbeing
200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND RECIPES FOR NATURAL BEAUTY
THE A–Z OF ESSENTIAL OILS
Shannon Buck
6½ × 9½in (240 × 165mm)
7½ × 934⁄ in (246 × 190mm)
160pp OILS
144pp HBT
raws together more than 200 treatments joint and muscle pain through to sore
cal approach, followed by remedies from medicine—offering you a chance to explore each ailment.
The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook PAIN RELIEF
people often forget that there are more et of pain relief pills.
Conventional Medicine | Traditional Chinese Medicine | Homeopathy | Herbalism
The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook
PAIN RELIEF Over 200 treatments for 25 common ailments
Dr Christine Gustafson, MD | Dr Zhuoling Ren, TCMD
The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook
KIDS
Babies and young children are susceptible to a range of common ailments due to their immature immune systems. Though the majority of childhood ailments are no cause for serious concern, it can be a frightening experience having a young child who is unwell. Being able to identify your child’s ailment and then select the most appropriate remedy is of crucial importance to ensure both the quick relief of symptoms and a parent’s peace of mind. In this book all the major childhood ailments are covered, from skin ailments to respiratory problems and first-aid complaints such as chickenpox. Rather than taking a one-solution-fits-all approach, this graphic guide is unique in its comparative style. Conventional medical treatments for each ailment are provided, along with an overview of the injury, symptoms, and the treatment goal. Alongside this advice, treatments from the three main branches of alternative medicine—traditional Chinese medicine, homeopathy, and herbalism— are explained.
| Beth MacEoin, MNCHM, RSHom | Dr David Kiefer, MD
The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook KIDS
e Medicine Sourcebook
N RELIEF
Joy Bowles
BEST Conventional Medicine | Traditional Chinese Medicine | Homeopathy | Herbalism
Seller
The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook
KIDS Over 200 treatments for 25 common ailments
Dr Christine Gustafson, MD | Dr Zhuoling Ren, TCMD
| Beth MacEoin, MNCHM, RSHom | Dr David Kiefer, MD
This copy is for marketing purposes and not for resale.
THE ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE SOURCEBOOK: PAIN RELIEF
THE ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE SOURCEBOOK: KIDS
Dr. Christine Gustafson, Dr. Zhuoling Ren, Beth MacEoin & Dr. David Kiefe
Dr. Christine Gustafson, Dr. Zhuoling Ren, Beth MacEoin & Dr. David Kiefer
7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)
7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)
128pp M AMPR
128pp M AMK
HEALTH & WELLBEING
aspects of expedition health, including re departure, emergency response and are and rescue procedures
p-by-step illustrations that provide nce on procedures and techniques for experienced first-aiders
eference section with medical kit lists, a screening questionnaire
c, BM, FRCA, CEng is a consultant in ine and Anesthesia. His adventures e world yacht race, crossings of the deserts, and cross-country skiing in on medical support for ocean yacht advanced trauma life support.
enzie RD*, BA(Cantab), FRCP(Edin) Commander who served in the Royal d in survival with the Royal Marines ely in the desert of the Empty Quarter sula. He is a Cape Horner and hore and Expedition Medical Training.
OUTDOOR MeDical eMeRgency HanDbOOk
ng in Peru, taking your family ne Park or making an assault on the is an essential aid to anyone traveling vironments. The Outdoor Medical k includes:
Briggs Mackenzie
aReD FOR MeDical eS in THe WilDeRneSS
OUTDOOR MeDical
eMeRgency HanDbOOk
DON’T
MISS THIS
2nD eDiTiOn Revised & Updated
First aid for travelers backpackers adventurers DR. SPike bRiggS anD DR. caMPbell Mackenzie
PRINTED IN CHINA
THE BACK BIBLE
FOR ANYONE WITH BACK PROBLEMS, AND EVERYONE WHO WANTS TO AVOID THEM
ON-BOARD MEDICAL EMERGENCY HANDBOOK
Dr. Spike Briggs & Dr. Campbell Mackenzie
Dr. Spike Briggs & Dr. Campbell Mackenzie
The Back Bible is a must-have family reference packed with proven, practical approaches to caring for your back throughout your life. ●
Complete rundown of the problems that can affect your back, neck and shoulders.
Dozens of self-help measures including exercise routines, ways of improving sleeping posture, heat/hydro therapy, and extensive advice on managing back pain, including the latest painkillers.
●
5 × 9in (233 × 132mm)
224pp M OEB
224pp M MEB
●
Conventional medical care, diagnosis, drug treatments, surgery, physical therapy, plus a directory of complementary therapies and specialist treatments.
ISBN 978-1-4081-8151-5
90100
DR. JENNY SUTCLIFFE
5 × 9in (233 × 132mm)
THE BACK BIBLE
OUTDOOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY HANDBOOK: SECOND EDITION
BACK THE
BIBLE FOR ANYONE WITH BACK PROBLEMS, AND EVERYONE WHO WANTS TO AVOID THEM
9 781408 181515
DR. JENNY SUTCLIFFE
THE BACK BIBLE
New EDITION
Dr. Jenny Sutcliffe 7¾ × 7¾in (200 × 200mm) 224pp M BACB
CAPTAIN’S EMERGENCY REFERENCE
SKIPPER’S MEDICAL EMERGENCY HANDBOOK
Tony Meisel 5 × 9in (233 × 132mm)
Dr Spike Briggs and Dr Campbell Mackenzie
224pp M CAE
5 × 9in (233 × 132mm) 224pp M SMEH
159
160
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
Mind, Body & Spirit DON’T
MISS THIS
THE BOOK OF MAGICAL HERBS
SECRETS OF HIGH MAGIC
Margaret Picton
5 × 7in (180 × 125mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
192pp SHM
Francis Melville
192pp HHMF
THE WITCH’S JOURNAL Selene Silverwind
BEST
6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)
Seller
144pp BWM
THE BOOK OF SPELLS
MORE SPELLS
Nicola de Pulford
Marian Green
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp with sealed
128pp with sealed
pages & ribbon tie SPS
pages & ribbon tie BEM
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
BEST
161
DON’T
Seller
MISS THESE
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO CHAKRAS: VINTAGE EDITION
THE BOOK OF SPELLS: VINTAGE EDITION
THE SECRETS OF HIGH MAGIC: VINTAGE EDITION
Nicola de Pulford
Francis Melville
Ambika Wauters
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
144pp BSV
192pp SMV
144pp CGCH
THE BOOK OF MIRACLES
THE BOOK OF RUNES
Malcolm Day
Francis Melville
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp MIRC
128pp LBR
WITCHING HOUR Sarah Bartlett 5¼ × 7in (178 × 133 mm) 160pp 304070
THE BOOK OF ZEN
THE BOOK OF FORTUNES
Eric Chaline
Lilian Verner-Bonds
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp TBZ
128pp TBF
DON’T
MISS THIS
162
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
THE BOOK OF ALCHEMY
THE BOOK OF ANGELS
THE BOOK OF CONSTELLATIONS
Francis Melville
Francis Melville
Robin Kerrod
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp ALCH
128pp TBA
128pp BCON
THE BOOK OF DRAGONS
THE BOOK OF FAERIES
THE BOOK OF GODDESSES
Joseph Nigg
Francis Melville
Roni Jay
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp BDR
128pp WING
128pp GODD
THE BOOK OF VODOU
THE BOOK OF WICCA
THE MAGIC SHIELD
Leah Gordon
Lucy Summers
Francis Melville
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5 × 7in (180 × 125mm)
128pp KEJW
128pp WICC
192pp PSPR
MIND, BODY & SPIRIT
GYPSY FORTUNES
THE WISDOM WELL
THE ART OF ASTROLOGY
Lady Lorelei
Ivarna Kalinkova
Christopher Odle
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
6¼ × 8¼in (208 × 155mm)
96pp + 36 cards RFC
96pp + 36 cards DRK
144pp Code E WMS1
THE ART OF INTERPRETATION
THE ART OF PALMISTRY
THE ART OF NUMEROLOGY
Lona Eversden 6¼ × 8¼in • 208 × 155mm 144pp Code E TAOD
Anna Southgate
Sarah Bartlett
6¼ × 8¼in (208 × 155mm)
6¼ × 8¼in (208 × 155mm)
144pp Code E WMS3
144pp Code E WMS2
163
L I F E ST Y L E
166
LIFESTYLE
The Toxin-free Home
om Brown tips or edges on leaves
Cure Check all the environmental requirements of the plant; make a close inspection for any insect life and act accordingly. Re-pot the plant if necessary, but remember that some plants need to be in a relatively small pot.
Lack of humidity? Scorch?
CauseRecipes Insufficient feed; Useful Tips and Natural forred spider infestation Clean Living Cure While in active growth potted
Mist plant regularly with soft er; do not water when the plant ect sunlight.
New for
Symptom Flower buds fall prematurely
2019
M THE TOXIN-FREE HOME
om Rotting stem
Environmental needs incorrect? tering? Christina Hawkes
heck temperatures, especially me minimums; plants watered he day may well still be damp he temperature drops – this se stem rot. Check watering ments.
THE TOXIN-FREE HOME
Christina Hawkes
Useful tips and natural recipes for clean living
om Black base to stem
Symptom A white coating on leaves and stems
AUTHOR Christina Hawkes
Cause Powdery mildew
om Flowers fading quickly
SPECIFICATIONS
•
Temperatures high? 230 × 180mm 9 too × 7in watering? Air too dry? ient light? CODE 308241
• 128pp
heck temperature requirements; ompost too dry?Bedrooms If so, increase ounts of water you are providing; e humidity levels by misting th soft rainwater, or by standing a tray of damp horticultural te. Move the plant into a lighter .
Bedrooms should be calm, clean spaces that promote a good night’s sleep. We spend roughly a third of our lives in bed and we should ensure that comfort and health are top of the agenda in the bedroom. A natural detox will refresh your bedroom space and keep allergies away.
The best duvets are filled with organic cotton or organic wool. Allergies can start at any time and although parents are sure to protect babies and small children, adults should prioritise purchasing natural duvets too. Covers should be made from organic cotton which is not only environmentally friendly but healthy as it is not impregnated with toxins. Duvet covers should be changed weekly and if washed in organic laundry liquids fragranced with organic essential oils, they will feel luxurious and fresh. Never dry clean duvets or you will add an unnecessary layer of toxins to your bedroom. Organic cotton duvets are suitable for hotter climates and can usually be machine washed. Always ensure that the water temperature is at least 140 °F (60 °C) so that bacteria and mites will be eliminated. Wool duvets should be aired frequently to avoid a build up of moisture.
om Plant fails to flower
Either peg wool duvets on the line on a sunny day or open the bedroom window and throw the duvet over the back of a chair. White vinegar is ideal for spot cleaning duvets but when your wool duvet needs a thorough wash, you should choose the wool cycle on your machine. Fresh air drying is a must, so make sure you choose a sunny, breezy day. If you don’t have access to a garden, dry a wool duvet on a drying rack with a window open nearby.
Pillows
Organic pillows are easy to find these days—look for those with GOTS certified sustainable cotton pillow cases. There are many exciting materials used to fill organic pillows including buckwheat, millet, kapok, cotton, and wool. You should choose the filling based on the firmness of the pillow and the degree of support you need. All natural pillows should be aired regularly.
Too little light? Air too dry? ding? Insect infestation? Plant nd or in a container that is too
Up to a third of the weight of your pillow could be dust, mites and moisture. Pillows can become a bio-hazard. Air and wash your pillows regularly for a healthy night’s sleep and renew them every 2 to 3 years.
54
Detoxing your home
Cause Underwatering? Too little light? Temperature too high? Insufficient feed? Insect infestation? Change of position Conventional cleaning and laundry products introduce a while plant is in bud? harmful mix of toxins into the air weSymptom breathePlant andsurfaces onto our skin. become Cure Check all plant’s environmental mottled with a black substance This book will tackle these difficult health related issues and needs; check the plant for insects and actshow accordingly. Plants in cleaning bud can react Cause Sooty mould how natural can create fragrant, calm very dramatically to sudden changes fortrya not happy and healthy in environments their environment; to move Curehome. Sooty mould grows on honey dew. them at this time. If it is absolutely Check for pest infestation; clean the With evidence-based text that’s accessible to the beginner, necessary—perhaps the plant is newly plant with a dilute soap solution. purchased—make it is wellbook wrapped this is not justsure another of “bicarbonate of soda and during transportation and cared for vinegar solutions” to detox your home with.Plant Many people todaysticky Symptom surfaces become correctly in its new surroundings.
PLANT
ant unlikely to recover.
Duvets
plants need feeding at regular intervals. Check under the leaves for signs of red spider infestation; if you find any at all, cut away the affected parts and spray with an appropriate insecticide without delay.
are unaware of how to clean their homes. The Toxin-free Home Cause Honey dew explains how to develop a matchless home hygiene routine.
Overwatering?
WER
Symptom Small leaves and spindly growth
Cure Avoid wetting the leaves while watering; improve ventilation; treat with an appropriate fungicide.
Cure Honey dew is a direct effect of insect infestation. Check the plant for pests; remove honey dew by spraying the plant with a dilute soap solution. Symptom Fluffy grey mould on any parts of the plant Cause Botrytis
Cure Botrytis is a fungus that thrives in cool damp conditions; soft leaved plants are particularly prone. Destroy Symptom Slow growth all affected parts and scrape away any affected compost. Spray plant with an Cause Insufficient feed? Plant is pot appropriate fungicide; reduce watering; The room-by-room guide bound? Overwatering? Pest infestation? improve ventilation. to natural cleaning It could be that your plant is resting; if so, don’t worry Each room in your home offers different opportunities for a natural detox. It is best to start by standing back and looking at your home from a different perspective— how often is the room used? Who occupies the room most? Are pets allowed here? We must also consider if there are any hazards or pinch-points. Examples might include a lack of storage in the kitchen, children sharing bedrooms, or poor ventilation in the bathroom. It may not be possible to solve these issues in the short term but there are many ways a natural detox can help you create peaceful spaces that will cultivate order and well-being in your home.
Cure Check that you are feeding the plant regularly. Turn the plant out of its pot; if you see the root system spiralling around the perimeter of the root ball it needs re-potting. Remember, only provide water when the plant really needs it; check the whole plant for any signs of pests and act accordingly. Toxin-Free Home Toxin-Free Home 9 9
48
Detoxing your home
Room-by-room Toxin-Free Home guide
49
LIFESTYLE
Dr Houseplant An Indispensable Guide to Keeping Your Indoor Plants Healthy and Happy New for
2019
All you need to know about the maintenance and care of your favorite houseplants, from watering, feeding, and temperature to treating diseases, choosing healthy plants, and getting rid of harmful pests and insects. Extensive care charts for each entry help you to keep your plants in optimum condition all year round and serve as a vital reference tool for all plant problems. Packed with information, photographs, and charts for quick and easy access.
JANE BLAND is an enthusiastic and experienced gardener who
has written numerous books and magazine articles on plants and plant care. She has her own conservatory and specializes in growing indoor plants.
DR HOUSEPLANT
All you need to know about the maintenance and care of your favorite houseplants, from watering, feeding, and temperature to treating diseases, choosing healthy plants, and getting rid of harmful pests and insects. Extensive care charts for each entry help you to keep your plants in optimum condition all year round and serve as a vital reference tool for all plant problems. Packed with information, photographs, and charts for quick and easy access.
DR HOUS E PL A NT
WILLIAM DAVIDSON is one of the world’s leading authorities
on houseplants and has written extensively on the subject. He also lectures and broadcasts on radio and television in the United Kingdom and the United States.
photographer and houseplant enthusiast.
Format: 8.8 x 6.7 in (225 x 170 mm) Extent: 176 pp Pub date: Spring 2019 RRP: $21.95
17 There are about 20 species of scindapsus, each with a characteristic tendency to wrap itself around the nearest object. All the varieties can be grown either upright on a pole, or in a hanging basket.
Scindapsus
Healthy plant This easy going house plant will thrive almost anywhere providing it is warm. Pinch out the growing tips to promote bushy growth. Although slow to start with, scindapsus make very good climbing plants given a moss pole or some alternative form of support.
Devil’s Ivy, Pothos Vine, Solomon Island’s Vine, or Golden Hunter’s Robe
The scindapsus is one of the most remarkable foliage plants of them all. When they first appeared on the market, they were tender and difficult to care for, they are now among the most rewarding of indoor plants. Obviously a tougher selected strain has been developed to make the radical change possible and today the scindapsus is a decorative plant with mustard and green variegation that is tolerant of a wide range of conditions in the home. Even when placed at the furthest point from the light source, the variegation is rarely affected — a quality that is unusual in most plants with variegated foliage.
Varieties and purchasing Scindapsus plants come in many shapes and sizes and most shops will have a selection. Some will be displayed as climbing, others trailing. Choose plants with firm leaves that stand out cleanly from the stem. Ignore any with curled, drooping leaves.
Monstera deliciosa
should be allowed to dry out between waterings. During active growth water moderately. In winter, when the plant is dormant, water only enough to keep the potting mixture slightly moist. Ӱ Feeding Being fairly sturdy, the scindapsus does not need large amounts of fertilizer. Small, established plants should have a weak feed with each watering. Larger plants need a stronger dosage. During active growth, apply a liquid fertilizer every two weeks.
Ӱ Temperature range In their active period, these plants prosper in normal room temperatures between 59° -70°F (15°-21°C), with 65°F (18°C) being ideal. In winter, a temperature of 59°F (15°C) will give the plant a chance to rest, and they can tolerate a Seasonal Plant care Keep the potting Swiss Cheese Plant, Mexicanof Breadfruit temperature 50°F (10°C). IfPlant, the orӰHurricane mixture moist throughout the room is dry as well as warm, stand year by watering every four or five the plants in their pots on trays of days in summer and every seven pebbles and water. to eight days in winter. Prune in Ӱ Watering The scindapsus does early spring. If a bushier plant is Blessed with numerous common names,not thelike monstera has IDEALdesired, CONDITIONS to be overwatered and prune the main growth
immense appeal. Indigenous to Mexico, it now grows well in most tropical and indoor environments. Easily raised 162 from seed, the monstera is therefore an ideal plant for the commercial grower who can produce uniform quality plants with little difficulty, so long as the reasonably undemanding requirements are provided. Indoors, the naturally glossy green leaves, interesting habit of growth and ease of cultivation ensure that the monstera will always be one of the most popular houseplants.
Ӱ Light and position Avoid strong sunlight and dark corners. Monsteras are happiest in locations with ample space.
Endless questions are asked about this attractive plant, chief among them being what should be done about the natural aerial roots that protrude from the stem of the plant. Where there is an excessive amount of these roots, it will do no harm to remove some of them, but it is really much better to tie the roots neatly to the main stem of the plant so that they may grow naturally into the soil in the pot when they are long enough. The important thing to remember is that these roots will draw up food and moisture to nourish the plant, so any drastic removal of the roots would weaken it.
Ӱ Feeding This plant produces masses of roots in its active period, so it must be given regular feeding at this time. During less active periods, feed only if new leaves are being produced.
128
COMMON CONCERNS Some problems scindapsus are prone to include: Botrytis (far right) This causes wet, brown patches on the leaves. Remove any leaves which are infected. Aphids These are found on the leaves of young plants. Control with a soapy spray. Mealy bug (right) Treat the bugs with methylated spirits. ARACEAE
Ӱ Watering Monsteras should be kept moist, especially if in dry surroundings. Sponge the leaves with water to keep them clean.
Ӱ Seasonal care If the plant is healthy, potting can be done at any time of year but should be avoided in colder months. Ӱ Soil Soil should be peat-based.
waterings. Yellowing leaves are an indication that the plant is both too cold and too wet. These damaged leaves will never recover and should be removed. Pests It is extremely unusual for the monstera to suffer from pests.
• 225 × 170mm • 176pp
CODE 307147
Ӱ Temperature range A range of 59°-70°F (15°-21°C) is ideal.
COMMON CONCERNS Overwatering Always ensure the correct temperature for your monstera. A plant kept at the lower end of the scale will need a great deal less water than one growing in a warmer room. The plant only ever needs moderate amounts of water; provide enough to keep the compost moist, allowing the top two-thirds to dry out between
AUTHOR
SPECIFICATIONS
well back. Stem cuttings can be rooted in spring in either water or soil. The plants can be moved to a pot one size larger each spring. When the maximum size has been reached, replenish the topsoil. Ӱ Soil Avoid putting plants in pots too large for their size. When repotting, the new pots should be only 1-2in (2.5-5cm) larger. Use a soil-based potting compost. When propagating, plant cuttings in a moistened mixture of peat moss and coarse sand.
JANE BLAND & WILLIAM DAVIDSON
Jane Bland and William Davidson
86⁄7 × 62⁄3in
Ӱ Light and position All scindapsus plants abhor strong, direct light. They also do not like shade, except for S. aureus which will maintain its distinctive yellow streaks if kept in low light. Bright, indirect light is ideal for most types.
An indispensable guide to keeping your indoor plants healthy and happy
With new photog raphy by Janneke Luursema
Propagation is done vegetatively by inserting pieces of firm stem with two good leaves attached. A temperature of about 70°F (21°C) and a peat and sand mixture that is kept moist, but not waterlogged, are required.
IDEAL CONDITIONS
6
JA N E B L A N D & WIL L IA M D AV ID S O N
JANNEKE LUURSEMA is an Amsterdam-based interior
Healthy plant The Monstera deliciosa is a tough plant with evergreen, glossy leaves. Mature plants can reach a height of 20 ft (6m) and look attractive displayed on their own. The leaves benefit from occasional cleaning with a damp cloth, but do not attempt to clean new, soft leaves, as these are easily damaged. Varieties and purchasing Select a firm, compact plant, with glossy, green, unblemished leaves. Check that the soft, new leaves at the top of the plant are undamaged. Other common names for the monster include Splitleaf Plant and Window Plant.
ARACEAE
129
163
167
168
LIFESTYLE
Your Backyard Herb Garden A Gardener’s Guide to Growing Over 50 Herbs Plus How to Use Them
Everything you need to know about growing your favorite herbs using safe, natural, all-organic methods. Contains practical tips and advice on all aspects of successful herb growing. Includes a wealth of great ideas and helpful how-to on using herbs in cooking, crafts, cosmetics, health care, insect repellents, and more. Illustrated herb directory featuring all the most popular herbs—from aloe to yarrow—each with complete information on growing, care, harvesting, and uses.
AUTHOR Miranda Smith
SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 8¾in
• 225 × 170mm • 192pp
CODE 304184
Fe ve rf e w
G eraniums, scented
Chrysanthemum parthenium
Pelargonium spp.
Feverfew masquerades as a fresh white daisy in the perennial border. But once you begin nibbling on it, you’ll find that it really is a useful medicinal herb.
Perennial • Zones 5 to 7
2 feet tall
A group of scented geraniums is irresistible on the patio table, in the garden, by the doorstep – everywhere. Collecting these wonderfully fragrant plants is one of the true joys of herb gardening.
Perennials, grown as annuals in cooler zones • Zone 10
1–3 feet tall, depending on species
ATTENTION REQUIRED
FRIENDLY TO INSECTS
ORNAMENTAL
CONTAINER GROWING
YIELD
EASY TO GROW
ATTENTION REQUIRED
FRIENDLY TO INSECTS
ORNAMENTAL
CONTAINER GROWING
YIELD
EASY TO GROW
DESCRIPTION
Flowers: Numerous small white daisylike flowers with golden centers bloom from midsummer to early fall. Leaves: The light green to golden green leaves are deeply loved and divided into three segments; they generally grow up to 3 inches long. Plants die back during the winter months. Flavor and fragrance: Feverfew has a bitter flavor and aroma. H O W TO G R O W
When to plant: Sow indoors about eight weeks before your last spring frost date and transplant to the garden a week or two after that date. South of Zone 5, plant directly in the garden once soil temperatures
have reached 60°F. Divide in spring; take root divisions with some stem in early fall. Where to plant: Feverfew prefers full sun but tolerates partial or filtered shade. Soil and fertility: Plant in well-drained soils with average fertility. Excess nitrogen reduces flower production. Plant spacing: Space plants 12 inches apart. Pests: Aphids Diseases: Susceptible to root rot in soggy soils HARVESTING
When to harvest: Harvest leaves in the morning when the dew has dried. Pick leaves to dry for medicinal use before plant blooms. Cut flowers for fresh or dried arrangements in dry
weather, when the blooms are three-quarters open. How to harvest: Snip off individual leaves. Cut whole stems, an inch or so above the soil surface, for drying. Drying: Hang stems upside down to air dry. Freezing: Freeze leaves in ice cubes.
Medicinal: Infusions of feverfew have been shown to reduce the frequency and severity of migraine headaches. Simply eating no more than three or four fresh leaves a day also has this effect. Because they taste bitter, you may want to drizzle honey on them to mask the flavor. Feverfew leaves also give relief from arthritis pain and impart calm and well-being. Arrangements: Use feverfew flowers in fresh arrangements or dry them for winter bouquets.
Bees dislike the odor of feverfew pollen and will steer clear of it; leave at least 20 feet between feverfew and any flowers, such as raspberries, that bloom at the same time and require pollination. |
FEVERFEW
HOW TO G ROW
HARVESTING
When to plant: Plant in your garden or move containers outdoors after all danger of frost is past and night temperatures are 50°F or higher. Scented geraniums are best started from cuttings or young plants, but seeds are available for apple, coconut, and peppermint geraniums. Seeds are slow to germinate. Sow seeds in a flat and keep on a heated mat at 80°F; prick out
When to harvest: Pick individual leaves anytime after a plant reaches 5 to 6 inches tall. Harvest quantities of leaves for drying anytime in the growing season, picking in the morning when the dew has dried. For maximum fragrance, harvest leaves before flowers appear. Snip off flower clusters when three-quarters of the blooms have opened.
USES
TIPS
120
at the same time. Fragrance varies remarkably with different species and cultivars – scented geraniums can smell like spicy roses, lemons, apples, or even pineapples.
individual seedlings as they sprout and transplant them into small individual pots. Allow at least three months for seeds to germinate. Where to plant: Plants prefer full sun but tolerate the filtered light of a south windowsill. Soil and fertility: Pot in a humus-rich medium and keep moist. Plant spacing: Space plants 12 inches apart. Pot cuttings in 4-inch containers and move up as the plants grow. A fully mature scented geranium will fill a 12-inch pot. Pests: Whiteflies Diseases: Bacterial wilt, botrytis blight, root rot
DESCRIPTION
Flowers: Not nearly as flashy as common bedding geraniums, these plants have open clusters of usually pale pink or white flowers. The upper two petals are usually larger than the lower three and are often a different color. Most species that are kept indoors all winter will bloom in late winter. Plants kept outdoors bloom in summer. Leaves: Scented geraniums offer a wonderful variety of leaf shapes and textures. Some are dainty and scalloped, others broad and lobed, or lacy, crinkled, or curled, in all shades of green and gray-green. Flavor and fragrance: The flavor of scented geraniums is somewhat sweet and refreshing
GERANIUMS, SCENTED
|
121
169
LIFESTYLE
Pruning Simplified A Visual Guide to 50 Trees and Shrubs
E
R
L GUI D
ES
AND
S
H
EXPERT ADVICE ON
• Basic pruning techniques • The best tools for the job • When and how to prune
Simplified STEVEN BRADLEY
STEVEN BR ADLEY
Front cover, clockwise from top left: mtreasure/iStock; ONOKYPhotononstop/Alamy Stock Photo; Andrea Jones. Back cover, clockwise from top left: Mary Abramkina/Shutterstock; Hyejin Kang/ Shutterstock; loflo69/Shutterstock; allstars/Shutterstock; ©Quarto.
T
visit timberpress.com.
UA
MAKE THE RIGHT C U T E V E RY TIME!
BS
Press books and to sign up for our newsletters, please
IS
50
to trim and shape each plant correctly. Packed with trusted advice, Pruning
Simplified will ensure your first cut is the right cut, every time.
For details on other Timber
TO
and shrubs——including azaleas, camellias, clematis, and more——show how
E
by-step advice that will help your plants thrive. Profiles of 50 popular trees
U
best tools for each job, discover the ideal time to prune, and follow the step-
R
this detailed guide to the most popular plants in home gardens. Learn the
PRUNING V
New gardeners and green thumbs alike can prune with confidence, using
A
TAKE PRUNING FROM DAUNTING TO DOABLE!
PRUNING Simplified
Learn how to prune many of the most popular landscape plants to get the best display of flowers, foliage, colorful stems, and fruit. This plant-by-plant guide features instructions so simple that even beginner gardeners will feel confident about making the right cuts the very first time they prune. A comprehensive introductory section explains why pruning is necessary and which tools are needed for the job. Full-color illustrations show in precise detail how to prune the most widely planted shrubs, climbers, roses, and ornamental and fruit trees. Extensive charts and checklists give at-a-glance summaries of how and when to prune for each plant.
Cover design by Mary Velgos
EAN
ISBN 978-1-60469-888-6
9 781604 698886
51995
$19.95 GARDENING
Bradley_PruningSimplified_Cover_Final_072718.indd 1
7/27/18 4:33 PM
AUTHOR Steve Bradley
SPECIFICATIONS
6¾ × 8¾in
• 225 × 170mm • 192pp
CODE AVGP
170
Charisma Cream Blush
LIFESTYLE
This blush is the perfect shade of pinky peach with a very slight hint of gold shimmer. It has a cream base so it can double as a lip gloss. I have named it Charisma because of the many compliments I get when I wear it as it creates such a beautiful, healthy glow.
Pick, Press, and Preserve
A Modern Guide to Flower Pressing INGREDIENTS For the cream blush base 4gm white beeswax This unique andbutter contemporary take on the world of flower 3gm refined Shea picking and pressing provides a modern, environmentally 4gm squalane olive oil conscious, and sustainable look at this easily accessible and nostalgic art form. For the Originally colorant frombase Minnesota, Lindsay Buck has been based in 0.50gmSwitzerland Titaniumsince Dioxide 2010 where she works as a landscape 0.15gm pearly white Mica powder architectural consultant. Fascinated by the diversity of plant life 0.55gm raspberry red Mica powder she encounters on her daily walks with her husband and dogs in the meadows of Switzerland, 0.8gm red/orange Mica powder she began to preserve and document the wonderful variety she was finding. Working intimately with this growing collection of pressed specimens, she came to see the unique beauty in each plant, and what METHOD AUTHOR began as a scientific exploration quickly became an artistic Lindsay Buck endeavour, during which she also discovered the meditative 1 quality of the plant pressing process. Melt the beeswax, shea butter, and squalane in a small glass SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in • 230 × 180mm • dish 128ppthat is in a few inches of simmering water. CODE 304463
2 Add in the colorants and stir and smooth until the pigments are fully incorporated in the melted base. This takes about 4 minutes. With a current herbarium collection approaching 400 different species, I seek to share the spectacular diversity of colors, forms, and textures that each species provides through my online herbarium catalog, as well as through my Instagram account. High resolution photographs, enlarged and printed as fine art prints, highlight the details of each plant. This project has encouraged me to take a closer look at my surroundings and has cultivated a renewed sense of wonder for nature, and my goal is to bring this same experience to others who view my work.
3 The recipe makes enough to fill two 7ml glass pots. I like to keep one and give one away to a friend. My freshly pressed herbarium project is a hands-on, artistic, and scientific venture that explores the intersection of the plant and design worlds. All herbarium specimens are collected in the wild and hand pressed, mounted, identified, and photographed by me personally.
Freshly pressed began when I moved to Switzerland. Fascinated by the diversity of plant life I encountered on my routine
daily walks with my husband and dogs, I was encouraged to preserve and document the wonderful variety I was finding. Working intimately with this growing collection of pressed specimens, I came to realize the unique beauty in each plant, and what began as a scientific exploration quickly became an artistic endeavor.
8
Inspirational Gallery
171
Handmade Makeup New for
50 Clean Cosmetic Formulas for Every Skin Tone
2019
Recent research has shown that silicones, parabens, and sulfates—ingredients commonly used by the beauty industry— can be harmful for our health and wellbeing. Opting for natural makeup is a smart choice—but they can be expensive and color palettes are limited. Now you can make these products yourself in your desired color at a reduced cost! MAKE your own natural liquid and powder foundations, tinted moisturizers, concealers, highlighters, bronzers, eyeshadows, blushes, mascara, brow waxes, lip glosses, and lipsticks. Ingredients are easily sourced online. LEARN all about colorants, how they are made, and how to use the color wheel to customize your own special and unique color blends to suit your skintone. UNDERSTAND the techniques behind natural bases using beeswax, natural carrier oils, and butters.
AUTHOR Shannon Buck
SPECIFICATIONS
Dutch Lip Gloss The ultimate fall/winter shade, this is a beautifully shimmering, highly pigmented coco-colored lip gloss that looks gorgeous on all skin tones. A super smooth formula that glides on effortlessly and remains comfortably supple for hours.
INGREDIENTS For the lip gloss base 4gm clear jojoba oil 3gm castor oil 1.5gm Cera Bellina wax or beeswax For the color pigment blend 0.50gm brown Iron Oxide 0.50gm red copper Mica blend 0.50gm dark brown Mica blend
METHOD 1 Wear a dust mask and mix the Iron Oxide and Mica colorants together using a mortar and pestle. Set aside. 2 Melt the jojoba oil, castor oil, and Cera Bellina in a glass beaker that has been placed in a few inches of simmering water until fully melted. Once melted, turn off the heat and keep the beaker in the hot water. 3 Add the color pigment blend powder to the melted base and stir and smooth with a silicone spatula to fully blend. 4 Draw up the warm liquid into a filler syringe and slowly fill a 10ml lip balm tube just to the neck of the tube to leave room for the applicator. 102 LIP GLOSSES
9 × 7in
• 230 × 180mm • 128pp CODE 325438
172
LIFESTYLE
Food & Drink
WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK
★ The Whisky Lover’s Handbook is the ultimate guide through the scores of delicious new and traditionally crafted single malts, bourbons, rye whiskies, and blends. ★ Organized into families of whisky according to their origins, it’s easy to look up a whisky you are drinking and discover something new.
beers
exT
The auThoriTy on beers
★ Much more than a list of recommended drams and distilleries, this book gives whisky enthusiasts all the information they need to navigate the ever-expanding world of whisky.
whaT To drink nexT
THE AUTHORITY ON WHAT TO DRINK NEXT
THE WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK
selecT-o-Pedia
THE
DOMINIC ROSKROW DOMINIC ROSKROW
THE THE
WHISKY LOVER’S WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK HANDBOOK THE AUTHORITY ON WHAT TO DRINK NEXT CRAFT WHISKIES, CLASSIC FLAVORS, NEW DISTILLERIES, FUTURE TRENDS
AUTHOR
selecTo-Pedia
DOMINIC ROSKROW
WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK
beer
ccording to their r you are drinking
ended brews er enthusiasts avigate the
THE
The
lover's guide
w and traditionally ales.
The beer
THE BEER SELECT-O-PEDIA
THE WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK
THE BEST COCKTAILS IN THE WORLD
Michael Larson
Dominic Roskrow
Jenni Davis
7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)
7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
244pp M PTBE
244pp M WLH
192pp wiro-bound CDI
A COOK’S COMPENDIUM OF 250 ESSENTIAL TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TASTY RECIPES
200 SUREFIRE WAYS TO EAT WELL AND FEEL BETTER
150 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO THE CULINARY ARTS
Dr. Judith Rodriguez
Mark William Allison
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
Jenni Davis
144pp FTTE
128pp GYCE
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp TTCS
FOOD & DRINK
Cacao Mole Tofu with Slaw Almond Tahini Truffles
JESSICA NADEL is the author of Greens 24/7 and writes the popular blog Cupcakes and Kale. She lives in Ontario, Canada, and has a passion for healthy, vibrant, vegan food.
upcakesandkale.ca PERIMENT ■ NEW YORK
VERY BOOK IS A TEST OF NEW IDEAS
eexperimentpublishing.com mentbooks ilable as an ebook
$19.95 US
COOKING | VEGETARIAN & VEGAN
More Than 100 Easy and Inspired Recipes to Enjoy the World’s Most Nutritious Foods at Every Meal, Every Day
es include:
Energizing Matcha Kale Smoothie Fluffy Banana Chia Pancakes Goji Berry Confetti Salad Adzuki Bean and Pumpkin Chili
SUPERFOODS 24/7 More Than 100 Easy and Inspired Recipes to Enjoy the World’s Most Nutritious Foods at Every Meal, Every Day
POWER UP ON NUTRIENTS ALL DAY LONG!
JESSICA NADEL writes the popular blog Cupcakes and Kale. She has a passion for healthy, local, plant-based eating and thinks that in a diet of vibrant, nourishing meals there is room for a cupcake or two. She is also the proprietor/baker at Oh My Bakeshop, a natural and organic bakery of specialorder vegan goods. She lives in Ontario, Canada.
More Than 100 Quick, Easy, and Delicious Recipes for Eating Leafy Greens and Other Green Vegetables at Every Meal, Every Day
Pomegranate Pumpkin Sweet Potato Quinoa Turmeric And more!
GREENS 24/7
Edamame Flax seeds Ginger Goji berries Kale Lentils Matcha
Yes, they’re good for you— but who knew greens could be so much fun?
JESSICA NADEL
monds aranth ocado eberries a seeds namon conut
SUPERFOODS 24 / 7
m on-the-go breakfasts to small bites to fortless dinners, Superfoods 24/7 makes it r than ever to eat the world’s most nutritious at every meal, for a delicious, healthy kick ough the day. Its inventive, satisfying vegan es feature more than 35 superfoods, including:
JESSICA NADEL
OOD-FOR-YOU SUPERFOODS HAVE NEVER BEEN SO EASY TO EAT AT EVERY MEAL!
Meet your greens! Eat your greens! Love your greens! If you’re trying to eat more greens but nd yourself in a salad rut, Greens 24/7 is here to bring delicious, healthy veggies to every meal of the day, from breakfast to dessert. Spinach in pancakes? Kale in cornbread? You bet! These 100+ motivating, innovative vegan recipes pack a serious nutritional punch with more than 40 green vegetables, featuring classics like broccoli and zucchini, superfoods like chard and Brussels sprouts, and unconventional greens like spirulina and kelp. Recipes include: Chocolate Superfood Smoothie Samosa Burritos with Peas Pesto Polenta Fries with Spicy Aïoli
Lemon and Parsley Olive Oil Cake Zucchini Noodle Bolognese Chocolate Hazelnut Avocado Torte
With Greens 24/7, you can have your cake—and your kale, too! cupcakesandkale.ca $19.95
THE EXPERIMENT NEW YORK
COOKING | VEGETABLES
BECAUSE EVERY BOOK IS A TEST OF NEW IDEAS
JESSICA NADEL
www.theexperimentpublishing.com Also available as an ebook
Do you feel like you miss out on all the health benets of green vegetables just because you “don’t like them” or don’t know how to cook them? In Greens 24/7, Jessica Nadel makes it easy to eat greens with any meal for a delicious, nutritious kick all day long. This is your guide to 43 green veggies—and not just the leafy ones! Inside you’ll nd recipes featuring:
GREENS 24/7 More Than 100 Quick, Easy, and Delicious Recipes for Eating Leafy Greens and Other Green Vegetables at Every Meal, Every Day
Not Just Leafy Greens!
Arugula
Kale
Asparagus
Peas
Beet greens
Radish greens
Bok choy
Rapini
Brussels sprouts
Spinach
Celery
Swiss chard
Chayote
Turnip greens
Collards
Watercress
Dandelion greens
Zucchini
Green beans
And more!
These versatile vegetables can be found in grocery stores, farmers’ markets, or even tucked into your CSA basket!
JESSICA NADEL
Creator of Cupcakes and Kale Author of Greens 24/7
Creator of Cupcakes and Kale
Spine 16mm
Greens_jacket_EXPERIMENT final5_.indd 1
1st Proof
Title: Greens 24/7: 30369 Job No: PJ1014-4/Alice
~JKT_LIVG US~
2/10/14 11:21 am
SUPERFOODS 24/7
GREENS 24/7
Jessica Nadel
Jessica Nadel
71⁄2 × 92⁄3in (246 × 190mm)
71⁄2 × 92⁄3in (246 × 190mm)
176pp SF24
176pp LIVG
BEST
•
Learn how to choose and care for knives, how to keep them sharp and how to use them most effectively.
•
Detailed step-by-step photographs and instructions will teach you how to prepare each and every type of food, so you can make your cooking a success.
•
Standard professional techniques used by chefs the world over are shown in detail, allowing you to work quickly, stylishly and tackle anything your kitchen throws at you.
9
780785
This bean-tastic book has 100 tempting new recipes for dinner, lunch, and snack time—even a breakfast smoothie M A RIA N N E
L U M B
K I TC H E N KNIFE SKILL S
With fresh twists on family favorites and brand new ideas—even baking with beans—this book will revolutionize the way you cook and eat delicious and nutritious beans Includes options for vegetarians and vegans, plus recipes that are naturally gluten-free
100 naturally delicious recipes that are low-fat and super nutritious
GENEVIEVE TAYLOR is passionate about all things
“bean.” The author of four cookery books—Soup!, Stew!, Marshmallow Magic, and A Good Egg—plus regular cookery column, The Urban Kitchen, for the awardwinning magazine Crumbs.
Techniques for carving, boning, slicing, chopping, dicing, mincing, filleting
GENEVIEVE TAYLOR
SBN-13: 978-0-7858-3567-7
Cooking with beans is cost-effective, quick, and easy
MARIANNE LUMB
Marianne Lumb is an internationally renowned chef. She has cooked for private and public occasions in restaurants and homes around the world, including New York, Sydney and London. Marianne is a former teacher at Leiths School of Food and Wine (London), a food consultant and a member of the Guild of Food writers.
BEAN CUISINE
Beans are low-fat, healthy, and packed with nutritional benefits
K I TC H E N K N I F E S K I L L S
Good knife skills are the most important ingredient in every recipe – knowing the right knife to use for each task, and how to use it, makes cooking easier, faster and safer. Whether you are dicing an onion, filleting a fish, shucking an oyster or slicing melba toast, this book will tell you which knife to use and the correct method of preparation to enable professional results.
BEAN CUISINE
Seller
K I TC H E N K N I F E S K I L LS
GENEVIEVE TAYLOR
835677
FOOD PRESENTING SECRETS
KITCHEN KNIFE SKILLS
BEAN CUISINE
Jo Denbury & Cara Hobday
Marianne Lumb
Genevieve Taylor
8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)
8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)
7½ × 9in (225 × 190mm)
176pp GARB
176pp NKS
144pp M NBE
300 CAKE DECORATING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
CAKE DECORATING SKILLS Tracey Mann
THE CAKE DECORATOR’S MOTIF BIBLE
Carol Deacon
8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)
Sheila Lampkin
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
176pp CDSK
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
160pp TTTF
256pp wiro-bound CKD
173
174
LIFESTYLE
LOVE COFFEE
WHOLE FOOD BABY
WHOLE FOOD ENERGY
Ryan Soeder and Kohei Matsuno
Michele Olivier Oliver
Elise Museles
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
1 7½ × 7 9¾ 9¾in ⁄2in (246 (246××190mm) 190mm)
1 7½ × 7 9¾ 9¾in ⁄2in (246 (246××190mm) 190mm)
Includes 5 plastic stencils
176pp WFBB E WFBB
176pp WFE3 E WFE3
THE WEDDING CAKE DECORATOR’S BIBLE
100 FONDANT MODELS FOR CAKE DECORATORS
100 FONDANT ANIMAL CAKE TOPPERS
Alan Dunn
Helen Penman
Helen Penman
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
144pp WCD
256pp wiro-bound NWF
256pp wiro-bound HFAN
75 FLOWERS FOR CAKE DECORATORS
SUGAR FLOWER SKILLS Alan Dunn
50 DELICIOUSLY DECORATIVE COOKIES
Helen Penman
8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)
Fiona Pearce
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
176pp SFAB
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
96pp LTAT
144pp HFFC
128pp DCOO
FOOD & DRINK • HOME STYLING
Home Styling
RED
Jacket credits, front: Clare Morton, Interior Designer, Studio Morton LTD, studiomorton.com, Photo: Emma Lewis, emmalewisphotography.co.uk. Back: Bower Architecture, bowerarchitecture.com.au, Bellarine Beach House, Pont Lonsdale, Australia; Photography: Nikole Ramsay, nikoleramsay.com; Styling: Emma O’Meara; Interior Design & Furniture Selection: Bower Architecture; Builder: Will Gordon, Jardine Homes.
The ultimate guide to making colours work
BLUE VIOLET PINK ORANGE
£16.99 ISBN 978-1-84543-663-6
GREEN
200 T I PS A N D T ECH N IQU ES FOR
D E C LYU T TERING OUR HOME Geralin Thomas
NEUTRAL
t is a San Francisco-based interior d architectural colour specialist. Her een featured in many print and online including Consumer Reports Kitchen e, Food Network Magazine, Inspired azine, Dwell.com and HGTV.com. She’s ar contributor to Houzz.com. Learn Jennifer at jenottdesign.com.
Jennifer Ott
nto major colour groups, each section explores a range rom primary brights to subtle pastels.
lly illustrated and easy to navigate, this book will make ork for you every time.
YELLOW
s more than 1000 ideas for combining colour in every your life, from home décor and cake decorating, to nd weddings.
1000 ideas for colour schemes
olour right can transform your home, your wedding and But how do you combine colours without them clashing? can you check if a colour scheme works before you r kitchen or buy that pair of shoes? This inspirational tical book contains 126 beautiful colour palettes that will oosing the right colours easy.
GERALIN THOMAS specializes in home and home-office organizing. She’s a public speaker and an instructor for professional organizers. For six seasons fans watched Geralin organize America’s most cluttered homes on A&E’s Emmy-nominated TV series, Hoarders. Learn more about her at www.metropolitanorganizing.com.
200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUT TERING YOUR HOME Geralin Thomas
In this useful compendium, you will find fun and creative ways to get started on your decluttering journey, as well as plenty of tips, techniques, quick fixes, and trade secrets for when you are fully in the swing of things. Decluttering doesn’t need to be painful, after all. Includes tips for organizing the home, room by room, as well as ways to manage your calendar and digital clutter. You will also find useful information on how to maintain your newly organized home and lifestyle, with checklists and planners to help you stay clutter free.
Jennifer Ott
Foreword by Anna Starmer
1000 ideas for colour schemes
GREY
9 781845 436636
1000 IDEAS FOR COLOR SCHEMES Jennifer Ott
200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUTTERING YOUR HOME
7¾ × 9¼in (235 × 200mm)
Geralin Thomas
300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR PAINTING AND DECORATING
320pp CLRS
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Alison Jenkins
176pp TTDH
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 176pp TFID
BEST
BEST
THE BIBLE OF HOME LIGHTING
THE COLOR SCHEME BIBLE
Lucy Martin
Anna Starmer
THE COLOR SCHEME BIBLE: NEUTRALS COLLECTION
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Alice Buckley
256pp wiro-bound LIB
256pp wiro-bound CSBB
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Seller
Seller
256pp wiro-bound NSB
175
176
LIFESTYLE
THE SURFACE TEXTURE BIBLE
THE HOME DECORATOR’S COLOR AND TEXTURE SOURCEBOOK
THE PAINT EFFECTS BIBLE
Cat Martin 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Adrienne Chinn
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound SFT
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound PEB
256pp wiro-bound CHM
THE HOME DECORATOR’S TILE BIBLE
INTERIOR DESIGN COURSE
Morwenna Brett
8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
144pp ICO
256pp wiro-bound TBI
Tomris Tangaz
Kerry Skinner
HOME STYLING • GARDENING
Gardening
DON’T
MISS THIS
GROW YOUR OWN FOOD
CREATING BONSAI LANDSCAPES
Richard Gianfrancesco
Su Chin Ee
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
9½ × 9½in (240 × 240mm)
256pp HGF
128pp BOST
TREES FOR THE SMALL GARDEN Simon Toomer
THE CONTAINER GARDENER’S BIBLE
THE INDOOR PLANT BIBLE
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
Dorte Nissen
176pp TREE
Joanna K. Harrison & Miranda Smith
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
256pp wiro-bound HPB
192pp CGBI
177
178
LIFESTYLE
THE PLANT PROPAGATOR’S BIBLE Miranda Smith 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 192pp NPB
THE WATER GARDENER’S BIBLE Ben Helm 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 192pp WAG
GARDENING • TRAINING & HOBBIES
Training & Hobbies
WORKOUT FOR A BALANCED BRAIN
IQ WORKOUT
Philip Carter & Ken Russell
Philip Carter & Ken Russell
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
160pp WBB
112pp + CD-ROM IYI
MAXIMISE YOUR MEMORY
THE BRAINPOWER BIBLE
Jonathan Hancock
Dan Moore
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
176pp IYM
192pp wiro-bound MXB
179
180
LIFESTYLE
CHESS AND THE ART OF WAR
THE BRIDGE PLAYER’S BIBLE: SECOND EDITION
THE POKER PLAYER’S BIBLE
Al Lawrence & Elshan Moradiabadi 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Julian Pottage
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
160pp CHAW
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound PKP
Lou Krieger
288pp wiro-bound BBI2
BEST Seller
DON’T
MISS THIS
FLY TYING FOR BEGINNERS
THE FLY-TYING BIBLE
Peter Gathercole
Peter Gathercole
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound FTB
256pp wiro-bound FLYB
FLY PATTERNS BY FISHING GUIDES
50 DEADLY FLY-TYING PATTERNS IN A BOX
Tony Lolli
Peter Gathercole
6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)
4¼ × 5¾in (150 × 110mm)
288pp wiro-bound FTP
50 cards, 32pp booklet FFR
THE CHESS PLAYER’S BIBLE: SECOND EDITION James Eade & Al Lawrence 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 288pp wiro-bound CPB2
TRAINING & HOBBIES
AMAZING FISHING FACTS AND TRIVIA
THE TENNIS HANDBOOK
GOLF CLUB BIBLE
Sue Rich
Lee Pearce
Tony Lolli
5½ × 8in (210 x 140mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
192pp M TEB
192pp wiro-bound M GCBI
THE GOLF HANDBOOK: REVISED EDITION
THE WOMEN’S GOLF HANDBOOK
THE RIDING HANDBOOK
Vivien Saunders
Vivien Saunders
5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)
5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)
5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)
224pp M RHB
224pp M RGH2
224pp M 1075
THE CLIMBING HANDBOOK
THE SAILING HANDBOOK: REVISED EDITION
THE SCUBA DIVING HANDBOOK
Steve Long
Halsey C. Herreshoff
John Bantin
5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)
6 × 9in (230 × 152mm)
5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)
192pp M CLB
224pp M SAH
192pp M SDH
192pp wiro-bound AFFF
Zoe St Aubyn
181
R E F E R E N C E &G I F T
184
REFERENCE & GIFT
Sherlock Holmes’ Book of Conundrums Brain Teasers, Lateral Thinking Puzzles, Logic Problems SHERLOCK HOLMES’ BOOK OF CONUNDRUMS Moore
Sherlock Holmes is a global phenomenon. This book offers a collection of puzzles inspired by the Great Detective and the Victorian era. The visuals and the settings for the puzzles take as their touchstone all manner of things from the nineteenth century. Puzzles have been compiled (and triple checked) by Dan Moore, a professional puzzle compiler who runs a business dedicated to creating puzzles for different subscribers. PLUS A sealed page contains the solutions to the three Most Fiendishly Difficult riddles.
RLOCK HOLM S H E BOOK OF E S’
CONUNDRUMS Brain Teasers LATERAL THINKING PUZZLES
LOGIC PROBLEMS s Solution y t fiendishl to the mos les are ridd difficult in a sealed concealed envelope.
Dan Moore Esq.
18/12/2017 12:03
AUTHOR Dan Moore
SPECIFICATIONS 6¼ × 8¼in
• 210 × 160mm • 212pp
CODE LATP_FL
« T HE C O N U N D R U M S «
« T HE C O N U N D R U M S «
SPLITTING UP Problem Solving
«««
C
an you mentally rearrange the silhouette below of an object associated with Sherlock Holmes that has been split into four pieces, and thus reveal what that object is?
THE DIOGENES CLUB Math
«««
S
herlock had paid a visit to his brother, Mycroft, and they were discussing the gentlemen’s club that Mycroft had co-founded, called the Diogenes Club. Sherlock was enquiring as to how many members the club had. Mycroft gave the answer, to which Sherlock immediately
replied, “How interesting! So at least 11 members were born in the same month,” to which Mycroft responded, “Quite so, Sherlock, and yet intriguingly it is not the case that more than 11 members share the same month of birth.” Given this, how many members could there be in the Diogenes Club?
FOUR CANDLES Problem Solving
«««
T
he Victorian era saw the greatest amount of church building since the Middle Ages. One devout parishioner was helping the vicar work out the most economical way to buy white candles for a recently built church. There were four options:
a. A box of 24 candles that lasted 1.5 hours each that cost a penny each. b. A box of 36 candles that lasted 2 hours and cost tuppence each. c. A box of 18 candles that lasted 2.5 hours each and cost 1.5 pence each. d. A box of 42 candles that lasted 3 hours each and cost 2.5 pence each. The vicar is purely interested in getting the longest burn time out of a box of candles at the lowest price. Given this, which box should the parishioner recommend?
« 86 «
« 87 «
185
Around the World in 200 Puzzles Brain Teasers, Lateral Thinking Puzzles, Logic Problems
New for
2019
A splendid collection of remarkable puzzles that will test your powers of observation and logical reasoning. Inspired by Jules Verne’s classic novel Around the World in Eighty Days, this puzzle collection touches on all things from the nineteenth century. Puzzles compiled (and triple checked) by Dan Moore Esq., a professional puzzle compiler. Includes four pages of concealed solutions.
AUTHOR Dan Moore
SPECIFICATIONS
6¼ × 8¼in
• 210 × 160mm • 224pp
CODE 325873
186
REFERENCE & GIFT
Tiny Tattoos 1,000 Small Inspirational Artworks New for
2018
Tiny tattoos are big news. With celebrities showcasing them on social media (step forward Kendall Jenner, Hailey Baldwin, and Bella Hadid), micro tattoos are a major trend. This sourcebook of 1,000 mini works of art, in a range of styles and a myriad carefully organized subjects, is curated by talented insta-star Rebecca Vincent. A source of inspiration for tattoo artists or for anyone browsing for their first foray into ink.
TINY TAT T O O S 1,000 SMALL INSPIRATIONAL ARTWORKS
REBECCA VINCENT
AUTHOR
astronomy
moon magic
Rebecca Vincent
SPECIFICATIONS 81⁄5 × 6in
no. 426
no. 427
no. 428
no. 429
Waxing crescent on full
Waning crescent-black
Cartoon moon
Bitten moon
• 208 × 150mm • 192pp
A simple, graphic approach works well as a tiny tattoo
CODE 325448 no. 430
no. 431
no. 432
no. 433
Man in the moon
Waning crescentoutline
Crescent and stars-black
Graphic moon shapes
Moons can have mystical meaning for the wearer, but they are also just aethetically pleasing
no. 435
no. 434
Graphic lines
Crescent and star-outline
no. 437
no. 436
Realism moon
Waning man in the moon
potential pairings
83
no. 399
no. 455
no. 452
no. 445
Graphic sun-black
Cartoon rocket
Spaceman
Falling star
84
REFERENCE & GIFT
nature
187
animals Stags are linked to power and strength
no. 14
no. 15
no. 16
no. 17
Stag
Squirrel
Elephant
Starfish
Owls are a symbol of wisdom and knowledge
no. 18
no. 19
no. 20
no. 21
Llama
Seabird
Owl
Kangaroo
Unicorns represent purity and youth
Animals
12
no. 22
no. 23
no. 24
Unicorn
Butterfly
Penguin
no. 25
no. 26
no. 27
Lobster
Whale
Parrot
Animal Tattoos are always popular. Different animals represent different things for the wearer. From personality traits to your Patronus to treasured pets and star signs.
13
188
REFERENCE & GIFT
Gemstones Identifying and Using the World’s Most Fabulous Rocks New for
2019
AUTHOR Judith Crowe
SPECIFICATIONS 10 × 81⁄2in
• 254 × 216mm • 192pp
CODE 305055
A complete reference for goldsmiths, jewelers, and jewelry makers, this beautiful book is a comprehensive guide to identifying, buying, using and caring for a dazzling array of jewels and gems. Discover the origins of gemstones and understand the process of selecting the raw material. Benefit from practical advice on how to assess the quality, rarity, grade, durability, and cut of precious and semiprecious stones. Learn how gems are calibrated using the industry standard measurements of carats and points, and how they can be treated to improve both colour and clarity. A glossary section clearly explains all of the key terminology used. Illustrations and color photographs help you to identify the gemstones available to jewelry makers, from amethysts and diamonds to tourmaline and quartz, and demonstrate how they can be used in different designs and settings.
REFERENCE & GIFT
189
190
REFERENCE & GIFT
Skeleton The Art of Animal Anatomy
spine 22mm
The Art of Animal Anatomy
David Bainbridge
The Art of
Animal Anatomy All life is here, dissected and depicted
David Bainbridge 19/04/2018 14:48
AUTHOR David Bainbridge
SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 9¾in
CODE SKEL
• 246 × 170mm • 256pp
The study of comparative anatomy has led to some of the most striking images ever created. For two and a half thousand years, the animal body has been picked apart to drive arguments in natural philosophy, to reinforce dogma, to remind us of death, to horrify, educate, and enthral us. This book recounts the intertwined intellectual and artistic journeys of comparative anatomy from antiquity to the present day. Veterinary anatomist David Bainbridge’s lyrical descriptions of sheep’s livers and umbilical cords that attach the unborn foal, combined with captivating illustrations from history’s animal anatomists, make for a beautiful volume.
REFERENCE & GIFT
How Zoologists Organize Things The Art of Classification The human quest to classify living beings has left us with a rich artistic legacy. Animals were among the fi rst subjects ever drawn. The urge to make sense of the bewildering variety of animal life around us always had a practical basis—to differentiate the edible, the toxic, the ferocious, and the tractable— but it also has an artistic drive, too. Long before Darwin, or Watson and Crick, our ancestors were obsessed with the visual similarities and differences between the creatures which inhabit the Earth alongside us. Early savants could sense there was an order, a scheme, which unified all life. And the schemes they formulated often tell us just as much about ourselves as they do about the animals depicted. This book tells the story of this artistic systematization of the beasts. These charts of the zoological world parallel prevailing artistic trends and scientifi c discoveries, yet there are conceptual threads which run throughout: animal life as a parable, a tree, a maze, a terra incognita, a mirror upon ourselves..
HOW ZOOLOGISTS ORGANISE THINGS
The art of classification an illustrated history
DAVID BAINBRIDGE
AUTHOR David Bainbridge
92⁄3 × 62⁄3in
•
SPECIFICATIONS 246 × 170mm
• 256pp
CODE 307491
191
192
REFERENCE & GIFT
Nature as Art and Design The Work of Ernst Haeckel
Nature as Art and Design
Nature as Art and Design
The Work of Ernst Haeckel
The Work of Ernst Haeckel
Adrian Holme
Adrian Holme
AUTHOR Adrian Holme
Ernst Haeckel was a renowned nineteenth/twentieth century biologist and illustrator of science whose visual works influenced a generation of Art Nouveau artists and designers, and remains influential today. His vivid, rich, highly-designed zoological illustrations are drawn together and critically contextualized in this volume in a comprehensive account suitable for all those interested in the history of science or the history of design. High quality reprints of carefully selected works are accompanied by a clear and readable explanatory text written by lecturer, illustrator, and author Adrian Holme. Find out about the origins of, and ideas behind, Haeckel’s works and their relationship with traditions of biological illustration and allied design.
SPECIFICATIONS 92⁄3 × 62⁄3in
• 246 × 170mm • 192pp
LEFT Figures 1–3 refer to a species collected in Lanzarote, Canary Islands, a creature 5 ⁄8–3⁄4in. (15-20 mm) in length. In the Challenger Reports, this illustration is accompanied by detailed text above. In this illustration Haeckel, seamlessly integrates diagrammatic elements, dissection views, and objective representation. Colors, somewhat abstracted, help to clarify the illustration. The name Alophota Giltschiana (figure 1) is presumably a tribute to Haeckel’s lithographer, Adolf Giltsch. Figures 4–8 refer to a second species Arethusa
SCIENCE AND STYLIZATION
CODE 307389
Haeckel would be criticized on the objectivity and accuracy of his work, especially in relation to the embryo prints—a debate that still rages on in the 21st century. The plates from the Challenger Reports still dwell within the traditions of scientific illustration, in that they seek clarity, objectivity, and accuracy. But aesthetically something marks them out as different. One could say that they are “stylized.” Perhaps this stems from the collaborative process in which Haeckel painted the image, Giltsch made a lithograph, Haeckel composed a plate and Giltsch executed the whole plate in lithography. Some tidying up, clarification, and stylization along the way was almost inevitable. The degree to which Haeckel is able to work seamlessly between the external, objective, perspectival view, the dissection view, and the more abstractly diagrammatic, is impressive. More impressive still is the way in which the dead seems restored to vivid life. This is part of the tradition of science illustration that we can trace back at least to Leonardo da Vinci. But there is something else. In these creatures of the deep there is an uncanny quality, a strangeness suffused with a kind of eroticism. These are qualities that Haeckel brought to the fore in his later works aimed at a popular audience.
58
Haeckel’s Works 1862-1889
TOP LEFT Monochrome plate of a species, collected in Sri Lanka, measuring 3 ⁄4in. (20mm) wide by 11⁄2in. (40mm) in length. As ever with Haeckel, an objective scientific description is present, yet the drawings are fantastic. Much of Haeckel’s work seems to have
erotic qualities. BOTTOM LEFT Collected in the North Pacific, this Siphonophore 3⁄4 –11⁄4in. (20–30 mm) in width, has an obvious resemblance to fungi from which its name derives—a visual rather than a biological relationship.
The Challenger Expedition Reports
59
E tograph of ted species.
T mnostylus ma, a “jellyfish” adays refied as part of ydromedusae es) as sented in the enger reports eckel and h.
194
REFERENCE & GIFT
T H E
The Shell Collector’s Handbook
Shell Collector ’s
T H E
Shell Collector ’s H A N D B O O K
H A N D B O O K
The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Shells
The essential field guide for exploring the world of shells
3
KENNETH
R.
WYE
AUTHOR
19/10/2017 16:06
Kenneth R. Wye
Explore the world of sea life to be found along the shoreline, in the shallows, and in rock pools with this practical shell spotter’s guide.
CODE ENHHS
The Stargazer’s Handbook A Practical Field Guide to Exploring the World of Stars AUTHOR Brian Jones
From planets and asteroids to the expanding universe, this practical and informative guide is the perfect introduction to the fascinating world of astronomy.
CODE ENHST
s
T H E
Cactus Collector’s H A N D B O O K
ing
19/10/2017 16:03
T H E
Rock Collector’s
s
T H E
Rock Collector’s H A N D B O O K
H A N D B O O K The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals N E R
The Cactus Collector’s Handbook
EDITED
BY
ROSIE
HANKIN
anguage sales enquiries
@quarto.com
The essential field guide for exploring the world of cacti QUARTO PUBLISHING
CLIVE INNES & CHARLES GLASS
AUTHOR Clive Innes and Charles Glass
The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Cacti Organized according to common shapes, this easy-to-use book introduces the reader to the fascinating world of cacti, their characteristics, and provides detailed care instructions.
CODE 324107
SPECIFICATIONS
81⁄8 × 6in
• 208× 155mm • 192pp
195
REFERENCE & GIFT
T H E
The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook
Butterfly Hunter’s
A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet. With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook will help you to identify creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.
The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Butterflies
You’ll also find expert advice and tips on what to look for, as well as where and when to explore to encourage the best butterfly encounters.
ISBN: 978-0-85762-609-7
EAN
The essential field guide for exploring the world of butterflies
9 780857 626097
A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet. With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, this handbook will help you to identify the creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.
NHBT_PLC_195spine-Butterfly_US.indd All Pages
19/10/2017 16:03
EDITOR Julia Shone CODE NHBT
T H E
Shell Collector ’s H A N D B O O K A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet. With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook will help you to identify creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.
H A N D B O O K
T H E
Mushroom Hunter’s
H A N D B O O K
Discover how butterflies evolve, and explore their lifecycle and migration patterns. This information, in addition to the comprehensive butterfly directory, provides everything you need to identify and classify your sightings. You’ll also find expert advice and tips on what to look for, as well as where and when to explore to encourage the best butterfly encounters.
ISBN: 978-0-85762-609-7
ISBN: 978-0-85762-610-3
The essential field guide for exploring the world of shells EAN
EAN
KENNETH
R.
WYE
NHBT_PLC_195spine-Butterfly_US.indd All Pages
19/10/2017 16:06
19/10/2017 16:03
H A N D B O O K
T H E
Butterfl T Hy Hunter’s E H A N D B O O K
Rock Collector’s
You’ll also find expert advice and tips on what to look for, as well as where and when to explore to encourage the best butterfly encounters.
The essential field guide for exploring the world of shells EAN
EAN
KENNETH
R.
WYE
19/10/2017 16:06
NHBT_PLC_195spine-Butterfly_US.indd All Pages
19/10/2017 16:03
T H E
The Rock Collector’s Handbook is the next title in our highly successful “Nature Hunter’s Handbook" series— a collection of practical field guides for exploring the world.
Rock Collector’s
T H E
Mushroom Hunter’s H A N D B O O K
T H E
Rock Collector’s H A N D B O O K
H A N D B O O K
H A N D B O O K
Also new in the series: The Mushroom Hunter’s Handbook (Spring 19) The Cactus Collector’s Handbook (Spring 19)
The essential field guide for exploring the world of mushrooms D AV I D
Specification
P E G L E R
&
B R I A N
The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals
S P O O N E R
EDITED
BY
ROSIE
HANKIN
English language sales enquiries
Trimmed page size: 8¼ x 6 in (208 x 155 mm) Extent: 192 pp Illustrations: Over 340
The Cactus Collector’s Handbook (Spring 19)
T H E
H A N D B O O K
The essential field guide for exploring the world of butterflies
9 780857 626097
9 780857 626103
Cactus Collector’s
H A N D B O O K
ISBN: 978-0-85762-609-7
ISBN: 978-0-85762-610-3
Mushroom Hunter’s
Covering the most common and interesting mushrooms in the United States and Europe, this book is an invaluable and easily accessible source of reference.
Also new in the series: The Rock Collector’s Handbook (Spring 19)
T H E
Shell Collector ’s A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet.
With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook will help you to identify creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.
Discover how butterflies evolve, and explore their lifecycle and migration patterns. This information, in addition to the comprehensive butterfly directory, provides everything you need to identify and classify your sightings.
H A N D B O O K
All the key information you need to identify and classify your collection is provided with images and descriptions of each shell.
H A N D B O O K
Rock Collector’s
Expert advice for what to look for, plus hints and tips on how, when, and where to forage.
Butterfly Hunter’s
Shell Collector ’s
Explore the fascinating world of conchology and shoreline foraging with this collector’s field guide to shells.
More than 200 photographs and illustrations make it easy to identify your finds in the field or to purchase more exotic specimens.
T H E
T H E
T H E
The Mushroom Hunter’s Handbook is the next title in our highly successful “Nature Hunter’s Handbook" series— a collection of practical field guides for exploring the world. NHHS_PLC_195spine-Shell_US.indd All Pages
The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Mushrooms
H A N D B O O K
The essential field guide for exploring the world of butterflies
9 780857 626097
9 780857 626103
NHHS_PLC_195spine-Shell_US.indd All Pages
T H E
Butterfly Hunter’s
Butterfly Hunter’s
All the key information you need to identify and classify your collection is provided with images and descriptions of each shell.
H A N D B O O K
Expert advice for what to look for, plus hints and tips on how, when, and where to forage.
Shell Collector ’s
Explore the fascinating world of conchology and shoreline foraging with this collector’s field guide to shells. More than 200 photographs and illustrations make it easy to identify your finds in the field or to purchase more exotic specimens.
T H E
T H E
The Mushroom Hunter’s Handbook
H A N D B O O K
H A N D B O O K
Discover how butterflies evolve, and explore their lifecycle and migration patterns. This information, in addition to the comprehensive butterfly directory, provides everything you need to identify and classify your sightings.
T H E
Butterfly Hunter’s
Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com
The essential field guide for exploring the world of cacti
The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals
Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: Reference/Nature Code: 323955
EDITED
BY
ROSIE
CLIVE INNES & CHARLES GLASS
QUARTO PUBLISHING
HANKIN
Specification
English language sales enquiries
Trimmed page size: 8¼ x 6 in (208 x 155 mm) Extent: 192 pp Illustrations: Over 340 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: Reference/Nature Code: 323954
Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com
QUARTO PUBLISHING
The essential field guide for exploring the world of mushrooms DAVID
PEGLER
&
BRIAN
SPOONER
Mushroom Identifier Handbook_spreads_v1.indd 100-101
25/06/2018 14:45
AUTHOR David Peglar and Brian Spooner CODE 323954
SPECIFICATIONS
81⁄8 × 6in
• 208× 155mm • 192pp
T H E
Rock Collector’s H A N D B O O K
H A N D B O O K
This compact guide gives a concise description of a large selection of rocks, crystals, and minerals, providing at-a-glance information on distinctive features, composition, and physical properties.
Rock Collector’s
The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Rocks, Crystals, and Minerals
T H E
The Rock Collector’s Handbook
The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals EDITED
BY
ROSIE
HANKIN
EDITOR Rosie Hankin CODE 323955
t of the “slow y a month to digest down and taking
196
REFERENCE & GIFT
Find Your Inner Sloth A Journal Celebrating Slow Living for Daydreamers New for
2019
FIND YOUR INNER
SLOTH
filled with quotes, to achieve more.
r behaviours that s a struggle, and
A JOURNAL CELEBRATING SLOW LIVING FOR DAYDREAMERS
The sloth is the spirit animal and patron saint of the “slow movement.” This gentle mammal that takes nearly a month to digest a single leaf has a lot to teach us about slowing down and taking things easy. This beautifully illustrated, interactive journal is filled with quotes, prompts, and exercises for getting us to do less to achieve more. And once you are in the zen zone, there are other behaviors that sloths can teach us like smiling, even when life’s a struggle, and sleeping more.
SPECIFICATIONS 61⁄2 × 8¾in
• 222 × 165mm • 192pp
CODE 325447
BREATHE SLOW
HOLDING THIS PAGE CLOSE TO YOUR FACE, BREATHE IN AS IF YOU WERE SMELLING THE FLOWER ON THE RIGHT...
Sloths can slow their heart rate to one-third of its normal pace, allowing them to hold their breath underwater for up to 40 minutes. For humans, slower breathing is healthier and usually indicates a relaxed state. In fact, learning to breathe at around 6 per minute well below the usual 12–16 takes you into the so-called coherence range when your breathing is most efficient—and your heart and lungs are working well together. There are plenty of studies that show that learning to breathe slowly and under control can reduce stress, PTSD, panic attacks, and anxiety. So unless you feel stressed when your breathing slows down, enjoy the benefits.
48
... THEN BREATH OUT TRYING TO BLOW THE LEAVES BELOW OFF THE PAGE.
REFERENCE & GIFT
197
The Joy of Creativity A Journal
Give your life a boost with these beautiful journals, full of vibrant, colorful illustrations by leading artists, that will inspire you and put a smile on your face. With thoughtful prompts and tips for sparking and nurturing certain aspects of your life—plus plenty of space for selfexpression—these interactive books will help you to kick down mental blocks and emotional barriers. Whether you want to unleash the creative power inside or find a more calm and serene way of living, whether you wish to count your blessings and live a more thankful life, or need to break out of a bad-sleep slump, you’ll find the journal that can guide you in the right direction.
ILLUSTRATOR Jessica Singh
SPECIFICATIONS
6½ × 8¾in
• 222 × 165mm • 192pp
CODE JCTY Record your dreams here and look for any patterns or insights:
Write a list of things you love:
198
REFERENCE & GIFT
Math Squared 100 Concepts You Should Know Math Squared is a perfect introduction to the mysterious and magical world of numbers, taking you on a whistlestop tour from the essentials of arithmetic to the fascinating outer limits where mathematics and philosophy merge.
AUTHOR Marianne Freiberger and Rachel Thomas
• CODE MASQ
Physics Squared 100 Concepts You Should Know
AUTHOR Graham Southorn and Giles Sparrow
• CODE 308606
A fresh introduction to the most fundamental of all the sciences, covering everything from the laws of motion to quantum physics. Schrödinger’s Cat, the Higgs boson particle, string theory— concepts we’ve all heard of, but how far do we really understand them? Physics Squared guides you through these topics and more.
Psychology Squared 100 Concepts You Should Know Psychology is one of the most important applied sciences, investigating everything from the way we interact to the means by which we perceive the world around us. Psychology Squared is the ideal introduction to the evidence, theories, and hypotheses that inform the modern science of the human mind. AUTHOR Christopher Sterling and Daniel Frings
• CODE EPYSQ
SPECIFICATIONS
74⁄5 × 63⁄8in
• 198 × 162mm • 256pp
REFERENCE & GIFT
199
Daily Affirmations 365 Self-affirmations to Get You Out of Bed in the Morning
Want to … Make a wedding speech? Ace an interview? Get a pay raise? Overcome a fear of flying? Through the power of affirmations, you can take control of your life and replace negative thoughts with positive ones. With hundreds of affirmations organized by theme, find exactly the right words to reprogram your mind. The small, hold-in-the hand, chunky format is a tactile pleasure that readers will find hard to resist.
I live life with good humor and grace I HAVE
EVERYTHING THAT I NEED
I am happy right here, right now
SPECIFICATIONS
6 × 6in
Also available in a larger extent with 500 self-
56
57
59
affirmations.
• 150 × 150mm • 224pp
CODE ORCL
200
REFERENCE & GIFT
The Historic Atlas of New EDITIONs World War II
170 Maps Chart the Most Cataclysmic Event in Human History This book features an entirely original visual reappraisal of the significant battles and events of World War II. From Germany’s invasion of its neighbors to the dropping of atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Splendid full-color mapping with supporting text provides a comprehensive analysis of the most seismic conflict in human history. AUTHOR Malcolm and Alexander Swanston CODE ETHAW
The Historic Atlas of The Bible A Visual Guide from Ancient Times to the New Testament A fascinating and comprehensive exploration of the most influential collection of writings in Western history. By placing the events and people desribed in the Bible into their social and geographical context, it seeks to provide new insights into the scriptures and illuminate a truly significant period in the development of Western civilization. AUTHOR Dr. Ian Barnes CODE BMINI
SPECIFICATIONS
111⁄2 × 8¾in
• 295 × 222mm • 256pp
REFERENCE & GIFT
201
The Historic Atlas of The Celtic World 130 Maps Uncover the History and Culture of the Celtic World This book provides a comprehensive history of the Celts, supported by accurate, detailed maps demonstrating the movements of the people and the major military campaigns and conflicts of the Celts, with engaging, informative text. The Celts made a significant contribution to the world’s art and culture, and many European cultures continue to be influenced by their Celtic origins, with Celtic languages still spoken in parts of the British Isles, Ireland, and France. This book examines that unique legacy.
AUTHOR Dr. Ian Barnes CODE HACE
The Historic Atlas of Native Americans 150 Maps Chronicle the Fascinating and Tragic Story of North America’s Indigenous Peoples A comprehensive exploration of the social, political, and geographical history of the native peoples of America. Beautiful maps and charts show the original positioning of Native American peoples before the arrival of Europeans, their traditional language groups and trade routes, their enforced movements to make way for settlers, and their current placement in modern America. SPECIFICATION 111⁄2 × 8¾in
• 295 × 222mm • 256pp
AUTHOR Dr. Ian Barnes CODE HA14
202
REFERENCE & GIFT
Mankind’s 5000 year thirst for knowledge The e-book age has taken the book to a turning point. But in fact, casting off old technologies and taking on new ones has been part of the history of the book since Egyptian times. At this crucial time for the future of books as we know them, this volume tells the story from the very beginning. From inscriptions on tombs to the first writings on papyrus; from scrolls to the first bound codex books in Roman times; from exclusive and expensive hand-scribed books to the creation of movable type and the invention of printing for the masses; and from the printed book to the digital book, the e-book reader and beyond – discover the History of the Book in 100 Books. Illustrating this story with lavish photography are some of the most treasured artefacts from the world’s historic collections. Some books are selected because they are classic examples of a stage in the history of book production, others because of their content and impact; but each plays its part in tracing mankind’s 5000-year quest to communicate ideas and knowledge.
Roderick Cave has worked with rare-book collections and in developing information-science courses at UNESCO and in libraries and universities across the world. He has advised on book history at several American universities and museums, as well as being a consultant at the British Library, which has published three of his recent books. Sara Ayad has spent a lifetime with books: as a reader, library assistant, bookseller, editor and, latterly, picture researcher. A long stint with The Folio Society extended her broad understanding of the rich heritage of publishing and her aesthetic appreciation of the book as an object. Since 2001 she has been freelance, specialising in picture research for some of Britain’s foremost art institutions.
A History of THE BOOK in 100 Books
Popular Reference
A History of THE BOOK in 100 Books
A History of THE BOOK in 100 Books Mankind’s 5000 year thirst for knowledge
RODERICK CAVE & SARA AYAD
A HISTORY OF THE BOOK IN 100 BOOKS Roderick Cave & Sara Ayad 8 × 10in (254 × 203mm) 288pp IHE
BEST Seller
100 CHARACTERS FROM CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY
ONE HUNDRED PHILOSOPHERS
THE ILLUSTRATED PIRATE DIARIES
Peter King
Alexander Exquemelin
Malcolm Day
6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)
8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)
6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)
192pp FPS
192pp M BUA
THE TRAVELER’S ATLAS: EUROPE
160pp MYF
TO THE ENDS OF THE EARTH
Donna Gerrard & Mike Gerrard
THE TRAVELER’S ATLAS: NORTH AMERICA
Jeremy Harwood
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
Donna Gerrard & Mike Gerrard
10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)
224pp TAE
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
192pp M EOE
224pp TANA
POPULAR REFERENCE
guitars guitars
For guitar fans everywhere, this lavishly illustrated book is packed with intriguing facts, anecdotes, quotes, lists, history, and just plain bizarre stuff. • Enter the world of the early blues guitarists, jazz greats, and iconic rock heroes. • Be amazed at the prices reached by the great guitars of the twentieth-century rock era. • Discover the earliest guitars, and learn about the lives of those who played them. • Check out listings of the best solos, albums, guitar players, and more.
guitars Nigel Cawthorne
• And wonder at weird or just plain funny facts and trivia that will wow guitarists and guitar fans alike.
popular culture, history, and current events.
a compendium of fascinating and extraordinary things!
Nigel Cawthorne
Nigel Cawthorne is a renowned author who has has written extensively on the music industry as well as
ISBN: 978-0-7858-3480-9
9
780785
834809
Printed in China
GFT2 Booksales JKT_v8 1st.indd 1
THE NEW TRAVELER’S ATLAS Mary-Ann Gallagher, John Man & Chris Schuler
Cypress Colours
1ST Proof
17/6/2016 9:35 PM
AMAZING BODY FACTS AND TRIVIA
GUITARS: AMAZING FACTS AND TRIVIA
Jack Challoner
Nigel Cawthorne
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
224pp TVAT
192pp wiro-bound BOFT
192pp wiro-bound GFT2
TRACTORS: AMAZING FACTS AND TRIVIA
THE ILLUSTRATED GOSPEL OF MARK
THE ILLUSTRATED BOOK OF GENESIS
Peter Hensaw
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
128pp IGSM
128pp IBG
ctors tractors
of tractors, its heroes, villains, and major over technical tidbits from the world of dern—machinery.
for smooth running, maintaining, ing, restoring, repairing, accessorizing, d racing tractors.
history’s most significant tractors, from he John Deere Model B.
of over 50 books and cars.
tractors Peter Henshaw
a compendium of fascinating and extraordinary things! Peter Henshaw
ISBN: 978-0-7858-3482-3
9
780785
834823
Made in China
192pp wiro-bound TFT2
BEST Seller
THE BIBLE: A READER’S GUIDE
THE BIBLE’S MOST FASCINATING PEOPLE
A TREASURY OF SAINTS
Henry Wansbrough 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Robin Nettlehorst
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
288pp SDB2
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
160pp SAN2
192pp HCH
Also available 6½ × 8¾in
Malcolm Day
(222 × 165mm) SAIN
203
204
REFERENCE & GIFT
GREAT BATTLES OF WORLD WAR I
GREAT BATTLES OF WORLD WAR II
GREAT BATTLES OF THE CIVIL WAR
Anthony Livesey
John MacDonald
John MacDonald
9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)
9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)
9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)
200pp M WWIG
200pp M GBOW
200pp M CW22
GREAT COMMANDERS AND THEIR BATTLES
GREAT BATTLEFIELDS OF THE WORLD
Anthony Livesey
John MacDonald
9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)
9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)
200pp M GCTB
200pp M GBOT
POPULAR REFERENCE
Stilwell
Special Forces are highly skilled military personnel with unique survival skills and tactics. They are trained to survive alone in the toughest environments on Earth. They stand apart from regular military forces because of the extent and variety of their training and their ability to master any situation. This book is a practical guide to their training and skills.
DON’T
SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES
Topics covered include:
✪ Specialised survival techniques and tips by location ✪ Improvising tools and clothing in disaster scenarios ✪ Navigating and travelling in hostile environments ✪ Signalling for rescue and extrication planning ✪ Emergency first aid tailored to specific environments
DESERT ● ARCTIC ● MOUNTAIN ● JUNGLE ● URBAN
£9.99 Alexander Stilwell is an experienced writer and editor specialising in military history and current affairs. He spent six years in the British Territorial Army, where he was trained in survival skills, firstaid procedures, and escape and evasion techniques. Alexander is the author of The Special Forces Bible; SAS and Elite Forces Guide and Special Forces in Action: Elite Forces Operations, 1991–2011.
SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES
MISS THIS
Alexander Stilwell
PRINTED IN CHINA
THE SPECIAL FORCES BIBLE Alexander Sitwell
SPECIAL FORCES SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Alexander Sitwell
192pp M SSF2
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp M SFST
THE STARGAZER’S GUIDE TO THE UNIVERSE Robin Kerrod
HOW SCIENCE WORKS
8¾ × 10½in (265 × 222mm)
Robert Dinwiddie
AMAZING WEATHER FACTS AND TRIVIA
192pp ITU
7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)
Jack Challoner
160pp BSSE
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound AWFT
50
Military History Book. His successful histories include An Illustrated History of the Crusades,
LEADERS WHO CHANGED HISTORY
Crusader Knights and Royal Britain, and The Lost History of the Aztec and Maya.
T
his insightful and engaging history examines the key qualities that empowered 50 of history’s most charismatic and inspiring leaders in
the fields of politics, religion, culture, and the arts. Read on and investigate the gripping events through which these men and women won renown— or infamy. From Catherine the Great to Nelson Mandela, explore how the idea of the leader has evolved and developed. A vivid narrative combines with character studies, time lines, and analysis of influences, tactics, and decision-making to bring the history of leaders and leadership to life. Stunning historical imagery and specially commissioned infographics illustrate each inspiring story.
INCLUDES: Karl Marx
Moses Alexander the Great
Mohandas Gandhi
Julius Caesar
Pablo Picasso
Charlemagne
Eva Perón
Giuseppe Garibaldi
Steve Jobs
BG - History
50
CHA RLES P HI LLI P S
50 LEADERS
H
SMITH is a writer, editor, and of
non-fiction.
His
istory has been shaped by a host of
STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED Changed History surveys 50 of the greatest HISTORY names: From the fearsome Genghis Khan and
previous
inspirational leaders—men and women
50
who with great vision and passion have driven
books include How to Think Like Steve Jobs, Go Figure, How to Think Like Sherlock, Is
forward innovations in the spheres of politics,
Their Alot Wrong With This Centence?, The
religion, culture, and the arts. 50 Leaders Who
Language of London, and Think You Know it All? Smith is also a long-time contributor
fellow empire builders Alexander the Great and
to The Statesman’s Yearbook, an annual
geopolitical guide to the countries of the world. He lives in London.
WHO CHANGED HISTORY FROM CAESAR TO CHURCHILL, LEARN FROM THE MASTERS
Napoleon Bonaparte to pioneers in the arts such et right inside the strategic thinking behind 50 of history’s as the enigmatic Pablo Picasso and William greatest military, political, and economic triumphs. Learn Shakespeare. Explore how these leaders rose how strategic thinking evolved as history’s most gifted generals, to prominence, analyze their achievements and politicians, and business tycoons looked to the past for lessons legacy, and draw from their example. on how to act in the present. See history as it happened—and
G
experience the moments when events were in the balance and key The 50 stories collected here contain many players had to make crucial strategic decisions. This is history lessons for the modern leader. Key skills of at its most immediate and gripping. With detailed side bars, time leadership emerge throughout the book: From lines, and eye-catching infographics that illustrate the crucial bold military leaders to technical innovators moments that shaped history. and social reformers, great leaders share many core traits. The ability to communicate your
INCLUDES: message; the force of character to motivate your troops; absolute conviction and dedication Infiltrate the enemy Napoleon’s to a cause—these appear again and again. victory at Austerlitz Alexander the Great’s triumph Keep ahead of the curve at Gaugamela Henry Ford’sofassembly line The story of leadership is not just the story Mass communication globaltale success of impressive personalities, it tells aThe broader The knockout counter-punchof ideas and Walt Disney of the development ideals that
Mongolmolded general Subutai the world we live in today.The power of nonviolence Take on your critics Guerrilla warfare Misinformation Bill Gates and Microsoft
BG - History
DA NIE L S M IT H
Margaret Thatcher Martin Luther King, Jr
C HA R LE S PH I LL I P S
George Washington Napoleon Bonaparte
DANIEL
researcher
STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED HISTORY
50
that Changed the Course of History, and The
LEADERS WHO CHANGED HISTORY
CHARLES PHILLIPS is a graduate of Oxford University and the author of more than 35 books. He was a key writer on Time Life’s Myth and Mankind series, 1001 Battles
50
DA N I E L SM I T H
STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED HISTORY
B
ehind history’s defining moments have been great strategies—and the people
who planned them. From cunning military tactics to innovations that changed the way people do business; strategies have been employed across the fields of politics, military, business, and commerce. Successful strategies have determined how wars are fought, power managed, and everything from banks to fashion houses run. By studying the great strategies of history we follow a rich tradition of learning from past example: Those giants of the ancient world, Alexander the Great and Hannibal, remained textbook examples of warfare strategy for modern military leaders including World War II supreme commander, and future US president, Dwight Eisenhower. Even the oldest military strategies, such as the sly ploy of the Trojan horse, have found modern counterparts—the aptly named “Trojan” computer viruses of the twenty-first century. More than a history of key events, 50 Strategies That Changed History is the story of the men and women who challenged the status quo and in doing so shaped the world we live in today.
FROM BATTLE TACTICS TO BUSINESS BLUEPRINTS, LEARN FROM THE MASTERS
Printed in China by Toppan Leefung
Printed in China by Toppan Leefung
50 LEADERS WHO CHANGED HISTORY
50 STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED HISTORY
Charles Phillips
Daniel Smith
9 x 7½in (246 × 190mm)
9 x 7½in (246 × 190mm)
256pp E LEAD
256pp E STRA
205
206
REFERENCE & GIFT
Natural History & Animals
PATTERNS IN NATURE
ORIGINS: AN ATLAS OF HUMAN MIGRATION
ATLAS OF OCEANS
Philip Ball 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)
General Editor: Russell King
8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)
288pp M PTN
10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)
256pp M SEAB
John Farndon
192pp M AOC
The Primate Family Tree “An up-to-date, comprehensive, appealing introduction to the great diversity of primates ... The book is beautifully designed, and the contents are well organized and will be interesting to all ... Each page is a delight to read. This book would be an excellent text for a relevant course or a welcome addition to any home library. I recommend it very highly.” —Marvin Druger, Syracuse University, Science Books and Films
Redmond
The Primate Family Tree is a beautifully illustrated and complete guide to more than 270 species of primates from the four main primate groups: prosimians, New World monkeys, Old World monkeys and the apes. The authoritative text is complemented by more than 180 color photographs taken in the field, along with color illustrations, range maps and species-classification diagrams. It covers global distribution of primate species; their diet, habitat and biology; and primate culture, social structure and communication. Additional topics include anthropological theories, DNA research, species conservation, habitat loss and the effects of the bush meat trade, civil war, traditional medicine and tourism on primate survival.
The Primate Family Tree
This is an exceptional reference for students, naturalists, teachers and anyone else interested in primates or conservation issues.
IAN REDMOND, OBE, is a wildlife biologist and one of the world’s leading great-ape conservationists. He is Chief Consultant for the joint UNEP/UNESCO Great Apes Survival Project and Founder and Chairman of the Ape Alliance. He has worked on more than 60 documentaries and was an advisor to Sigourney Weaver on her role as his former colleague, Dian Fossey, in the film Gorillas in the Mist.
DAME JANE GOODALL is a primatologist renowned for her studies over 45 years of the social and family life of chimpanzees in Gombe Stream National Park, Tanzania. In 1977, she established the Jane Goodall Institute, which is a global leader in the effort to protect chimpanzees and their habitats.
The
the amazing diversity of our closest relatives
Primate Family Tree
Ian Redmond Foreword by Jane Goodall
Printed in China
WHALE WATCHER
THE PRIMATE FAMILY TREE
Trevor Day
Ian Redmond
THE ILLUSTRATED ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ANIMALS
8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)
10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)
Dr. Philip Whitfield
160pp M WWA
176pp M PFT
9 × 11½in (288 × 229mm)
Also available 9 × 10in (261 × 225mm)
616pp M AERA
n routes of more the equator
deliver essential nce, and timing
ant bird species
cies and
nd the best times
JONATHAN ELPHICK (CONSULTANT) Jonathan Elphick has spent over 50 years watching, studying, thinking, and writing about birds. As a natural history author, editor, consultant, researcher, lecturer, and broadcaster he has worked on a huge number of books, magazines, and other publications. He lives in London and travels extensively in search of birds and wild places, and is a Scientific fellow of the Zoological Society of London and of the Linnean Society of London.
Cover Design: Linda Cole
Photographs, front and back cover: Shutterstock
ANIMAL MIGRATION
Endangered Birds is a celebration of the wonderful diversity of bird life and the diverse landscapes in which they live. However, it is also a timely reminder of the endangered state of the world’s habitats and wildlife. And the serious pressures that humans are putting on planet Earth threaten bird life worldwide. Comprehensive in scope and content, Endangered Birds has been written by an acknowledged natural history expert, with the support of BirdLife International, a pivotal organization in the conservation of birds. • Contains all the bird species that are Vulnerable, Endangered, or Critically Endangered • Summarizes the pressures that threaten birds around the world • Describes the major habitats of the world and the threats to them and their bird fauna • Presents the conservation actions that are in place to rescue threatened bird species
ISBN 978-1-877069-80-2
9 781877 069802
for many people, birds are some of the most visible and attractive of all our wildlife – they inspire and delight us, whether seen in the garden or spotted while on vacation. They are also vital indicators of environmental degradation, since they respond quickly to changes around them – diminishing populations of wild birds point to environmental dangers and deteriorating conditions. A healthy population of birds and a high diversity of different bird species are sure signs that conditions are good and that a habitat is in a stable and balanced state. The inherent popularity of birds means they can be flagships for conservation efforts, through which habitats and a myriad of other life forms are protected for the future.
ENDANGERED
BIRDS
Bird Watch first looks at the threats there are to our bird life and then examines the habitats of endangered birds from all over the planet, highlighting key endangered species and habitats. A major section lists every bird on the IUCN/Birdlife International Red List that are listed as Vulnerable, Endangered, or Critically Endangered, and supplies profiles for over 150 of them. There follows an overview of the conservation measures being taken to protect birds, and the book concludes with a list of the world’s best birding sites. This beautifully illustrated book is both a celebration of the beauty and diversity of birds and their habitats, and a warning of the plight of many species around the world.
A Survey of PlAnet eArth’S ChAnging eCoSyStemS MARtIN WAltERS in ASSoCiAtion With BirDlife internAtionAl
THE ATLAS OF ENDANGERED SPECIES
ENDANGERED BIRDS
Ben Hoare 10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)
John A. Burton
8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)
176pp M AAMI
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
256pp M EBIW
Martin Walters
256pp END-N AT L A S OF
BIRD MIGRATION
ird migration: sts and biology
BIRDS A Survey of PlAnet eArth’S ChAnging eCoSyStemS
BirdLife’s key aims are: to prevent the extinction of any bird species; maintain and improve their conservation status; conserve, improve, and enlarge sites and habitats important for birds; to conserve biodiversity and to improve the quality of people’s lives; and to integrate bird conservation into sustaining people’s livelihoods. By focusing on birds, and the sites and habitats on which they depend, the BirdLife Partnership is working to improve the quality of life for birds, for other wildlife biodiversity, and for people.
ATLAS OF
the mysteries of g the results of
BIRdLIfE INTERNATIONAL BirdLife International is a global Partnership of conservation organizations that strives to conserve birds, their habitats, and global biodiversity, and works with people towards sustainability in the use of natural resources. from its Global Office in Cambridge, England, it operates in over 110 countries and territories worldwide, with more than 4,000 staff working for conservation and over 2.5 million members. It owns or manages over 10,000 square kilometres (4,000 square miles) of land worldwide.
ENDANGERED
ENDANGERED BIRDS MARtIN WAltERS
N
MARTIN WALTERS (AUTHOR) Martin Walters is a writer, editor, and naturalist based in Cambridge, England. He studied Zoology at the University of Oxford and spent several years as Biological Sciences Editor at the Cambridge University Press, where he was responsible for developing the botany, ecology, and natural history lists. His particular interests lie in birds and bird song, travel, and he is also a field botanist, with a special interest in vegetation, habitats, and conservation.
Elphick
D
NATURAL HISTORY & ANIMALS
BIRD
MIGRATION tracing the Great Journeys of the World’s Birds
Jonathan Elphick General Editor Foreword By thomas E. lovEJoy
ATLAS OF BIRD MIGRATION
THE MARSHALL ILLUSTRATED ENCYCLOPEDIA OF BIRDS
1000 BIRDS
Dr. Malcolm Ogilvie 10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)
Dr. Christopher M. Perrins
8 × 10in (254 × 203mm)
176pp M BDM
9 × 11½in (288 × 229mm)
288pp M TBRD
Also available 10 × 9in (261 × 225mm)
420pp M 1400
AMAZING BIRD FACTS AND TRIVIA 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
THE SMARTEST ANIMALS ON THE PLANET: REVISED AND UPDATED EDITION
160pp wiro-bound BLL2
Dr. Sally Boysen
Dr. Roger Lederer
8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 192pp AIN2
Editor: Sarah Hoggett
Continued on back flap
207
208
REFERENCE & GIFT
DON’T
MISS THIS
ALDERTOn
LIVELY DOGS
LAZY DOGS
ThE
BIG DOGS
FLUFFY DOGS
HIGH-
MAINTENANCE DOGS
SMALL DOGS
How to Choose the Right Dog for You Choosing a dog is like choosing a partner—you need to be sure you can get along, have similar interests, and are both willing to make compromises. If you’re more of a sofa surfer than an exercise junky, you should steer clear of the Irish Setter and the Belgian Sheepdog because these dogs love to run. And, if your home isn’t spacious, you might not have the room for a Saint Bernard or a Great Dane. So how do you choose your canine friend for life? The Dog Selector makes it easy. Expertly written text supplemented with helpful sidebar features, engaging photography, and intriguing facts on 130 of the most common breeds ensures that you’ll find your perfect canine companion. A carefully planned questionnaire at the end of the book directs you to detailed profiles of your top ten breeds, matching your personality and lifestyle to a suitable dog. Whether you need a low-maintenance Labradoodle or a super-smart German Shepherd Dog, you’ll find the right dog in this book.
AMAZING DOG FACTS AND TRIVIA
GIANT BOOK OF THE DOG
Ryan O’Meara
9 × 12in (305 × 229mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
416pp GBD
192pp wiro-bound DGL
QUIET DOGS
Dog THE
LOW-
MAINTENANCE DOGS
AND LOTS OF OTHER DOGS
NOISY DOGS
Alderton
ThE DOG SELECTOR
DOG SELECTOR
The Essential guide to Understanding Your Dog’s Behavior
David Alderton
When your dog becomes excited, do you know whether he’s expressing joy or anxiety? This book shows how to pick up on the signals and messages he sends out to you and others. You’ll also learn how understanding your dog’s behavior will help you bond more closely with him. • Clear, annotated photos show the signals that dogs convey in both normal and special situations.
THE DOG SELECTOR
• Authoritative text helps you interpret the different messages your dog sends out.
David Alderton
THE Dog DEcoDEr
DEcoDEr
hOW TO ChOOSE ThE RIGhT DOG FOR YOU
Dog DEcoDEr THE
The Essential guide to Understanding Your Dog’s Behavior
10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm) 176pp M PECA
EAN
ISBN: 978-0-7641-4725-8
$18.99 Canada $22.99
David Alderton
w w w. b a r r o n se d u c. co m
Also available 8 × 9in (232 × 200mm)
THE DOG BREED HANDBOOK
DOG DECODER
Joan Palmer
David Alderton
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
7½ × 10in (254 × 190mm)
192pp wiro-bound DBR
176pp M DGD Also available 9 × 11½in (292 × 218mm)
DOG Just like finding your life partner, finding the perfect doggy match is about choosing a dog or puppy with a personality that is just right for you.
Over 250 dogs
Easy rating system
Likes and loves
Your ideal breed will be expertly matched from hundreds of beautiful pedigrees and lovable mixed-breed dogs.
An easy-to-use set of “human profiles” make the selection process fun and straightforward.
Each dog has an in-depth profile and an owner-oriented guide to what they like best.
DOG
The ultimate breed-by-breed guide to choosing a dog that is your ideal match
Your Perfect
Your Perfect
Your Perfect
DOG The ultimate breed-by-breed guide to choosing a dog that is your ideal match
HOW TO TALK WITH YOUR DOG
YOUR PERFECT DOG
David Alderton
David Alderton
6¾ × 9in (228 × 172mm)
8½ × 10¼in (260 × 215mm)
128pp M HTWD
208pp M MYPD
NATURAL HISTORY & ANIMALS ThE
With so many cat breeds available, making the right choice can be difficult. How can you tell if your cat will be good with children, or need extra grooming? Will it love being outdoors, or will it prefer indoor comforts? Will it want to bring you little presents it has hunted in the backyard? Is it intelligent and curious, or is it really quite lazy? This authoritatively written guide will help you understand the essential character of 120 breeds. You’ll find the information you need to make an informed decision and find your perfect feline pet.
Barron’s Educational Series, Inc. 250 Wireless Blvd., Hauppauge, NY 11788 www.barronseduc.com Printed in China
• Each cat profile includes information on personality, appearance, grooming requirements, and specific health considerations • Over 200 stunning photos with informative captions will help you identify the key qualities of each cat breed • Special selector charts are designed to match the right owner with the right cat
EAN
ISBN: 978-0-7641-6424-8
$24.99 Canada $29.99 www. b arronse duc. com
s of information are taken from all areas of the equine pages of science journals to the ringside of a rodeo.
to questions such as: hair or fur? oss with a zebra? er been cloned? stand in the rain? o horses prefer? orse compared to a cheetah?
cludes practical advice on riding and showing horses, and eciation and respect for these most magnificent beasts.
CATS
CAT ThE
SELECTOR
LARGE CATS TALENTED CATS
HOME-
LOVING CATS
EXOTIC CATS
PLAYFUL CATS
How to Choose the Right Cat for You Choosing a cat is an important decision—one you hope to be happy with for a long time to come. All cats are independent, but their behavior characteristics, their coats, and their general appearances will vary widely among different breeds. Recognizing these differences can make choosing the feline companion that is perfect for you a daunting task. The Cat Selector is designed to help you make that choice wisely. Author David Alderton’s expert advice is accompanied by at-a-glance breed facts, engaging photographs, and fascinating insights into the development of over 120 breeds. Here is all the information you’ll need to carry out your search for the perfect feline companion. A carefully planned questionnaire at the end of the book directs you to your ideal match, analyzing your personality, lifestyle, and experience, and harmonizing these details with the cat breed that’s perfect for you. Whether you want a loyal stay-at-home Abyssinian, a dramatic Himalayan, or a family-friendly European Shorthair, you’ll find the right cat for you in this book.
WORKING CATS
FLUFFY CATS
HIGH-
MAINTENANCE CATS
PATTERNED CATS
hOw TO ChOOSE ThE RighT CAT fOR yOu David Alderton
AMAZING CAT FACTS AND TRIVIA
THE CAT SELECTOR
THE CAT BREED HANDBOOK
Tammy Gagne
David Alderton
Angela Rixon
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
192pp wiro-bound CATO
176pp M CSEL
192pp wiro-bound CBR
horses
rses
ses and trivia alike, this colorful book is packed with from physical characteristics and folklore to safety tips and s.
ENERGETIC COLORFUL CATS
ThE CAT SELECTOR
SELECTOR
David has been awarded the Maxwell Medallion by the Dog Writer’s Association of America, and was nominated for the Sir Peter Kent Conservation Book Prize. He is an elected member of the Kennel Club.
ALdERTOn
CAT
About the author David Alderton is a writer specializing in pets and natural history. His books have sold over six million copies and have been translated into 30 languages. He also writes about pets and their care for many newspapers and magazines, and participates frequently in radio and television programs. Most recently, he worked on It’s a Dog’s Life, which was broadcast worldwide on the Discovery Channel.
horses
DON’T
MISS THIS
e Professor and Division Chair
es Department at William Woods
a compendium of fascinating and extraordinary things!
He has trained over 40 National and is a licensed judge for
Gary Mullen
ans.
ISBN: 978-0-7858-3481-6
9
780785
834816
Gary Mullen
Printed in China
Cypress Colours
1 Proof ST
17/6/2016 9:35 PM
HORSES: AMAZING FACTS AND TRIVIA
THE HORSE CARE HANDBOOK
Gary Mullen
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
192pp wiro-bound HOCA
Ashley Wood
192pp wiro-bound HFT2
THE BUTTERFLY HANDBOOK Dr. Lee D. Miller & Dr. Jacqueline Y. Miller
THE AQUARIUM FISH HANDBOOK
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Derek Lambert
256pp wiro-bound BUH
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound FBB
209
210
REFERENCE & GIFT
THE GREAT DINOSAUR DISCOVERIES
MAMMOTHS: GIANTS OF THE ICE AGE
ATLAS OF THE PREHISTORIC WORLD
Darren Naish
Adrian Lister & Paul Bahn
9 × 11½in (288 × 229mm)
8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)
8½ × 11in (276 × 216mm)
224pp M 935
192pp M GDV
192pp M MAM
DRAGONS: A NATURAL HISTORY
HOW TO RAISE AND KEEP A DRAGON
Dr. Karl Shuker
John Topsell & Joseph Nigg
7½ × 9in (225 × 194mm)
8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)
120pp M D222
128pp RKP2
Douglas Palmer
NATURAL HISTORY & ANIMALS • MUSIC & PERFORMING ARTS
Music & Performing Arts
d chords ul, classical
f over 500 st common ographs and tions.
90
the book flat gering indicated on re given nces.
DON’T
0,
Co pie 00 0 s Wo rld Sold wide !
COMPACT EDITION
ock, pop, assical, this he music at your to becoming
MISS
nal guitarist and g and knowledge of ight into the many e faced with. Phil is njoys a popular long e Contemporary ar contributor to ious books include le for Guitar, Learn tes a Day.
M) is a graduate of Newcastle College and School of Music, London. He is a regular usic scene and enjoys a long-running residency hes at the Contemporary Institute of Music s a regular contributor to Total Guitar iques. Phil is the author of several books Bible, Learn to Play Guitar, and Play Better y.
ina
THE GUITAR PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE: COMPACT EDITION Phil Capone 4¾ × 6½in (165 × 123mm) 256pp wiro-bound GCBC
GUITAR CHORD BIBLE
ret chords used by n guitarists, as well as rds in their most common k the key to taking your guitar vel.
otographs and easy-to-follow ng diagrams for each chord d on a fretboard, and tips on n together with relevant chord
Over 500 Illustrated Chords For Rock, Blues, Soul, Country, Jazz, & Classical
GUITAR CHORD BIBLE 500 MORE CHORDS
from the hugely uitar Chord Bible, ctory includes 500 ted chords for lk, blues, country, ssical guitar.
PHIL CaPone
CHARTWELL BOOKS
NEW Editions
THESE
STEVE ASHWORTH
STEVE ASHWORTH
PHIL CAPONE
PHIL CAPONE
GUITAR CHORD BIBLE
Over 500 illustrated chords for Rock, Blues, Soul, Country, Jazz & Classical
500 MORE
CHORDS
for rock, pop, folk, blues, country, jazz, and classical
selected by PHIL CAPONE
PHIL CAPONE
600,000+ Copies Sold Worldwide!
cypress colours
1ST Proof
LEARN TO PLAY
KEYBOARDS A guide to playing piano and all the electronic keyboard instruments
GUITAR CHORD BIBLE
LEARN TO PLAY KEYBOARDS
Phil Capone
Steve Ashworth
7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) 302815
7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) 302812
Also available 5¾ × 7¾in
Also available 5¾ × 7¾in
(195 × 145mm)
(195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound GUP
256pp wiro-bound + CD LPK
12/02/2015 10:37 AM
GUITAR CHORD BIBLE: 500 MORE CHORDS Phil Capone 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound GCB2
211
212
REFERENCE & GIFT
BEST Seller
THE COMPLETE BOOK OF GUITAR SCALES
LEARN TO PLAY THE GUITAR Phil Capone
PLAY BETTER GUITAR IN 10 MINUTES A DAY
Phil Capone
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Phil Capone
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound + CD LPG
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound + CD GSCL
224pp wiro-bound + CD DGWB
LEARN TO PLAY COUNTRY GUITAR
LEARN TO PLAY BASS GUITAR
Phil Capone
Phil Capone
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound + CD LPCG
256pp wiro-bound + CD PBG
YES YOU CAN PLAY GREAT ROCK GUITAR
THE GUITAR PLAYER’S SONGWRITING BIBLE
Phil Capone & Paul Copperwaite
THE FINGERPICKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE FOR GUITAR
7½ × 9in (233 × 188mm)
Phil Capone
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
192pp wiro-bound + CD M YPRG
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
256pp wiro-bound + CD GSW
256pp wiro-bound + CD AFSB
Leo Coulter & Richard Jones
MUSIC & PERFORMING ARTS
LEARN TO PLAY SAX
LEARN TO PLAY DRUMS
Ollie Weston
Justin Scott
KEYBOARD PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)
Paul Lennon
256pp wiro-bound + CD SAX
256pp wiro-bound + CD PDR
5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound KPCB
DON’T
MISS THIS
LEARN TO PLAY UKULELE Phil Capone 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound + CD LPU
213
214
REFERENCE & GIFT
Gift DON’T
LIFT ME UP
THESE
5½ × 7¾in (200 × 140mm)
MISS
Claire Diaz-Ortiz 160pp BQFL
100 SMALL WAYS TO QUIT WORRYING Oliver Luke Deloire 6 × 7¾in (195 × 155mm) 128pp M SWQW
100 SMALL WAYS TO MANAGE TIME Oliver Luke Deloire 6 × 7¾in (195 × 155mm) 128pp M SWMT
SERIES
216
SERIES LISTINGS
THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES Since the publication of Quarto’s very first “Encyclopedia” more than 20 years ago, this bestselling series has gone from strength to strength, providing readers with the skills and inspiration to create anything from fantasy art and embroidery to beading and ceramics. Look out for our latest revised, expanded, and updated editions, including oil painting, pastels, watercolor, acrylics, and embroidery.
Art & Design NEW Editions
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ACRYLIC TECHNIQUES Hazel Harrison 176pp EAT2
8¾ x 8¾in (222 x 222mm)
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WATERCOLOR TECHNIQUES Hazel Harrison 192pp EWTN
THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OIL TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF KNITTING TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POTTERY TECHNIQUES
Jeremy Galton 176pp OPTN
Lesley Stanfield & Melody Griffiths 176pp EKTN
Peter Cosentino 176pp EPTN
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PASTEL TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRINTMAKING TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WOODWORKING TECHNIQUES
Judy Martin 176pp EPPN
Judy Martin 176pp EPMN
Jeremy Brown 176pp EWDN
217
218
SERIES LISTINGS
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WATERCOLOR TECHNIQUES FOR LANDSCAPE
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FLOWER PAINTING TECHNIQUES
Hazel Harrison 160pp EDRT
Sue Burton 192pp FHO
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COLOURED PENCIL TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRINTMAKING TECHNIQUES
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF AIRBRUSH TECHNIQUES
Judy Martin 176pp CPE2
Judy Martin 176pp EPM
Michael E. Leek 192pp ATQ
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CALLIGRAPHY AND ILLUMINATION
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WRITING AND ILLUSTRATING CHILDREN’S BOOKS
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ILLUSTRATION TECHNIQUES
Hazel Soan 176pp ELP
The Encyclopedia of
The Encyclopedia of
of
SEARCH PRESS
Classics
Techniques
s and colour ranges ncils: hard, soft and
onstrations of each key king in and burnishing to g.
alternative typefaces dependent on design.
Techniques
Judy Martin
nished examples that make dynamic use of ange of subjects.
25/11/2013 12:33
A complete step-by-step directory of key techniques, plus an inspirational gallery showing how artists use them
Search Press
Search Press
UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
Judy Martin
(smaller spines)
(big spines and title pages and backcovers)
Search Press Search Press
Search Press
Search Press
(back cover alternative)
Janet Mehigan & Mary Noble 160pp CIL
Desdemona McCannon, Sue Thornton & Yadzia Williams 160pp ECI
Catherine Slade 176pp EIT
THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CARTOONING TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FANTASY AND SCIENCE FICTION ART TECHNIQUES
Steve Whitaker 176pp TOO
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FASHION ILLUSTRATION TECHNIQUES Carol Nunnelly 160pp FAIT
John Grant & Ron Tiner 176pp PFS
Needlecraft
ng with concise and photographs, of the trade.
sTiTch gauge
f the best-selling ques provides ideas, elp to give you ry time.
hs have been knitting to, several magazines. itting and crochet.
comBiNaTioN sTiTches
Printed in China
BeadiNg
Basic sTiTches
The New eNcyclopedia of kNiTTiNg TechNiques
TexTuRes
sTiTch gauge
a comprehensive visual guide to traditional and contemporary techniques Lesley Stanfield & Melody Griffiths
eNTRelac
comBiNaTioN sTiTches
Stanfield & Griffiths
$19.95 in U.S.A. $23.00 in CAN
ISBN 978-0-7624-4086-3
The New eNcyclopedia of kNiTTiNg TechNiques
Basic sTiTches
tting techniques, s of knitters, from nced.
04/11
BoBBles
caBles
3rd Proof
Title:
Job No:
BoBBles
EKT2-Encyclopedia of knitting : 22234 CPJ1210-3/ Peihua Running Press
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF KNITTING TECHNIQUES
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROCHET TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SEWING TECHNIQUES
Melody Griffiths & Lesley Stanfield 144pp EKT2
Jan Eaton 160pp ECR2
Wendy Gardiner 160pp ESET
The Encyclopedia of
Explains in detailed step-by-step photographs all the techniques required to make beautiful quilted and patchwork items. For the busy but creative quilter, a section on rotary cutting and speedpiecing shows how to achieve satisfying results in half the time.
A gallery of stunning items to inspire quilters and patchworkers at all levels. UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
www.searchpress.com
The Encyclopedia of
The Encyclopedia of
TECHNIQUES Comprehensive directory of 240 stitches ranging from cross stitch to assisi and from embroidery to quilting. Each stitch is illustrated in full colour and supported by explanatory artwork.
Techniques
A gallery of finished examples from around the world demonstrates the diversity and originality of contemporary embroidery.
SEARCH PRESS
Classics
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
25/11/2013 12:33
TECHNIQUES
A unique visual directory of all the major embroidery techniques, plus inspirational examples of traditional and innovative finished work
SEARCH PRESS
Classics
UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
A comprehensive visual guide to traditional and contemporary techniques
Katharine Guerrier
Pauline Brown
Katharine Guerrier
How-to-start advice for the beginner; advanced techniques for the more experienced quilter.
The Encyclopedia of
TECHNIQUES
Techniques
previously published as
The Encyclopedia of
The Encyclopedia of QUILTING & PATCHWORK Techniques
previously published as
www.searchpress.com
Pauline Brown
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
25/11/2013 12:33
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF TEDDY-BEAR MAKING TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF QUILTING AND PATCHWORK TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EMBROIDERY TECHNIQUES
Alicia Merrett & Ann Stephens 160pp TDY
Katherine Guerrier 176pp EQT2
Pauline Brown 176pp EET2
219
220
SERIES LISTINGS
General Crafts
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROSS STITCH TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POTTERY TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MOSAIC TECHNIQUES
Betty Barnden 160pp ECST
Peter Cosentino 192pp EPT
Emma Biggs 160pp MST
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCULPTING TECHNIQUES
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POLYMER CLAY TECHNIQUES
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF JEWELRY-MAKING TECHNIQUES
John Plowman 176pp ESC
Sue Heaser 160pp EPCT
Jinks McGrath 160pp EJM2
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WIRE JEWELRY TECHNIQUES Sara Withers 160pp WJT
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CONTEMPORARY JEWELRY MAKING TECHNIQUES Vannetta Seecherran 160pp CJT
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF BEADING TECHNIQUES Stephanie Burnham & Sara Withers 160pp EBD
THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES
The Encyclopedia of
e Encyclopedia of
chniques
er traditional forms, such as the ‘Printer’s Hat’ Masu box’, before moving on to contemporary ions including the ‘Square Bear’ and the ‘Elias e Base’.
Nick Robinson
an inspiring, whirlwind tour of the finest mi models made in the world today. This onstration of the infinite possibilities of paper ng is sure to delight and intrigue you.
Techniques
n all the basic folds and bases, from beginner pert level. Then put your art into practice by sing from over 30 model projects, all shown reshingly simple step-by-step diagrams.
The Encyclopedia of Techniques The complete, fully illustrated guide to the folded paper arts
UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95
SEARCH PRESS
Classics
Nick Robinson
Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1
25/11/2013 12:33
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI TECHNIQUES Nick Robinson 160pp OGT2
THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI AND PAPERCRAFT TECHNIQUES Ayako Brodeck Editor: Claire Waite Brown 160pp EPO2
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PAPERMAKING AND BOOKBINDING Heidi Reimer-Epp & Mary Reimer 160pp EPMT
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCRAPBOOKING TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PICTURE FRAMING TECHNIQUES
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WOODWORKING TECHNIQUES
Karen McIvor & Sarah Mason 160pp ESBT
Robert Cunning 176pp FXF
Jeremy Broun 176pp EWD
Lifestyle
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DECORATIVE PAINT EFFECTS
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FLOWER ARRANGING TECHNIQUES
Simon Cavelle 176pp EDP
Marcia Hurst 176pp EFT
221
222
SERIES LISTINGS
THE “TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS” SERIES A rapidly growing series of how-to guides for craft, art, wellbeing, and hobbies, the “Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets” series successfully mixes the essential information needed for beginners with expert techniques and insights that make for really fast and interesting learning. These are highly practical guides that encourage readers to try out new ideas, while also showing how to rescue projects that don’t quite go to plan! 7½ x 9¾in (246 x 190mm)
Art & Design COMPENDIUM OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES: 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS Donna Krizek 176pp TTSS
COMPENDIUM OF WATERCOLOUR TECHNIQUES: OVER 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
COMPENDIUM OF ACRYLIC PAINTING TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
Robin Berry 176pp WTTS
Gill Barron 176pp ACPA
Needlecraft NEW Edition
BEST Seller
350+ CROCHET TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
350+ KNITTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
200 SEWING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
350+ QUILTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
Jan Eaton 160pp CRT2
Betty Barnden 160pp KTT2
Lorna Knight 160pp STTS
Susan Briscoe 160pp QTS
223
THE “TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS” SERIES
General Crafts
S, TECHNIQUES, AND
ADE SECRETS FOR
step photographs, diagrams, and clear will guide you through each stage of or you can look up details for help with problem.
how to improvise tools using kitchen , find a shortcut to rolling faultless he perfect spout, and learn a foolproof removing a vessel from the wheel orting it.
tion features “try it” and “fix it” panels, ways to practice or develop skills and mon errors.
ofessional studio ceramicist who teaches pottery erapy in various colleges in the U.K. She now in low-fire techniques, including smoke-firing and e in rural Shropshire. Jacqui has contributed to oject maker and gallery artist and is the author of chniques Revealed, Pottery Basics, and The Tile
TECHNIQUES, AND 250 TIPS, TRADE SECRETS FOR POTTERS
OTTERS
dispensable compendium of essential owledge and troubleshooting tips
ving an expert on call 24 hours a nswers to any ceramic questions dilemmas you might have
NEW Edition
Atkin
250
250 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND
TRADE SECRETS FOR
POTTERS The indispensable compendium of essential knowledge and troubleshooting tips Jacqui Atkin
EAN
ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4116-4 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4116-3
$24.99 w w w.b a rr onseduc.com
11/18/08 10:58:24 AM
250 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR POTTERS Jacqui Atkin 160pp TTSP
COMPENDIUM OF MOSAIC TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TEMPLATES Bonnie Fitzgerald 160pp TTTM
200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR JEWELRY MAKING
350+ BEADING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
Xuella Arnold & Sara Withers 160pp TTSJ
Jean Power 160pp BTT2
Lifestyle GERALIN THOMAS specializes in home and home-office organizing. She’s a public speaker and an instructor for professional organizers. For six seasons fans watched Geralin organize America’s most cluttered homes on A&E’s Emmy-nominated TV series, Hoarders. Learn more about her at www.metropolitanorganizing.com. Jacket credits, front: Clare Morton, Interior Designer, Studio Morton LTD, studiomorton.com, Photo: Emma Lewis, emmalewisphotography.co.uk. Back: Bower Architecture, bowerarchitecture.com.au, Bellarine Beach House, Pont Lonsdale, Australia; Photography: Nikole Ramsay, nikoleramsay.com; Styling: Emma O’Meara; Interior Design & Furniture Selection: Bower Architecture; Builder: Will Gordon, Jardine Homes.
A COOK’S COMPENDIUM OF 250 ESSENTIAL TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TASTY RECIPES
200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUT TERING YOUR HOME Geralin Thomas
In this useful compendium, you will find fun and creative ways to get started on your decluttering journey, as well as plenty of tips, techniques, quick fixes, and trade secrets for when you are fully in the swing of things. Decluttering doesn’t need to be painful, after all. Includes tips for organizing the home, room by room, as well as ways to manage your calendar and digital clutter. You will also find useful information on how to maintain your newly organized home and lifestyle, with checklists and planners to help you stay clutter free.
200 T I PS A N D T ECH N IQU ES FOR
D E C LYU T TERING OUR HOME Geralin Thomas
200 SUREFIRE WAYS TO EAT WELL AND FEEL BETTER
300 CAKE DECORATING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS
200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUTTERING YOUR HOME
Dr. Judith Rodriguez 144pp FTTE
Carol Deacon 160pp TTTF
Geralin Thomas 176pp TTDH
Jenni Davis 160pp TTCS
300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR PAINTING AND DECORATING
200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND RECIPES FOR NATURAL BEAUTY
Alison Jenkins 176pp TFID
Shannon Buck 144pp HBT
224
SERIES LISTINGS
THE “MUSIC BIBLE” SERIES The Quarto “Music Bible” series now extends to 15 different titles, from the bestselling Guitar Player’s Chord Bible through to instructionals on keyboards, drums, sax, and even the ukulele. Written and designed to be accessible to learners who want a quick way in to a new instrument or new skill, many of the titles come with a CD and the wiro-binding means they stay on the right page on the music stand. 5¾ x 7¾in (195 x 145mm) wiro-bound
BEST Seller
d chords for ountry, jazz
ver 500 popular on voicings and easy-toions.
u to lay the book playing. Fingering e clearly indicated echnique are chord sequences.
favours rock, pop, try or classical, olume puts the t guitar music you on the hordmaster!
ollege and the prestigious any years of experience as a ge of styles, both live and in have not only given him a e world of the contemporary pitfalls and frustrations that il frequently performs on the sidency with his own quintet. ping and the King Alfred r contributor to
Printed in China
THE GUITAR PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE
GUITAR CHORD BIBLE: 500 MORE CHORDS
THE COMPLETE BOOK OF GUITAR SCALES
Phil Capone 256pp GUP
Phil Capone 256pp GCB2
Phil Capone 256pp + CD GSCL
PLAY BETTER GUITAR IN 10 MINUTES A DAY
LEARN TO PLAY COUNTRY GUITAR
Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) flexibound (opens flat) 302815
BEST Seller
LEARN TO PLAY THE GUITAR Phil Capone 256pp + CD LPG
Phil Capone 224pp + CD DGWB
Phil Capone 256pp + CD LPCG
THE “MUSIC BIBLE” SERIES
LEARN TO PLAY BASS GUITAR
THE FINGERPICKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE FOR GUITAR
THE GUITAR PLAYER’S SONGWRITING BIBLE
Phil Capone 256pp + CD AFSB
Leo Coulter & Richard Jones 256pp + CD GSW
LEARN TO PLAY UKULELE
LEARN TO PLAY SAX
LEARN TO PLAY DRUMS
Phil Capone 192pp + CD LPU
Ollie Weston 256pp + CD SAX
Justin Scott
LEARN TO PLAY KEYBOARDS
KEYBOARD PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE
Phil Capone 256pp + CD PBG
Steve Ashworth 256pp + CD LPK Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) flexibound (opens flat) 302812
Paul Lennon 256pp KPCB
256pp + CD PDR
225
SERIES LISTINGS
THE “COURSE” SERIES
NEW Edition
Our well-established “Course” books have been created as highly illustrated reference titles for students across a wide range of creative disciplines, from jewelry making and ceramics to photography and fashion design. Organized into a series of modules and units, and written by practicing educators, these titles are broadly consistent with college courses around the world, and include student assignments and examples of student work.
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING COURSE: SECOND EDITION Mo Zell 160pp ADC2
8¾ x 8¾in (222 x 222mm)
THE COMPLETE CARTOONING COURSE
THE COMPLETE ANIMATION COURSE
THE COMPLETE DIGITAL ANIMATION COURSE
Steve Edgell 160pp RAC
Chris Patmore 160pp ANCO
Andy Wyatt 144pp DAC SBO Barronsjkt
> Learn from a professional how to get
your finished film seen.
> Gain valuable experience as you
complete the book’s self-teaching assignments, then put together a showreel, and get started on a rewarding career.
Ted Jones is an educator and filmmaker with a lengthy career in Canadian television to his credit. In 2000, he was recognized by the Directors Guild of America for his directorial skill in the motion picture and television industry. Chris Patmore is a London-based filmmaker, writer on filmmaking technology, and operator of a website that teaches animation and comic book art. ISBN: 978-1-4380-0112-8
Expanded and Updated for the Digital Generation
MOVIE MAKING COURSE Chris Patmore
www. barronseduc. com
GAME DESIGN Jim Thompson, Barnaby BerbankGreen & Nic Cusworth 192pp CGA
STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE
Storyboards are the blueprint for a multitude of media productions, including TV shows, movies, commercials, music videos, computer games, and animation. A critical part of the creative process, they can be used to pitch an idea, communicate a concept, help build a budget, and execute an entire shoot.
Ted Jones $23.99 Canada $27.50
8/23/07 11:57 AM Page 1
This book is the ultimate storyboard manual, packed with fully finished art and work-in-progress examples from students and industry professionals. As well as being an essential guide for aspiring storyboard artists, this comprehensive book will enable anyone working in media production to get the most out of both the storyboard artist and the storyboard process.
i Learn how to develop sketching skills, adapt styles, get inspiration, and interpret a script or a brief with help from these practical tutorials and interactive exercises
i Understand the language of storyboards and the limitations and conventions of different media
i Build scenes, plan shot sequences, and understand the importance of composition, framing, and continuity
i Set up your own work space and get advice on entering the world of professional storyboard artists
Giuseppe Cristiano is a renowned Italian cartoonist, illustrator, director, and storyboard artist. He has produced storyboards for music videos, commercials, films, animation, and multimedia productions, as well as set designs for theater and film. He has been working freelance for many years for companies in the United States, the United Kingdom, Italy, France, Germany, Spain, and Scandinavia. Giuseppe has also taught storyboarding for film and television in European art and film schools. Printed in China
MOVIE MAKING COURSE: SECOND EDITION Ted Jones 176pp NMMC
STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE PRINCIPLES, PRACTICE, AND TECHNIQUES: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE FOR ARTISTS, DIRECTORS, PRODUCERS, AND SCRIPTWRITERS
STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE
> Get experience working in different genres, from five-minute documentaries to pop videos and action sequences.
2ND EDITION
CRISTIANO
pre-production and post-production as they relate to low-budget filmmaking.
MOVIE MAKING COURSE 2ND EDITION
> Gain a practical working knowledge of
Jones
Expanded and Updated for the Digital Generation If you’re a budding filmmaker, you’ll find the information you need for making short digital films on a tight budget. The authors’ practical approach shows you how to master the core techniques of professional moviemaking while staying within a budget that you can afford.
& Patmore
MOVIE MAKING COURSE
EAN
226
GIUSEPPE CRISTIANO
STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE Giuseppe Cristiano 192pp SBO
THE “COURSE” SERIES
227
LINDENMUTH
KEVIN J. LINDENMUTH
the documentary moviemaking course
s book shows how you can begin making mentary movies—from researching and ng your theme, style, and the treatment ives your film coherence, to organizing oduction, and ultimately, getting it by a wider audience.
will learn all the fundamentals: the tial equipment you must buy or rent ooting and editing; the journalistic roduction know-how for identifying iew subjects and locations and g them on camera; the cinematic diting skills that bring your material her for maximum impact; and the y to find those key shots that will your film a success.
EAN
ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4503-2 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4503-7
$21.99 Canada $26.50 w w w.bar r ons educ .c om
4/28/10 1:49:59 PM
Jane Schaffer & Sue Saunders
Jane Schaffer Sue Saunders
Caroline Tatham was the head tutor in fashion at the world renowned Central St. Martin’s College of Art & Design in London. She has also worked as a leading designer, product developer, and brand manager for international companies.
Julian Seaman, author of four previous books on fashion, is an internationally known print designer and painter. He is currently visiting tutor at Central St. Martin’s College of Art & Design in London.
Jemi Armstrong, M.S., teaches fashion sketching and illustration at Santa Monica College and The Fashion Institute of Design & Merchandising (FIDM). She illustrates for leading retail and manufacturing clients, and has written and illustrated several books on fashion drawing.
Wynn Armstrong, M.Ed., teaches digital media classes for fashion and computer design at the American InterContinental University, Fashion Institute of Design & Merchandising (FIDM), Woodbury University, and Academy of Couture Arts, and has collaborated on several books and projects on his subjects.
Fashion Design Course: Accessories Design Practice and Processes for Creating Hats, Bags, Shoes and More
this new, comprehensively updated edition of the best-selling Fashion design drawing course offers aspiring designers detailed instruction, presenting many specially sourced samples of illustration styles, plus a brand-new section instructing in digital art techniques. • Organized into instructional units that reflect courses as they are taught in leading design colleges, the text progresses from finding initial inspiration to employing different methods of capturing your vision. • Learn how to find inspiration for creating irresistible fashion collections, and then discover how to communicate your vision to others. See the world in new ways; express your vision through your drawings; target your approach to specific customers; develop a cohesive style; and build an eye-catching portfolio.
ISBN: 978-0-7641-4730-2
www.thamesandhudson.com £16.95
$23.99 Canada $27.50 w w w. bar r ons educ . c om
2nd Proof
Title:
Job No: CPJ1111-24 / Alice FGAD-Fashion Design Course Accessories :29799
11/24/11 9:20 AM
FASHION DESIGN COURSE: ACCESSORIES Jane Schaffer & Sue Saunders 256pp FGAD
Fashion Design Drawing Course
s the footwear Subject Leader and ector for Cordwainers at the London hion.
Eliot Siegel 144pp FAPC
Revised and UPdated second edition
as the accessories Subject Leader for the London College of Fashion for he now works as a visiting lecturer on University, De Montfort University College of Art.
Mark Jenkinson 224pp PPHC
Tatham & seaman
ection on general fashion design principles and follows with chapters dedicated to cts – handbags, footwear, hats and small – with a concluding information section on rs and trade fairs.
Kevin Lindenmuth 144pp DMC
Revised edition armstrong & armstrong
s through the fundamental principles of n and development, and explains the core processes, specialist terminology and tools
FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE
Fashion Design Course: Accessories Design Practice and Processes for Creating Hats, Bags, Shoes and More
prehensive overview of the design process essories, examining in detail the creative and sses involved.
THE PORTRAIT PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE
EAN
ket sector al reading
THE DOCUMENTARY MOVIEMAKING COURSE
NEW Edition
Fashion Design Drawing Course
Revised and UPdated second edition
Principles, practices, and techniques: the new guide for aspiring fashion artists—now with digital art techniques
Caroline Tatham & Julian seaman Revised edition: Jemi armstrong & wynn armstrong
FASHION DESIGN DRAWING COURSE: REVISED AND UPDATED EDITION
FASHION DESIGN COURSE: SECOND EDITION
Jemi Armstrong & Wynn Armstrong 160pp FDC2
Steven Faerm 160pp FDCR
CERAMIC DESIGN COURSE
INTERIOR DESIGN COURSE
Anthony Quinn 144pp TCCC
Tomris Tangaz 144pp ICO
BEST Seller
THE COMPLETE JEWELRY MAKING COURSE Jinks McGrath 144pp CJM
228
SERIES LISTINGS
THE “SQUARE CRAFT” SERIES Quarto’s range of popular square-format craft paperbacks includes a series of more than 20 titles packed with patterns for blocks, trims, and small decorative projects across knitting, crochet, beading, and quilting. The series started life with 200 Knitted Blocks, and its counterparts for quilting and crocheting, which have sold solidly for the past decade. The series’ most successful title—and one of Quarto’s all-time bestsellers—is 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet, which has now sold more than 500,000 copies worldwide. 8¾ x 8¾in (222 x 222mm)
100 Snowflakes to crochet
Bring the magic of a fresh snowfall into your own home with this gorgeous collection of crocheted snowflakes. Spend an hour making an ornament or two, or take a weekend and crochet a whole blizzard! With clear instructions for a wide range of designs—from simple snowflakes requiring only a few stitches to large, intricate ones—this book gives you all the techniques you’ll need. Includes a section on the basics of crochet, explaining all the stitches and patterns needed. Patterns are organized with the easiest first— allowing you to pick a project that matches your skill level, and work through the book improving your techniques as you go. Hang your finished snowflakes as ornaments, or use them to add an individual touch to other projects. Here are plenty of ideas and pattern options so you can make unique snowflakes of your own.
Seller
to crochet
Make your own snowdrift—to give or to keep
CAITLIN SAINIO
Caitlin Sainio has been crocheting for most of her life. Trained as a mechanical engineer, she’s turned her engineering talents to crochet design, concentrating particularly on snowflakes, flowers, and other beautiful patterns found in nature. This is her first book.
$21.99 / $24.99 Can
Also Available from St. Martin's Griffin:
75 Floral Blocks to Crochet by Betty Barnden 75 Seashells,Fish,Coral & Colorful Marine Life to Knit & Crochet by Jessica Polka 75 Birds, Butterflies & Little Beasts to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield
BEST
100 Snowflakes
Find us on: facebook.com/craftybooks Twitter.com/CRAFTY_BOOKS
CAITLIN SAINIO
w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10010 P R I N T E D
I N
C H I N A
STRIPY CROCHET BLANKETS
FLOWER LOOM BLOOMS
100 SNOWFLAKES TO CROCHET
Haafner Linssen 128pp STBL
Haafner Linssen 128pp FLMB
Caitlin Sainio 128pp HCKS
Kristin Nicholas
to knit, crochet & felt
•
Grab your needles and hooks and create your very own garden to decorate your home, your clothing, and your world, with this delightful book of sunflowers to knit, crochet, and felt. With 50 original designs to choose from, including a host of colorful sunflower blooms and buds in many sizes, as well as leaves, vines, and little sunflower-loving critters, you’ll find many ideas to spark your creativity.
•
Each beautiful design is displayed in an eye-catching directory at the front of the book, and cross-referenced to a complete pattern and, for the crochet designs, a chart. Useful information on knitting, crochet, and felting techniques is also provided, and author Kristin Nicholas includes an inspirational chapter on how to work with color to create bold, bright, and beautiful sunflowers that will impress.
•
100 LACE FLOWERS TO CROCHET Caitlin Sainio 128pp LFC
Kristin Nicholas
You’ll also find a mixture of attractive ideas for using your sunflowers in a range of ways, from customizing clothing and accessories to creating elegant gifts and homewares.
50 Sunflowers to knit, crochet & felt
50 Sunflowers
50 Sunflowers
to knit, crochet & felt
50 Sunflowers
to knit, crochet & felt
Patterns and projects packed with lush and vibrant colors that you will love to make
This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.
50 PINCUSHIONS TO KNIT AND CROCHET
50 SUNFLOWERS TO KNIT, CROCHET, AND FELT
Cat Thomas 128pp FPKC
Kristin Nicholas 128pp FSFK
You’ll also find a mixture of fun and fabulous ideas for using the creatures in a range of styles and settings: children’s designs, quirky homewares, and elegant fashion and accessories. LesLey stanfieLd has authored a number of books on knitting and crochet, including the bestseller 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet. she is a long-time hand knitting designer and has been the knitting editor of several women’s magazines. Visit CraftyBooks.net for free projects, previews of our upcoming books, and more! also available from st. Martin’s Griffin: 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley stanfield 150 Knitted Trims by Lesley stanfield 150 Crochet Trims by susan smith
75 Birds, Butterflies
& little beasts to knit and crochet LesLey stanfieLd
w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTh AveNue, New YoRk, N.Y. 10 010 DISTRIbuTeD IN CANADA bY h. b. FeNN AND CoMpANY, LTD p R I N T e D
I N
C h I N A
KNCC StMartinsFinal.indd 1
18/5/11 10:18:27
100 FLOWERS TO KNIT AND CROCHET
MANDALAS TO CROCHET
Lesley Stanfield 128pp FKC
Haafner Linssen 128pp CRMA
Seashells, 75Fish,Coral
& colorful marine life to knit & crochet
Jessica Polka
75
Colourful Hexagons to Crochet
In this new book from Leonie Morgan you’ll discover a delightful collection of hexagons to crochet in bright and inspiring colourways. With 75 original designs to choose from, lots of vibrant colour variations plus five eye-catching projects to try, there’s plenty here to spark the imagination. • Each design comes with a clear written pattern, an easy-to-follow chart and a large photograph of the crochet hexagon. Complete with designs that range from simple to more advanced in skill level, simply pick your favourite hexagon pattern and get crocheting, or mix and match some of the designs to create your own unique project. • Containing a step-by-step guide to all the basic crochet techniques you need to get started, as well as advice on how to design your own projects, this wonderfully illustrated book will appeal to beginners and more experienced crocheters alike.
75
75 BIRDS, BUTTERFLIES, AND LITTLE BEASTS TO KNIT AND CROCHET Lesley Stanfield 128pp KNCC
100 Colorful Granny Squares to Crochet
Colourful Hexagons to Crochet
dozens of mix and match combos and fabulous projects
The Ultimate Mix-and-Match Patterns in Eye-Popping Colours Leonie Morgan
ISBN 978-1-43230-572-7
Jessica Polka
Find us on: Facebook at http://www.facebook.com/craftybooks witter @CRAFTY_BOOKS http://twitter.com/CRAFTY_BOOKS
Everyone of these cute little beasts is thoughtfully displayed in a directory at the front of the book. And each is cross-referenced to a complete pattern and/or chart at the back of the book, with information on stuffing, finishing, and yarn requirements.
Leonie Morgan
Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin: 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield Birds, Butterflies & Little Beasts to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield Beaded Flowers, Charms & Trinkets by Amanda Brooke Murr-Hinson
Expand your knit and crochet repertoire with this menagerie of miniature bugs and beasts: from creepy crawlies and weird wrigglers to beautiful butterflies and splendid metallic-thread dragonflies. Use them to decorate clothes and accessories, give them as gifts—or use to decorate your gift wrap and greeting cards.
LESLEY STANFIELD
y
Can.
75 Birds, Butterf lies & little beasts to knit & crochet
ng ideas for how to ttings—elegant jewelry and large
$21.99/$24.99
Seller
75 Colourful Hexagons to Crochet
d in the directory at the n living in their different pool, and the open instructions , complete requirements, nd.
BEST
75 Seashells, Fish,Coral & colorful marine life
ion of knit ken from the the deep
of aquatic wonders to ls, lush seaweed, and ful coral reefs.
THE “SQUARE CRAFT” SERIES
www.randomstruik.co.za
Leonie Morgan is a freelance crochet designer who runs her own craft business and blog, WoolnHook. A self-taught crocheter with a love of colour and design, she is the author of 100 Bright & Colourful Granny Squares to Crochet and 100 Colourful Ripple Stitches to Crochet. Leonie lives in Wales, UK, where she spends her time walking in the mountains and playing with wool. She blogs at www.woolnhook.com and her website can be found at www.leoniemorgan.com
Leonie Morgan
75 SEASHELLS, FISH, CORAL, AND COLORFUL MARINE LIFE TO KNIT AND CROCHET Jessica Polka 128pp KFMS
75 COLORFUL HEXAGONS TO CROCHET
100 COLORFUL GRANNY SQUARES TO CROCHET
Leonie Morgan 144pp CHEX
Leonie Morgan 144pp CAFG
200
Beautiful patterns to mix & match for throws, accessories, baby blankets & more
An exciting collection of knitted blocks, each with a floral theme: from simple, corner-to-corner squares to geometric shapes worked in the round, there’s something here to inspire every knitter. The blocks are worked in a range of knitting techniques, such as intarsia, textured, and lace stitches, so that you can learn or practice something new.
Great for crafters “on-the-go”: just carry what you need to work a few blocks while traveling, commuting, or meeting friends. Then, when all the blocks are complete, you can assemble the whole project at leisure.
PATTERNS
how to combine and use the blocks. Lesley Stanfield has authored a number of books on knitting and crochet, including the bestseller 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet. She is a long-time hand-knitting designer and has been the knitting editor of several women’s magazines.
Also Available from St. Martin's Griffin:
Follow us at: facebook.com/craftybooks twitter.com/CRAFTY_BOOKS
75
Floral
Blocks to Knit
w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m
S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTh AveNue, New YoRk, N.Y. 10010 P R I N T e D
Leonie Morgan 128pp HRSC
$21.99 / $24.99 Can.
LESLEY STANFIELD
Jan Eaton
Includes: written patterns for all the blocks, plus easy-to-read charts where required for clarity; a useful techniques section for anyone who wants to brush up their
Exciting patterns to knit and crochet for afghans, blankets and throwsknitting skills; creative projects with inspirational ideas of
100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield 75 Birds, Butterflies & Little Beasts to Knit and Crochet by Lesley Stanfield 75 Seashells, Fish, Coral & Colorful Marine Life to Knit & Crochet by Jessica Polka
100 COLORFUL RIPPLE STITCHES TO CROCHET
75 Floral Blocks toKnit
RIPPle Stitch Patterns
200
Jan Eaton
RIPPLE STITCH
I N
C h I N A
LESLEY STANFIELD
200 RIPPLE STITCH PATTERNS
75 FLORAL BLOCKS TO KNIT
Jan Eaton 128pp RPA
Lesley Stanfield 128pp FKBL
229
230
SERIES LISTINGS
BEST Seller
75 CROCHETED FLORAL BLOCKS
200 KNITTED BLOCKS
200 CROCHET BLOCKS
Betty Barnden 128pp HKC
Jan Eaton 128pp ABT
Jan Eaton 128pp ABL
MILNER CRAFT SERIES
Each design includes written patterns, instructions for turning corners, stitch charts and a photograph of the finished trim. And there are plenty of project ideas for your finished lace that will suit every taste and skill level: from delicate adornments for a gift tag or tote bag, to larger-scale work ideal for customizing clothing, or beautiful trims that will transform a simple cushion or table runner into an eye-catching showpiece. Caitlin Sainio has been crocheting for most of her life, and especially loves the delicate geometries of thread crochet. Trained as a mechanical engineer, she’s turned her engineering talents to freelance crochet design, concentrating particularly on flowers, snowflakes and the other beautiful patterns found in nature. She is the author of 100 Snowflakes to Crochet and 100 Lace Flowers to Crochet.
Exquisite Trims in Thread Crochet
Crochet lace edgings are both beautiful to look at and enjoyable to make, and can be used to finish, alter or decorate a wide variety of crafts, clothing and homewares. In this book, you’ll find a lovely and diverse collection of 75 crochet edging patterns, ranging from simple to ornate, and including airy geometric patterns, lush chains of leaves and flowers, and charming pictures.
Exquisite Trims in Thread
75
Crochet
patterns for edgings, corners crescents & more
CAITlIn SAInIo
Caitlin Sainio
ISBN 978-186351-460-6
9 781863 514606
75 LACE CROCHET MOTIFS Caitlin Sainio 128pp LCMM
75 EXQUISITE TRIMS IN THREAD CROCHET
150 KNITTED TRIMS Lesley Stanfield 128pp KNE
Caitlin Sainio 128pp HCLA
Afghans
to Crochet
Leonie Morgan is back with another book, showcasing her vibrant color and stitch combinations. Featuring both block and stitch patterns, there is plenty to please granny-square lovers and row-by-row enthusiasts.
• Each of the 40 afghan designs comes with a clear written pattern, an easy-to-follow chart, a skill-level indicator, and a large photograph. Instructions and yardage are given for making afghans in three sizes: baby blankets, lap throws, and bedspreads.
• Includes a techniques section to help brush up your skills or as a guide to new crocheters. With advice on picking lovely color combinations and a selection of edgings to finish your project, you’ll have all you need to create your own unique afghan.
• With so many patterns to choose from and easy-to-follow projects, there is plenty of inspiration to send you running for your crochet hook!
40 Colorful Afghans to Crochet
40 Color ful
40 Colorful
Afghans
to Crochet
40
Colorful Afghans to Crochet
A collection of eye-popping stitch patterns, blocks & projects
Leonie Morgan
This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.
150 CROCHET TRIMS
150 KNIT AND CROCHET MOTIFS
Sue Smith 128pp CTR
Heather Lodinsky 128pp KCBL
40 COLORFUL AFGHANS TO CROCHET Leonie Morgan 128pp STPA
THE “SQUARE CRAFT” SERIES
japanese
Discover how to make and combine quilt blocks in the calm neutral palette and modern country style beloved of Japanese quilters. Known worldwide as Japanese taupe, these quilts are recognizable by the use of traditional blocks combined with contemporary woven textiles and sophisticated prints.
t Choose from 125 patchwork and appliqué blocks, reinterpreted in Japanese taupe fabrics, including geometric, curved, pictorial, and family crest designs.
t Combine different fabrics and prints to create the overall look and distinctive style that typifies taupe quilts. All the techniques you need to make the blocks are explained step by step.
japanese apanese
Taupe Taupe QuilTs QuilTs 125 blocks blocks in 125 in calm calm and neutral neutral colors and colors
SUSAN BRISCOE
t Mix and match the blocks to design your own beautiful quilts. Examples of block combinations are provided, plus instructions for six small projects—a pillow, table runner, wallhanging, lap quilt, and two bags.
Taupe QuilTs
japanese Taupe QuilTs
Susan Briscoe is a textile designer, author, and teacher, specializing in sashiko and Japanese textile design. After graduating in visual art and design, Briscoe worked as an English teacher in Japan, where she also studied the tea ceremony, traditional textiles, and kimono design and tailoring. Briscoe has created design kits for Japanese patchwork fabrics, published textile projects in books and magazines, and demonstrates her work at quilt and textile shows. She is the author of Japanese Quilt Blocks to Mix & Match.
SUSAN BRISCOE
US $26.95
Elegant designs to Elegantinto designs combine workstoof combine intobeauty works of tranquil tranquil beauty susan BRisCOe
Kodansha International New York
•
Tokyo
•
London
Printed in China
JAPANESE QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH
to Mix and Match
n These little quilt blocks have been specially designed to work at smaller sizes—perfect for making quilted projects like little purses, pillows, and postcards— adding plenty of variety and interest to even the smallest space. n This book contains over 125 blocks—patchwork, appliqué, traditional favorites, and brand new designs—arranged into stylishly themed chapters to help you choose a design. n Each block comes with full cutting list and assembly instructions, plus mix and match suggestions to combine with other blocks, and ideas on how you might change or embellish the block design. Plus you will find projects throughout the book, giving you plenty of inspirational ideas to get started.
The blocks can be mixed and matched, tesselated for allover patterns, or combined in sampler quilts. Mix-and-match ideas are supplied throughout the block directory, together with six simple projects to inspire you to create beautiful quilts in the distinctive Japanese taupe style.
Susan Briscoe 128pp NQB
125 Little Quilt Blocks to Mix and Match
Little Quilt Blocks
Each block pattern has been drafted from a variety of traditional sources, including Japanese fabric, paper, and architectural designs, and kamon family crests. Each block features a photograph, clear instructional diagram, fabric palette and cutting guide, templates where appropriate, and instructions for making the block. At-a-glance icons indicate skill level and techniques used. Patchwork, appliqué, embellishment, and quilting techniques are clearly explained with step-by-step photographs, from cutting out to finishing off.
JAPANESE TAUPE QUILTS
Susan Briscoe 128pp JQB
125
Contemporary Japanese quilts stand out with their sophisticated reinvention of patchwork and appliqué quilt blocks in a beautiful, soft sepia color range that has become known as Japanese taupe. These cool, calm quilts are as much at home in modern country style as in chic urban settings. It all starts with the fabrics—small and large prints, shaded ombré effects, woven plaids and textures—in muted colors. These harmonious fabrics are easily combined, often with accents of brick red, olive green, or yellow ocher, to create a new yet nostalgic style that resonates with quilters all over the world.
125
125
Little Quilt Blocks to Mix and Match
Mini Quilt Blocks to Mix and Match
Exquisite three to six-inch blocks for quilts, homeware, and accessories
Susan Briscoe
200 QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH
125 MINI QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH
Davina Thomas 128pp MMQ
Susan Briscoe 128pp MQBL
This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.
231
232
SERIES LISTINGS
THE “CREATIVE CAREERS” SERIES Aimed at young people who want to get into creative careers, the “Creative Careers” series offers a chance to build up the essential skills even before getting onto a college course. Organized as a series of self-contained exercises and challenges, these books provide a comprehensive and practical introduction that gives readers an immediate sense of achievement and helps build strong portfolios. 8½ x 11in (280 x 215mm)
GROVE
ional book offers a complete introductory course kills and techniques, from writing, producing, and rketing and publicizing your finished work.
book includes a guide to the must-see at will enhance your understanding of the art aphy, with detailed advice on how to turn your m into a career.
d Raindance Film Festival in 1993, the British Independent , and Raindance TV in 2007. He has produced over 150 short e films. He has written eight scripts, one of which is currently s first feature film, Table 5, was shot in 35mm. and completed lliot teaches writers and producers in the U.S., the U.K., He has written two previous books on filmmaking.
130 projects to get you into filmmaking
, practice, and techniques: the uide for the aspiring filmmaker
ng simple techniques and relying on readily ble, low-budget equipment and software, this allows you to get started immediately.
EAN
ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4296-3 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4296-8
$21.99 Canada $26.50
ELLIOT GROVE
w w w. barrons educ . c om
130 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FILM MAKING
200 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR ART SKILLS
100 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR ACTING SKILLS
Elliot Grove 128pp WOFS
Valerie Colston 128pp TTAT
Jona Howl 128pp GYDC
w w w. barrons educ . c om
n Learn how a restaurant functions behind the scenes, how ingredients work together, and how to get started on some essential recipes and culinary techniques that will build your confidence in the kitchen right from the start. n Learn how to get started in the culinary arts from author Mark William Allison, an international chef and educator.
Mark William Allison is Dean of Culinary Education at Johnson and Wales University, Charlotte, N.C., one of the world’s premier culinary schools. He has more than 30 years’ experience working in restaurants, hotels, and as an educator all over the world. As a chef and educator, he has received numerous honors and awards.
Learn all about the fashion industry, including designing for haute couture, mass market, and ready-to-wear.
n
Find out how garments are put together and finished, and discover how to create your own style with techniques like draping fabric and basic pattern making.
n
Try out the series of workouts specially tailored to develop and test your newfound skills.
n
Includes information on how to use fashion design school to your best advantage and launch your career into the professional world.
Adrian Grandon has been involved in fashion for as long as he can remember. After working in the industry as a menswear designer, he moved into teaching. He is Head of Fashion at the University of the West of England, one of Britain’s premiere art schools.
Mark WilliaM allison
ESSENTIAL TECHNIQUES, EXERCISES, AND PROJECTS FOR ASPIRING PHOTOGRAPHERS
1st Proof
Title:
Job No:
GYCE-150 Project To Get You Into Culinary Arts : 28971 CPJ1210-5/RUSHAN
Steven Faerm is the Director of Fashion Design at Parsons the New School for Design in New York City. A 1994 alumnus of Parsons, he was nominated for the prestigious Designer of the Year award in his final undergraduate year, and has since worked for internationally renowned designers, including Donna Karan and Marc Jacobs. He won the University Teaching Excellence Award in 2008.
ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4117-1 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4117-1
EAN
EAN
$21.99 Canada $26.50
n By following a series of short, focused workouts, tutorials, and projects, you will develop the knowledge to succeed in coursework assignments.
n
Tracy Fitzgerald has had a wide and varied career in the fashion industry, working internationally in the field of womenswear design. She is currently teaching fashion at the University of the West of England.
200 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FASHION DESIGN
ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4470-7 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4470-7
FITZGERALD & GRANDON
ing to college for training in photography and on taking the crucial career.
The ultimate guide for any student aiming to become a chef, this inspirational book will help you develop all the essential skills you’ll need to get into the best culinary schools around the world.
This practical book offers complete preparation for fashion design school, with advice on how to build your portfolio, from sketching your first ideas to photographing finished garments. This is your passport to one of the world’s most dynamic and glamorous industries.
150 projects to get you into the culinary arts
ting and presenting your work.
150 projects to strengthen your photography skills
arious genres, equipment, and technical information on shooting, n on capturing the moment with your camera.
allison
EASTERBY
to a career in photography from an industry professional
es you through 150 effective projects that teach you how to graphy skills.
JOHN EASTERBY
$21.99 www.barronseduc.com
TRACY FITZGERALD & ADRIAN GRANDON Foreword by STeVeN FAerM
Barrons Q175
150 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR PHOTOGRAPHY SKILLS
150 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO THE CULINARY ARTS
200 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FASHION DESIGN
John Easterby 128pp WOP
Mark William Allison 128pp GYCE
Tracy Fitzgerald & Adrian Grandon 128pp WGFD